Sei sulla pagina 1di 88

Education

Books, Journals &


Textbooks Catalogue

2013

sagepub.co.uk

Education | 2013

Welcome...
Welcome to our Education catalogue for 2013. SAGE offers a market-leading range of material from course-supporting textbooks for
undergraduate and postgraduate Education courses, including initial teacher education, to practical books for education professionals,
and world-class referenceworks.
2013 sees a range of exciting new editions from SAGE including the fourth edition of Derek Haylock and Anne Cockburns Understanding
Mathematics for Young Children, a new second edition of Ioanna Palaiologous The Early Years Foundation Stage, and brand new
textbooks including Mercier et als Professional Issues in Secondary Teaching and McGregor & Murphys Theories of Learning.
Our best-selling Learning Matters imprint is carefully meeting the ever-evolving needs of students training to teach with a mix of new editions
and some impressive new titles notably Roy Blatchfords The 2012 Teachers Standards in the Classroom, and Bond et als Passing the
Professional Skills Tests for Trainee Teachers and Getting into ITT, giving outstanding practical guidance to the teachers of tomorrow.
This catalogue includes only our most recent and popular titles, so if you cant find what youre looking for here, please visit our website
at www.sagepub.co.uk/education where you can find full details of all of our books, journals and electronic products. All of our books are
now available as eBooks for individual purchase.
If you are planning an Education course, you can even pick and choose content from our growing list of textbooks, reference works and
journals in Education, as well as content from the many other disciplines we publish in, to create course material that exactly matches
what and how you teach. For advice on creating bespoke material contact your local representative at www.sagepub.co.uk/findmyrep or
see page 77.
If youd like to find out more about writing or editing an Education publication, please contact us our contact details are on the oppositepage.
The SAGE and Learning Matters Education Team

Key new titles


P24

P31

P14

P29

P17

P11

P8

P13

P30

P37

Education | 2013

Contents

Contact us
1 Olivers Yard, 55 City Road, London, EC1Y 1SP
+44 (0)20 7324 8500

+44 (0)20 7324 8600

www.sagepub.co.uk

Early Childhood............................................................... 2-12


Education Texts - All Phases ........................................ 13-19
Education Texts - Primary ............................................19-29
Education Texts - Secondary ...................................... 29-30
Science ..............................................................................30
English & Literacy .............................................................. 31
Education Studies ........................................................ 32-34

Key Contacts
Marianne Lagrange Publisher
marianne.lagrange@sagepub.co.uk
Jude Bowen - Publisher
jude.bowen@sagepub.co.uk
James Clark - Commissioning Editor
james.clark@sagepub.co.uk
Amy Thornton - Senior Commissioning Editor
amy.thornton@learningmatters.co.uk
Catherine Slinn - Senior Books Marketing Manager
catherine.slinn@sagepub.co.uk
Mark O'Loughlin - Journals Marketing Manager
mark.o'loughlin@sagepub.co.uk

Educational Psychology ............................................. 34-37


Special & Inclusive Education .....................................37-39
Counselling ........................................................................40
Further Education / Higher Education ..........................41-45
Leadership & Management ......................................... 46-50
Study Skills ...................................................................51-55
Research Methods....................................................... 56-64
Reference ......................................................................65-72
New & Recent Major Works ....................................70-72
Journals.........................................................................73-76
Sales Information ...............................................................77
Index............................................................................. 78-84
Education for Practitioners section - Lime Green section

SAgE eBooks
Keep up-to-date
Tell us which subject areas you are interested
in hearing about and well keep you up-to-date
with relevant products and special offers.

Over 4000 eBooks are now available from SAGE in


a wide variety of formats covering every aspect of
our publishing programme. Look out for the eBooks
symbol when browsing and for a full listing visit
www.sagepub.co.uk/ebooks

Choose how youd prefer to hear from us, be


it by e-mail or post
www.sagepub.co.uk/myaccount

Inspection Copies
Request and manage your inspection copies
quickly and easily at
www.sagepub.co.uk/inspectioncopy

green SAgE
We recognise that our business operations have an
impact on the environment and are committed to
minimising them. Find out more:
http://www.uk.sagepub.com/aboutCommunity.nav

Free electronic inspection copies are also available


for lecturers - for details contact your local sales
representative at www.sagepub.co.uk/findmyrep

the natural home


for authors, editors & societies

Early Childhood

EARLY CHILDHOOD
EDUCATION AND CARE

THREADS OF THINKING
Schemas and Young
Children's Learning

An Introduction

Fourth Edition

Sheila Nutkins, Catriona


mcDonald and mary Stephen
all at University of Aberdeen

Cathy Nutbrown University of Sheffield

By examining how young children develop


and learn from conception through to
the age of eight, this book explores ways
to enhance professional practice in the
early years.
Key content includes:
child development (including recent research into cognitive
development of babies) so students can understand how it
influences policy
international approaches to early learning and development,
demonstrating how these impact on UK approaches and how
students can apply them into their professional practice
the developing professional giving students insight into their own
reflective practice and applying all they learn.
Learning features:
key learning points identify at a glance what each chapter will cover
case studies from a range of settings help students link theory
to practice
reflective activities help students reflect on how to apply ideas
to practice
further reading directs students to additional resources to deepen
their understanding.

In the new edition of her popular book,


Cathy Nutbrown presents evidence
of continuity and progression in young
children's thinking. She shows, with
detailed observation, that they are able and
active learners. Updates to this Fourth Edition include:
a discussion of the need for professional development
a look at the changes in early years pedagogy
more discussion of theories of learning in relation to curriculum
and teaching practices.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: YOUNG CHILDREN LEARNING / Thinking about Young Children
Learning / Some Questions about Schemas / PART TWO: CHILDREN'S
PATTERNS OF LEARNING / Consistency, Continuity and Progression in Young
Children's Learning / Schemas as Consistent Patterns of Behaviour: Studies
of Three Children / PART THREE: SCHEMAS AND THE DEVELOPMENT OF
KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING / Children's Developing Understanding
of Mathematical and Scientific Ideas / Patterns of Literacy / Nourishing
Children's Thinking through Stories / PART FOUR: IMPLICATIONS FOR EARLY
EDUCATION / A Curriculum for Thinking Children / Assessment for Learning
/ Working with Parents

READERSHIP
Early years practitioners in child education
March 2011 216 pages
Cloth (978-1-84920-463-7) 67.00
Paper (978-1-84920-464-4) 22.99

CONTENTS
PART ONE: CHILD DEVELOPMENT AND LEARNING / Introduction /
Development from Conception to Three: New Understanding / Play as Active
Learning / Play and Risk / Creative Approaches to Teaching and Learning:
'Kodaly' / Creative Approaches to Teaching and Learning -'Transient Art' /
PART TWO: THE CHILD IN THE SOCIOCULTURAL CONTEXT / Introduction
/ The Impact of Changes in Family Structure / The Role of the Parent in the
21st Century / The Role of the Community in Childcare and Education / The
Place of the School in the 21st Century / The Place of Technology in Early
Years Care and Education / PART THREE: INTERNATIONAL EDUCATIONAL
APPROACHES / Introduction / Practice and Provision for Children 0 - 8 in
Sweden / Practice and Provision in Reggio Emilia / Practice and Provision
in New Zealand: Te Whariki / High Scope / An Approach to Experiential
Education: Ferre Laevers / PART FOUR: THE DEVELOPING PROFESSIONAL
Concepts and Status of Early Years Professionalism / Inter-Professional
Practice / The Practicing Professional as Researcher / Working in a Team /
The Issue of Professional Autonomy

READERSHIP
Those studying on early years, early childhood studies and early years
education and care courses

From Birth to Three


Frances Atherton Chester
University and Cathy Nutbrown
University of Sheffield

A guide for Students

Understanding Schemas and Young


Children is the first book to focus
specifically on schemas and children under
three years old. It shows early years professionals how they can
use schema theory to understand young children's learning and
behaviour. The authors cover the theoretical aspects of schemas
and schema development, tracing the development of schemas from
motor level through to symbolic representation. This accessible and
student-friendly book includes:
activities and discussion points
links to policy and practice
a look at the ethics of conducting this kind of research.

Second Edition

CONTENTS

March 2013 344 pages


Cloth (978-1-4462-0711-6) 65.00
Paper (978-1-4462-0712-3) 21.99

EARLY CHILDHOOD
Edited by Tina Bruce Honorary Visiting
Professor at Roehampton University
This popular book covers all the topics
needed for an early childhood course, and
has been fully revised in light of the latest
policy developments. It now also includes
new chapters on key issues such as Early
Years Professional Status and personal, social, and
emotional development.
December 2009 440 pages
Cloth (978-1-84860-223-6) 71.00
Paper (978-1-84860-224-3) 23.99

UNDERSTANDING
SCHEMAS AND
YOUNGCHILDREN

ORDER TODAY

PART ONE: KNOWING ABOUT SCHEMAS/ Schemas and the Youngest


Children / Observing Children: Spotting Schemas / PART TWO: HOW DO
CHILDREN UNDER THREE PURSUE THEIR SCHEMAS? 'ALL ABOUT HENRY'
/ Henry's Containing and Enveloping Schema / Henry's back and forth
Schema / Henry's Dynamic Vertical Schema / Henry's Mark-Making and
Figurative Representations / PART THREE: DEVELOPMENTAL JOURNEYS:
TRACING DEVELOPMENTS IN CHILDREN'S THINKING FROM MOTOR TO
SYMBOLIC BEHAVIOURS / Containing and Enveloping Schema / Going
through a Boundary Schema / Dynamic Vertical Schema / Stories from Home

READERSHIP
Early childhood professionals as well as practitioners working in ECEC
settings. Also students on teacher training and early years courses
April 2013 224 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-4893-5) 65.00
Paper (978-1-4462-4894-2) 20.99

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Early Childhood

LEARNING STORIES
Constructing Learner Identities
in Early Education
margaret Carr University of
Waikato, New Zealand and wendy
Lee Director of the Educational
Leadership Project, New Zealand
This new book outlines the philosophy
behind learning stories and call on the latest
findings from the research projects they have
led with teachers on learning dispositions and
learning power, to argue that learning stories can construct
learner identities in early childhood settings and schools. By making
the connection between sociocultural approaches to pedagogy and
assessment and narrative inquiry, this book contextualizes learning
stories as a philosophical approach to education, learning and
pedagogy. Chapters explore how learning stories:
help make connections with families
support the inclusion of children and family voices
allow children to dictate their own stories.

CONTENTS
Learner Identities in the Early Years: An Introduction to Four Themes /
Why Story? / Co-Authoring and Dialogue / Making Connections Across
Boundaries Between Places / Recognising and Re-Cognising Learning
Continuities / Appropriating Knowledges and Learning Dispositions in a Range
of Increasingly Complex Ways / Reconceptualising Assessment / Constructing
and Sustaining a Passion for Learning

READERSHIP
Students and practitioners in early childhood education
March 2012 168 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-092-5) 60.00
Paper (978-0-85702-093-2) 20.99

LEARNING THEORIES
INCHILDHOOD
Colette gray Stranmillis University
College and Sean macBlain
University College Plymouth
By focusing on the early philosophies of
learning and the key behavioural, cognitive
and social theorists, this book provides
a comprehensive overview of children's
learning. The authors discuss the key
learning theories, highlight the strengths and
weaknesses of each approach and encourage reflection
on how different approaches impact on the learning environment.
Examples are drawn from practice to highlight key concepts
and to make vital links between theory and practice Theorists
considered include:
Locke
Vygotsky
Rousseau
Bandura
Montessori
Bronfenbrenner
Piaget
Bruner.

CONTENTS
An Introduction to Learning Theories / The Founding Fathers and Philosophies
of Learning / Classical and Operant Conditioning: The Early Years Experience
/ Piaget, Learning and Cognitive Constructivism / Vygotsky: Learning in a
Social Matrix / Bandura, Bronfenbrenner and Social Learning / Bruner and
Discovery Learning/Constructivism / Developing a New Perspective: The
New Social Studies of Childhood / Theory in Practice: Learning and the
Reflective Practitioner

READERSHIP
Students on child development, early childhood and childhood studies
courses, and anyone interested in understanding more about how children
learn and think
March 2012 184 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-145-8) 65.00
Paper (978-0-85702-146-5) 21.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

THEORIES AND
APPROACHES TO
LEARNING IN THE
EARLYYEARS
Edited by Linda miller The Open
University and Linda Pound
Education Consultant
This book conveniently brings together
contributions from some of the leading
academics in this field on the work of the main theorists
including Montesorri, Vygotsky and Reggio Emilia.
CRITICAL ISSUES IN THE EARLY YEARS
2010 192 pages
Cloth (978-1-84920-577-1) 74.00
Paper (978-1-84920-578-8) 23.99

CROSS-CULTURAL
PERSPECTIVES ON
EARLYCHILDHOOD
Edited by Theodora
Papatheodorou and Janet
moyles Freelance Consultants
By exploring the key issues, arguments
and messages that exist in the field, this
book provides an international, comparative
look at aspects of early childhood education
and care. Pedagogical practices, learning cultures and the
professional development of practitioners are considered within
the wider political agenda of different countries. Pertinent policy
and practice issues, such as numeracy and literacy, are carefully
examined. The text highlights how important it is to engage with
and listen to children and to provide positive learning encounters.
Divided into four parts, the book covers:
children's learning cultures
culture of pedagogy
cultural perspectives on curriculum
cultures of professional development.
Chapters cover key topics such as:
multi-sensory learning
children as mentors
literacy and mathematics.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: CHILDREN'S LEARNING CULTURES / Seeing the Wood for the
Trees: Adults' Roles in Supporting Sensory Play / Valuing Outdoor Spaces:
Different Models of Outdoor Learning in the Early Years / The Power of
Graphicacy for the Young Child / Young Children's Perceptions of their
Classroom Environment: Perspectives From England and India / PART
TWO: CULTURES OF PEDAGOGY / Constructing an Inclusive Culture in
Kindergartens / Pedagogic Activities for Early Education in a Child-toChild Programme in South Africa / Transition to Preschool Education in
Greece: Attitudes of Parents and Educators / PART THREE: CULTURAL
PERSPECTIVES ON CURRICULA / Teaching Linear Measurement in the
Israeli Kindergarten Curriculum / How Children's Books Create a Scaffold to
Understanding Diversity / Challenging assessment / PART FOUR: CULTURES
OF PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT / Colliding Discourses: Negotiating
Spaces to Enact Pedagogy as an Ethical Encounter / The individual as
inspiration: A Model for Early Years Teacher Transformation / International
Student Experiences: Influences on Early Childhood Practice / Transformation
of Early Years Provision Using Discourses for Professional Development
for Practitioners / From Parent to Practitioner: Alternative Pathways to
Professionalism / Endpiece: Where Are We Now and Where Should We
Be Going?

READERSHIP
All those studying comparative education on early years courses
January 2012 256 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-0754-3) 65.00
Paper (978-1-4462-0755-0) 23.99

Early Childhood

EFFECTIVE AND CARING


LEADERSHIP IN THE
EARLY YEARS

THE REFLECTIVE EARLY


YEARS PRACTITIONER
Elaine Hallet The Institute of
Education, University of London

Iram Siraj-Blatchford and Elaine


Hallet both at The Institute of
Education, University of London
Effective leadership is an essential part of
raising standards and increasing the quality
of learning in early childhood settings. This
book explains leadership practices that can
make a positive difference to the provision offered and
improve outcomes for both children and families.
With theoretical, practical and research-informed perspectives,
this book:
uses cases studies to provide examples of caring and
effective leadership
offers readers the opportunity to reflect upon their own
leadership practices
integrates education and care with key practices in
effective leadership
explores directional, collaborative and pedagogical leadership.

Work-based reflective learning is a key


part of the professional development
of practitioners working in the early
years sector. The Reflective Early Years
Practitioner focuses on the practitioner's
role and development within a wide range
of contexts in this area. Informed by empirical
research, packed with case studies from a wide range
of settings and with points for reflection in each chapter, the
author covers:
developing as an early years practitioner
reflective vocational progression
pedagogical examples for continuing professional development
study skills to begin reflective practice
professionalism and reflective leadership in the early years.
Vital aspects of practice, such as assessing and planning for
children's learning, developing inclusive teaching strategies and
integrated practice are highlighted within the chapters.

CONTENTS

CONTENTS

Leadership in Early Childhood: The Early Years Context / Leadership in Early


Childhood: The Research Context / Directional Leadership: Developing and
Articulating a Shared Vision / Directional Leadership: Effective Communication
/ Collaborative Leadership: Building Relationships and Promoting a Team
Culture / Collaborative Leadership: Promoting Parental Collaboration /
Empowering Leadership: Promoting Agency in Others / Empowering
Leadership: The Process of Change / Pedagogical Leadership: Leading
Learning and Supporting Others / Pedagogical Leadership: Monitoring
Practice and Promoting Professional Development / Journeys into Leadership:
What Makes the Difference?

The Developing Early Years Practitioner / Being a Reflective Early Years


Practitioner / Work-Based Reflective Learning / Reflective Vocational
Progression / Work-Based Reflective Pedagogy / Being a Reflective
Student / Reflecting upon Professionalism in the Early Years / Reflective
Leadership / Reflective Learning Journeys / Continuing Learning Pathways
and Future Reflections

READERSHIP
Students undertaking work-based and academic study in early years and
those working towards postgraduate and professional qualifications

READERSHIP

November 2012 184 pages


Cloth (978-1-4462-0055-1) 65.00
Paper (978-1-4462-0056-8) 20.99

Students of early childhood as well as graduate leaders and those training to


work in settings, schools and children's services
December 2013 192 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-5534-6) 70.00
Paper (978-1-4462-5535-3) 23.99

ETHICAL PRACTICE IN
EARLY CHILDHOOD

LEADING AND MANAGING


IN THE EARLY YEARS

Edited by Ioanna Palaiologou


University of Hull

Second Edition
Carol Aubrey University of Warwick
In this new edition, Carol Aubrey integrates
leadership and management practice
with a real understanding of early years
settings. Revised and updated, this
Second Edition includes:
two new chapters on private day care and
reflective practice and action research
fur ther coverage of reflective practice and reflective
leadership skills
more on early years professional status (EYPS) as well as
integrated centre leadership
practical suggestions for working with resistant groups
and individuals.
2011 240 pages
Cloth (978-1-84920-754-6) 77.00
Paper (978-1-84920-755-3) 25.99

Ethical considerations are raising new


questions about the involvement and
participation of children themselves in
research. By considering the ethical issues
that can arise when working with and doing
research with young children from birth to
five-years, this book examines a wide range of
topics including:
involving young children in research
informed consent
research tools with children under five
doing research with children with special needs and disabilities
researching other cultures.

CONTENTS
Introduction: Towards an Understanding of Ethical Practice in Early Childhood
/ PART ONE: ETHICAL ISSUES IN RESEARCH / Involving Young Children
in Research / Ethical Praxis When Choosing Research Tools for Use With
Children under Five / Ethics in Researching Children with Special Educational
Needs / Ethical Research with Children and Vulnerable Groups / Ethical
Researching in Other Cultures / PART TWO: ETHICAL ISSUES IN POLICY
AND PRACTICE / Ethics and Policy and Every Child Matters / Ethics in MultiAgency Working / Loss, Bereavement and Ethics / Ethics in Studying Early
Years / Safeguarding Young Children / Ethics When Inspecting Early Years
Practice / Ethical Leadership in Early Years Settings
July 2012 240 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-852-5) 65.00
Paper (978-0-85702-853-2) 21.99

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Early Childhood

UNDERSTANDING EARLY
YEARS POLICY

CONTEMPORARY ISSUES
IN THE EARLY YEARS

Third Edition

Sixth Edition

Peter Baldock formerly an Education


Consultant, Sheffield, Damien
Fitzgerald and Janet Kay both
at Sheffield Hallam University

Edited by gillian Pugh Institute of


Education, London and Bernadette
Duffy Thomas Coram Children's Centre

Fully updated to include all the latest


developments in early years policy such
as the revised Early Years Foundation
Stage (EYFS) this book explores how policy is made,
implemented, analysed and developed over time. There is a complete
overview of early years policy, and an evaluation of its ongoing
impact on practice. Case studies, points for reflection and activities
encourage discussion and critical thinking.
This Third Edition has been significantly updated to include:
a new chapter on international early years policy
discussion of the impact of the recession and the Coalition
Government's policies
material on how ordinary practitioners can influence policy
a revised timeline of early years legislation.

CONTENTS
What Is Policy and Why Is It Important? / The Development of Early Years
Policy so Far / Influences on Early Years Policy Development / Implementing
Early Years Policy / Early Years Policy in Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland:
The Impact of Devolution / Exploring the International Dimension / The Impact
of Policy / Analyzing the Impact of Policy

If you are a student or practitioner in the


early years sector, you need to develop a
rounded understanding of key issues in
this fast-moving field. This new and updated
edition provides a critical examination of the essential
issues in Early Years policy and practice. With contributions from
highly regarded practitioners and researchers, this book balances
theory and practical concerns.
The Sixth Edition has been extensively revised to include:
a new chapter on Child Protection and Safeguarding
coverage of the new EYFS
theory and research evidence
a companion Website, highlighting further reading and current
policies and frameworks.

READERSHIP
Students on Early Childhood and Contemporary Issues courses, EYFS, EYPS,
PGCEs, Early Years foundation degrees, and practitioners working in early
childhood services provision
October 2013 288 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-6640-3) 65.00
Paper (978-1-4462-6641-0) 22.99

READERSHIP
Early years students at all levels; also early years practitioners
January 2013 208 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-0705-5) 70.00
Paper (978-1-4462-0706-2) 23.99

THEMES AND DEBATES


IN EARLY CHILDHOOD
Edited by Alison Street and mary wild
both at Oxford Brookes University
This focused title encourages and
supports students to engage with current
themes and debates in early childhood.
Written for students of degrees and
foundation degrees in early childhood
studies, early years and related disciplines,
it presents key readings addressing essential
topics. It balances essential theory with extracts and thought
provoking activities to help students develop critical thinking skills,
exploring themes such as identities, learning in the early years and
professional relationships. Written by a team of authors, the text
opens up the complex field of early childhood for students, helping
them to develop their own understanding of key themes.

POLICY ISSUES IN
THE EARLY YEARS
Linda miller The Open University and
Denise Hevey University of Northampton
Providing a unique and critical insight
into some of the most significant issues
affecting early years policy, this book
includes contributions from leading
authorities and researchers in the field who
draw on current research to address key
debates and offer international perspectives.
Each chapter draws attention to key themes and issues in
early years theory, policy and practice. Topics covered include:
poverty, disadvantage and social exclusion
closing the gap in outcomes for young children
promoting infant mental health
safeguarding and well-being.

CONTENTS

THEME 1: EXPLORING IDENTITIES / Equality and Difference in the Early Years


/ Children's Rights and Children's Voice / Working Inclusively in the Early
Years / THEME 2: EXPLORING LEARNING / Exploring How Children Learn
in the Early Years / Enabling Learning through the Curriculum in Early Years
/ Ensuring Children's Wellbeing in the Early Years / THEME 3: EXPLORING
PROFESSIONAL RELATIONSHIPS / Working with Families in the Early Years /
Working with Professional Colleagues in the Early Years / Multiagency Working
in the Early Years / Conclusion: From Rhetoric to Reality: The Implications of
Theory For Practice (and Vice Versa)

Introduction: Critical Perspectives on Early Years Policy-Making / PART ONE:


POVERTY, SOCIAL DISADVANTAGE AND YOUNG CHILDREN / Poverty,
Disadvantage and Social Exclusion / Closing the Gap: Policy into Action
/ Promoting Infant Mental Health: A Public Health Priority / PART TWO:
EVIDENCE-BASED INTERVENTIONS IN EARLY YEARS / Enhancing Potential
in Children (EPIC) / Safeguarding, Well-Being and Universal Services: A
Case Study of Scotland / Parenting Policies and Skills Strategies in the
United Kingdom / Play as a Foundation for Learning? The Rhetoric and
Reality of the National Strategy for Early Education and Assessment in
England / PART THREE: MARKETIZATION AND DEMOCRATIZATION / Making
Democracy a Fundamental Value in Early Childhood Education and Care
(ECEC) - Meaning What? / Marketization of Early Years and Childcare Services
/ Early Years Services as a Vehicle for Democratization: ISSA's Experience in
Supporting Practitioners' Professional Development, Building Partnerships
and Influencing Systems / Critical Perspectives on Policy Implementation

READERSHIP

READERSHIP

CONTENTS

Written for students of degrees and foundation degrees in early childhood


studies, early years and related disciplines or EYPS candidates
EARLY CHILDHOOD STUDIES SERIES
January 2013 180 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-5635-0) 60.00
Paper (978-1-4462-5636-7) 17.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

Students on all levels of early years courses, from foundation degree to


masters level
CRITICAL ISSUES IN THE EARLY YEARS
January 2012 200 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-962-1) 65.00
Paper (978-0-85702-963-8) 23.99

Early Childhood

CHILD OBSERVATION
FOR THE EARLY YEARS

CHILDHOOD IN SOCIETY
FOR THE EARLY YEARS

Second Edition

Second Edition

Ioanna Palaiologou University of Hull

Rory mcDowall Clark


University of Worcester

This is a key text for all those studying


for degrees and foundation degrees in
early childhood, early years and related
disciplines and for candidates on
EYPS pathways. It enables students to
appreciate the central role of observation for
understanding, planning for and educating early years
children. The theoretical background to child observation is covered
in detail, the text highlights important works and considers the
ethical implications. This Second Edition includes new chapters
on recording and analysing and the curriculum and is fully updated
throughout with links to the updated Early Years Foundation Stage.
Interactive activities and real life case studies are included to help
the reader engage with the text and make essential links between
theory and practice.

Childhood can only be understood in


relation to the multitude of social factors
which surround it. This accessible text
explores children's place within society
through an examination of the different
contexts within which a child exists. It begins by looking
at the child within the family and goes on to examine the child
within the educational setting, the community, the nation and other
contexts. This Second Edition includes a new chapter 'The Context
of Partnership: Children in Transition' and considers the impact of
recent changes including initiatives such as the Tickell Review, Field
Report and Allen Report.

CONTENTS

Introduction: Policy Context and Observation / The Pedagogy of Early


Years / The Role of Observations in Early Years / Observation Techniques /
Analysing and Documenting Observations / Ethical Implications / Observing
for Development / Observing for Research / Observing for the Curriculum /
Summary: Early Years Workforce and Observation

The Context of Childhood: Social Understanding of Childhood / The


Historical Context: The Emergence of Childhood / The Context of the
Family: First Experiences / The Context of the Setting: Childhood Institutions
/ The Context of Partnership: Children in Transition / The Community Context:
Children as Citizens / The National Context: Children and Social Policy / The
Global Context: International Perspectives / The Child's Own Context: The
Child's Voice and Agency / The Future Context: The 21st Century Child

READERSHIP

READERSHIP

CONTENTS

Students of degrees and foundation degrees in early years and early childhood
studies and EYPS candidates

All degree and foundation degree students in early years, early childhood
studies and related disciplines
April 2013 176 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-6005-0) 60.00
Paper (978-1-4462-6006-7) 17.99

EARLY CHILDHOOD STUDIES SERIES


June 2012 192 pages
Cloth (978-0-85725-860-1) 60.00
Paper (978-0-85725-745-1) 17.99

INTERNATIONAL
PERSPECTIVES IN
THE EARLY YEARS

WORKING WITH PARENTS


IN EARLY YEARS SETTINGS
Second Edition

Edited by Linda miller The Open


University and Claire Cameron
Anglia Ruskin University

Ute ward
This book explores the ways in which
early years practitioners work with
parents and families to enhance children's
development, learning and well-being. It
examines the need for close partnership
working between staff and families, offers
examples of good practice and encourages reflection
and discussion of the issues involved. This Second Edition has been
updated to include a new chapter on working with others to support
parents and features additional information on communication,
leadership, early intervention and working in areas of disadvantage
and deprivation. Linked to the new EYP standards and updated
government initiatives.

CONTENTS
The Role of a Parent in a Child's Life / Parents and What We Think about Them
/ The Child-Parent-EY Triangle / Partnership Working - Involving Parents in
Your Setting / Partnership Working - When Parents Are Not in Your Setting
/ The Learning Partnership / When Partnerships Get Difficult / Working with
Others to Support Parents / Beyond the Triangle

READERSHIP
All degree and foundation degree students in early years, early childhood
studies and related disciplines
ACHIEVINg EYPS SERIES

Stemming from original research in the


field, a broad range of contributors explore
the key themes and debates surrounding
international perspectives on early childhood
education and care. Drawing on studies carried out in
Norway, Mexico, France, Hungary and many more countries, the
book covers a wide range of topics including:
relationship between early childhood and primary education
gender and play in ECEC
the Forest School approach to learning.

CONTENTS
International Perspectives: Themes And Issues / Seeing Early Childhood
Issues Through A European Lens / The Relationship Between Early Childhood
And Primary Education / Gender And Using The Outdoors: Perceptions Of
Practice In England, Hungary And Denmark / The French Approach To Family
Intervention With Families With Young Children / How To Build A Curriculum
For Infants And Toddlers / The Roma Early Childhood Inclusion (RECI) Project
And Its Conclusions / Developing Place-based Learning in Early Years
Services: Approaches and Examples from Norway and Scotland / Space And
Place As A Source Of Belonging And Participation In Early Years Services In
Chiapas, Mexico / Forest School - An Outdoor Space For Children / Families
And Children's Well-Being / International Perspectives: Using The Lens Of
'Other' To Consider What We Learn

READERSHIP

May 2013 160 pages


Cloth (978-1-4462-6744-8) 60.00
Paper (978-1-4462-6745-5) 17.99

Students of early years at all levels, from foundation Degree to masters, as


well as current early years practitioners
CRITICAL ISSUES IN THE EARLY YEARS
November 2013 192 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-5536-0) 70.00
Paper (978-1-4462-5537-7) 23.99

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Early Childhood

INVOLVING PARENTS
IN THEIR CHILDREN'S
LEARNING
Second Edition
margy whalley Pen Green
Centre, Corby
This book is the story of the pioneering
work of the Pen Green Early Years Centre
for children and families. Showing how early
years practitioners can collaborate effectively with
parents, the book includes case studies of parents and children who
have attended the centre, and studies that chart developments in
learning for both children and parents.

EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION


Becoming a Professional
Kimberly A gordon Biddle California State University
Sacramento, Ana garcia-Nevarez, wanda J
Roundtree Henderson and Alicia Valero-Kerrick
California State University, Sacramento
This is an inspiring introduction to the world of early childhood
education, preparing the educators of tomorrow to reach their full
potential in their schools and communities. Written by a diverse and
experienced author team, this text engages readers to connect the
most modern educational and developmental theory and research
to developmentally appropriate practices and applications that are
easily implemented in the classroom.
March 2013 552 pages
Paper (978-1-4129-7345-8) 52.00

2007 232 pages


Cloth (978-1-4129-3500-5) 80.00
Paper (978-1-4129-3501-2) 26.99

EARLY CHILDHOOD
EDUCATION
History, Philosophy
and Experience
Second Edition
Cathy Nutbrown University
of Sheffield and Peter Clough
Liverpool Hope University
This essential, informative read provides
an accessible introduction to the history of early
childhood education. Firmly grounded in current policy, the text
features a series of imagined 'conversations' with key figures and
pioneers, in which the authors exemplify various philosophical
positions in early childhood. This Second Edition includes revised
and updated material, as well as showing how early childhood
policy has changed, yet how many issues from history are still
concerns for early childhood educators today. The widely respected
authors emphasise the role of history and philosophy in current early
childhood practices.

CONTENTS
A Short History of Early Childhood Education / The Legacy of History / Into
the 21st Century: Twenty Years of Policy Change / Into the Future, Learning
from the Past / The Pioneers: Their Lives and Works / Socrates / John
Amos Comenius [Komensky] / Jean Jacques Rousseau / Johann Heinrich
Pestalozzi / Robert Owen / Friedrich Froebel / Charles Dickens / Charlotte
Mason / Sigmund Freud / Rachel McMillan / John Dewey / Margaret McMillan
/ Rudolf Steiner / Maria Montessori / Alexander Sutherland [AS] Neill / Susan
Sutherland Isaacs / Louis Christian Schiller / Lev Semyonovich Vygotsky /
Donald Woods Winnicott / Jean Piaget / Erik Erickson / Carl Rogers / Burrhus
Frederick Skinner / Robin Tanner / Talking of Early Childhood Education: Six
'Conversations' / So, Who Needs History? / Why Early Childhood Education?
/ What Motivates Young Children to Learn? / How Do Young Children Learn? /
Literacy in the Early Years: A Pedagogy of Patience? / From God and Church
to Awe and Wonder: Spirituality and Creativity in Early Childhood Education
/ Plus a change...? / Children's Rights / The Arts and Creativity / Literacy
/ Play, Learning and Pedagogy / Early Intervention / Home Learning and
Parents / Inclusion

READERSHIP
Students of early childhood education, or history of education; also early
years trainee teachers, practitioners and policy makers

WORKING IN MULTIPROFESSIONAL CONTEXTS


A Practical guide
for Professionals in
Children's Services
John m Davis and mary Smith
both at University of Edinburgh
This book equips readers with the skills,
knowledge and understanding that
managers, practitioners and students require
to work in integrated multiprofessional settings. It book
draws on case studies to consider the dilemmas, challenges and
complexities common within workplaces. Chapters cover:
roles, policies and practices in integrated services
quality assessment in a multiprofessional context
evaluating and developing children and family services
participation and engagement in integrated family centres.

CONTENTS
Introduction: Themes, Issues and Conclusions / The Book, Its Concept, Why
It Is Needed and Who It Is for / Multi-Professional Assessment, Planning and
Delivery / Concepts of Assessment / Structures of Assessment / Relationships
of Assessment / Participation and Multi-professional Working / Defining
Our Concepts of Participation / Structures of Participation / Participatory
Relationships / Conclusion / Recommended Further Reading / Traditional
Structures of Multi-Professional Leadership and Management / Concepts
of Visionary Leadership and Management / Management, Leadership and
Organisational Structures / Relational Multi-Professional Management and
Leadership / Conclusion / Recommended Further Reading / Contemporary
Approaches to Multi-Professional Leadership and Management / Reflexive
Managers, Leaders and Individuals / Systemic Multi-Professional Joint
Working / Multi-Professional Systems, Relationships and Change / Conclusion
/ Recommended Further Reading / Multi-Professional Evaluation / Total
Quality Management / Research-Based Evaluation/Development / Relational
Approaches to Evaluation / Multi-Professional Learning and Creativity /
Concepts of Multi-Professional Learning, Innovation and Creativity? /
Environments for Innovation, Creativity and Change

READERSHIP
Undergraduate and postgraduate students and professionals on courses to
develop their knowledge of multiprofessional working
April 2012 216 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-172-4) 65.00
Paper (978-0-85702-173-1) 21.99

November 2013 256 pages


Cloth (978-1-4462-6786-8) 65.00
Paper (978-1-4462-6787-5) 22.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

Early Childhood

INTEGRATED WORKING
WITH CHILDREN AND
YOUNG PEOPLE

EXPLORING PLAY FOR


EARLY CHILDHOOD
STUDIES

Supporting Development from


Birth to Nineteen

mandy Andrews University of Worcester

Edited by Nadia Edmond and mark


Price both at University of Brighton
This interdisciplinary, core textbook looks
at learning and development from birth to
19 years, providing an accessible introduction to the
common areas of study across the many roles supporting learning
and development in the young people's workforce. There is coverage
of common themes and issues, and theory is closely integrated with
practice throughout. Chapters cover:
quality and effectiveness
physical development
working with families
cognitive development
safeguarding and
social and
promoting well-being
emotional development
transitions.
professionalism

CONTENTS
PART ONE: PROFESSIONALISM IN THE CHILDREN AND YOUNG PEOPLE'S
WORKFORCE / Children and Young People's Services in Context /
Professionalism in the Children and Young People's Workforce / Professional
Relationships and Leadership in the Children and Young People's Workforce /
Quality and Effectiveness in Working with Children and Young People / PART
TWO: SUPPORTING CHILDREN AND YOUNG PEOPLE'S DEVELOPMENT /
Children's and Young People's Physical Development / Children's and Young
People's Cognitive Development / Children's and Young People's Social
and Emotional Development / PART THREE: EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATION
AND ENGAGEMENT WITH YOUNG PEOPLE / Effective Communication and
Engagement with Children and Young People / Effective Communication
and Engagement with Families / Safeguarding and Promoting Well-Being /
Supporting Transitions / Promoting Equality and Inclusion

This is a key text for all those studying


for degrees and foundation degrees in
early childhood, early years and related
disciplines and for candidates on EYPS
pathways. It takes the reader through
a detailed exploration of the nature of play
examining the features and the concepts of play. Guidance
on the observation of children's play is included and the text
encourages students to appreciate the value of play in development
and in socialisation. Children's rights and the ownership of play are
also covered. With interactive activities and case studies throughout,
the text helps students to arrive at an understanding of their own
practice in relation to play.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: WHAT IS PLAY? / Identifying Features of Play / Understanding
Concepts of Play / Historical Perspectives and Principles / Observing Play /
PART TWO: THE BENEFITS OF PLAY / The Value of Play in Child Development
/ Play and Social Development / Play, Creativity and Risk / Contexts for Play /
PART THREE: CHILDREN'S RIGHTS AND THE OWNERSHIP OF PLAY / The
Ownership of Play: Play space, Play Cues and Play Actions / Developing a
Pedagogy for Play / Conclusion: Play IS for life, Not Just for Nursery

READERSHIP
Early Childhood Studies - degree and foundation degree students
EARLY CHILDHOOD STUDIES SERIES
September 2012 216 pages
Cloth (978-0-85725-846-5) 60.00
Paper (978-0-85725-685-0) 17.99

READERSHIP
Teachers, trainee teachers, students on foundation degrees relating to working
with children and young people, early years, teaching assistants, playworkers,
youth workers; also learning mentors, advice and guidance workers
March 2012 256 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-781-8) 65.00
Paper (978-0-85702-782-5) 22.99

PLAY, LEARNING AND


THE EARLY CHILDHOOD
CURRICULUM
Third Edition
Elizabeth wood University of Sheffield

LANGUAGE AND LITERACY


FOR THE EARLY YEARS
Sally Neaum Teesside University
This is a focused text on early years'
language and literacy discusses language
acquisition and development and covers
development theory, talking with babies
and the factors that affect development.

CONTENTS
PART ONE : LANGUAGE ACQUISITION / An
Introduction to Language Acquisition / Understanding Language
Acquisition and Development: Theories and Approaches / Language
Development Charts / Talking with Babies / Factors that Affect Children's
Language Acquisition and Development / Responding to Children with
Speech, Language and Communication Needs / PART TWO: SUPPORTING
CHILDREN'S LANGUAGE ACQUISITION AND DEVELOPMENT / Interaction
to Support Language Acquisition and Development / Supporting Bilingual and
Multilingual Children's Language Learning / Starting from the Child / Rhymes,
Poems, Songs, Music and Stories / Creating a Literate Environment / PART
THREE: BECOMING A READER AND A WRITER / Understanding Literacy /
Emergent Literacy / Phonics in the Early Years

READERSHIP
EARLY CHILDHOOD STUDIES SERIES
June 2012 184 pages
Cloth (978-0-85725-859-5) 60.00
Paper (978-0-85725-741-3) 17.99

ORDER TODAY

CONTENTS
Understanding Play: complexity and challenge / Understanding Children's
Learning: Contemporary Theoretical Perspectives / Play in National Policies:
International Perspectives / Play and the Curriculum / Play and Pedagogy /
Play and Learning in Outdoor Environments / Assessing Children's Learning
in Play / Developing Play

READERSHIP
Students on childhood studies courses and those on initial teacher education
and masters programmes in early childhood and primary education.
Experienced practitioners on CPD courses will also find the book useful

Students of the Early Childhood Studies degree

The Third Edition of this popular book


reflects contemporary research and
thinking about the role and value of play in
learning and development, within and beyond
early childhood. Offering an objective and balanced
view of the various competing theories on play, students are able
to form their own opinions through reflection and consideration of
different ideas. The Third Edition includes coverage of all the latest
trends and research, keeping students up to date with the latest
information on the role of play:
play in education policies - UK and international perspectives
working with parents
social and cultural diversity
children with special educational needs
outdoor play.

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

March 2013 192 pages


Cloth (978-1-84920-115-5) 70.00
Paper (978-1-84920-116-2) 23.99

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Early Childhood

FOREST SCHOOL &


OUTDOOR LEARNING
IN THE EARLY YEARS

INTERNATIONAL
PERSPECTIVES ON
FOREST SCHOOL

Second Edition

Natural Spaces to Play and Learn

Sara Knight Anglia Ruskin University

Edited by Sara Knight Anglia


Ruskin University

Outdoor learning continues to play an


essential role in early years education,
and this new edition of a bestselling book
explores how the Forest School approach
can be easily and effectively incorporated into early
years practice.
Expanding on aspects of Forest School teaching, and drawing on
new developments and policy changes within the field, this new
edition also includes:
a new chapter on working with parents
greater coverage of the 0-2 age range
new case studies to aid learning
coverage of international approaches to Forest School.

CONTENTS
Contextualizing Forest School / What Makes It Forest School? / Exercise,
Fresh Air and Learning / Working with Parents and Carers / Seeing the
Links / Participating in Forest School / Getting the Forest School Ethos into
Settings / Forest School with Other Groups / Outcomes from Forest School
Participation - A Report

READERSHIP
Early years students at all levels; also early years practitioners
June 2013 176 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-5530-8) 65.00
Paper (978-1-4462-5531-5) 21.99

FOREST SCHOOL FOR ALL


Edited by Sara Knight Anglia
Ruskin University
A guide on how to implement the
Forest School ethos in a number
learning environments.
Anyone interested in how to implement
the Forest School ethos in their learning
environment will be enthused and inspired
by this book.
2011 272 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-071-0 ) 67.00
Paper (978-0-857020727)22.99

RISK & ADVENTURE


INEARLY YEARS
OUTDOOR PLAY
Learning from Forest Schools
Sara Knight Anglia Ruskin University
This book shows the reader how to create
exciting outdoor experiences for children,
and incorporate the wilder and riskier
elements of outdoor play into their planning,
while adhering to health and safety requirements.
2011 152 pages
Cloth (978-1-84920-629-7) 63.00
Paper (978-1-84920-630-3) 20.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

Forest School is now implemented across


a wide range of settings both nationally
and internationally, and this book explores
the global similarities between the Forest School
approach and how natural spaces are being used all over the world.
Written by a range of international authors, the text includes
perspectives from:
Sweden
Portugal
Brazil
Germany
Slovenia
South Africa
Australia
USA and Canada
India.
It considers the impact that global influences have on early learning,
and reflects on how the Forest School approach is used in the UK.

READERSHIP
All those studying Early Childhood Studies, Early Years and Primary Education
October 2013 272 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-5913-9) 65.00
Paper (978-1-4462-5914-6) 22.99

YOUNG CHILDREN'S
THINKING
marion Dowling Early Years Consultant
Clearly linking theory and practice, this
highly accessible book will be valuable
to practitioners, teachers and students.
The author explores the development of
children's thinking from birth to seven
years, and how this affects home, early
years settings and schools.
The book includes:
case studies
professional checkpoints to help reflection
practical suggestions
guidance on involving parents
suggested reading
questions for discussion.
Access additional web resources at www.sagepub.co.uk/dowling

CONTENTS
Thinking about Young Children Thinking / Thinking about Young Children's
Thinking / Early Thoughts: Babies' and Infants' Thinking from Birth to Three
Years / How Close Adults Can Support Babies' and Infants' Thinking / Playing
with Thoughts and Ideas: Young Children's Thinking three to five Years / How
Close Adults Can Support Young Children's Thinking three to five Years /
Brimming with Thoughts at Home and in School: Children's Thinking five to
seven Years / How Close Adults Can Support Children's Thinking during the
Early School Years

READERSHIP
Students on early years foundation degrees, early years initial teacher
education and early childhood studies courses
November 2012 200 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-1095-6) 60.00
Paper (978-1-4462-1096-3) 19.99

Early Childhood

YOUNG CHILDREN'S
CREATIVE THINKING
Hiroko Fumoto, Yew Chung Community
College, Hong Kong Sue Robson, Sue
greenfield and David J Hargreaves
all at Roehampton University

YOUNG CHILDREN'S
PERSONAL, SOCIAL
AND EMOTIONAL
DEVELOPMENT
Third Edition
marion Dowling Early Years Consultant
By linking the findings and recommendations
from major reports and research to early years
practice, this bestselling book helps trainee and
practising teachers to understand and apply the latest research to
their practice. The new edition includes links to Early Years Professional
Status standards and coverage of multi-agency working.
2009 240 pages
Cloth (978-1-84860-105-5) 66.00
Paper (978-1-84860-106-2) 21.99

ASSESSMENT IN EARLY
CHILDHOOD SETTINGS

In this book, the authors push forward our


understanding of what young children's
creative thinking is, and how it promotes
young children's well-being. By drawing on
research evidence, they examine key issues
from the perspectives of the child, the parents or carers, and
early childhood practitioners. Whilst exploring this theoretically
complex area, the authors never lose sight of what is important in
day-to-day practice and make links between theory and practice
through discussion around case studies. The book is divided into
three parts:
creative thinking, social relationships and early childhood practice
exploring perspectives in early childhood research
experiences of young children, parents and practitioners.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: CREATIVE THINKING, SOCIAL RELATIONSHIPS AND EARLY
CHILDHOOD PRACTICE / What Do We Mean by Creativity and Creative
Thinking? / Creative Thinking in Early Childhood / Social Relationships
in Early Childhood / PART TWO: EXPLORING PERSPECTIVES IN EARLY
CHILDHOOD RESEARCH / Children's Voices: Young Children as Participants
in Research / Involving Parents in Research / Researchers and Practitioners
Collaborating on Research / PART THREE: EXPERIENCES OF YOUNG
CHILDREN, PARENTS AND PRACTITIONERS / Children's Experiences of
Creative Thinking / Parents' Experiences of Supporting Children's Creative
Thinking / Practitioners' Experience of Promoting Children's Creative Thinking
/ Conclusions: Towards Understanding Young Children's Creative Thinking

READERSHIP
Undergraduate and postgraduate students in early childhood education
April 2012 184 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-731-3) 65.00
Paper (978-0-85702-732-0) 22.99

Learning Stories
margaret Carr University of
Waikato, New Zealand
This is an invigorating and very thoughtprovoking text that I would recommend
to all early years professionals, parents
and citizens interested in developing their
understanding of early years philosophy in
action, which is directly linked to a compelling research
paradigm and deep reflection alongside a sound
theoreticalbase.
Early Years

LEARNING AND TEACHING


MATHEMATICS 0-8
Edited by Helen Taylor and Andrew Harris both
at Canterbury Christ Church University
See page 25 for full details.
November 2013 272 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-5331-1) 65.00
Paper (978-1-4462-5332-8) 22.99

2001 224 pages


Cloth (978-0-7619-6793-4) 83.00
Paper (978-0-7619-6794-1) 25.99

FREE ELECTRONIC INSPECTION


COPIES FOR LECTURERS
SAGE has teamed up with a number of online delivery partners so lecturers
can have digital access to textbooks for consideration for course use. Contact
your local sales representative at www.sagepub.co.uk/findmyrep for all
your course needs.

10

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Early Childhood

THE EARLY YEARS FOUNDATION STAGE


Theory and Practice
Second Edition
Edited by Ioanna Palaiologou University of Hull
The Early Years Foundation Stage has been praised by academics and
students for its theoretical underpinning and practical case studies. In the
light of the revised EYFS, the new edition combines a comprehensive range
of topics, up to date coverage of the EYFS curriculum, additional case studies,
and an increased focus on critical reflection. The Second Edition introduces
new chapters on:
Historical Developments in Early Years Educational Policy
Implementation of EYFS
Play-Based Learning
Working in partnership with parents
Safeguarding Children
Children's Health.
Outstanding Learning Features:
up to date coverage of revised EYFS
new parts and design makes the book user-friendly and easy to navigate
chapter aims identify what each chapter will cover at a glance
case studies in each chapter help students to link theory to practice
further reading directs you to external resources to deepen you understanding
reflection boxes help you reflect on how the chapter can be applied to your
personal and professional development.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: POLICY CONTEXT / Historical Developments in Policy for Early Years
Education and Care / The Implementation of the Early Years Foundation Stage / The
National Picture / PART TWO: PEDAGOGY / Pedagogy of Early Years / Play in Early Years
Foundation Stage / Observations: Recording and Analysis in Early Years Foundation Stage
/ Assessment in the Early Years Foundation Stage / Using Learning Stories in The Early
Years Foundation Stage / Meeting EYFS Outcomes Outside of the Early Years Setting /
PART THREE: KEY ISSUES IN PRACTICE / Working in Partnership with Parents / Working
together to Safeguard Children / Children's Health / Inclusion in the Early Years / Leadership in Early
Years Education Foundation Stage / PART FOUR: THE AREAS OF LEARNING AND DEVELOPMENT IN EYFS /
Personal, Social and Emotional Development / Communication and Language / Literacy / Mathematics / Understanding the
World / Physical Development / Creative Development

READERSHIP
Students undertaking any early years or early childhood studies courses, or those working toward Early Years Professional Status (EYPS)
January 2013 384 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-5697-8) 70.00
Paper (978-1-4462-5698-5) 23.99

IOANNA PALAIOLOGOU
Dr. Ioanna Palaiologou works as a lecturer and researcher in the
Centre for Educational Studies at the University of Hull; she is also
a Chartered Psychologist of the British Psychological Society
specialising in child development and learning theories.
In the early stages of Ioannas career, she qualified as an early years
teacher and child psychologist. After studying for her Masters
degrees in Child Development, Educational Psychology and her
PhD investigating young childrens literacy responses to a cognitiveoriented intervention programme, she worked at the University of
Wales, Swansea as a Lecturer in Early Childhood Studies.

Ioanna
Available as inspection copy for lecturers

In 2004 she joined the University of Hull and has worked as


Programme Director of the BA (Hons) Educational Studies and
Coordinator of Early Childhood Studies. Ioanna is currently leading
the Masters in Early Childhood Studies; she also supervises a
number of PhD students and is the Academic coordinator for
Research Students Support.

11

Early Childhood

ACHIEVING EARLY YEARS


PROFESSIONAL STATUS

BECOMING A
PRACTITIONER IN
THE EARLY YEARS

Second Edition
Denise Reardon Canterbury
Christ Church University

Rose Envy and Rebecca walters

Encompassing the Teaching Agency 2012


new-era EYPS standards, this Second
Edition provides up-to-date advice and
guidance grounded in current reading,
research and government policy for all those
training to achieve Early Years Professional Status
(EYPS).
The new edition offers support to those on all four pathways to
achieve EYPS (UEP, UPP, GEP and GPP), and includes:
the Teaching Agency (2012) EYPS national standards so students
can understand and meet the new standards to qualify as an EYP
the new-era EYPS assessment process so students can prepare
for the assessments required
explicit information on the new-era EYPS national requirements,
enabling students to reflect on how they will interpret, implement
and evaluate policies within their own work
ideas and examples of early years leadership and practice, so
students can relate theory to their practice
more on how to manage change, helping students build their
professional leadership skills.
Each chapter includes case studies, photographs illustrating
practice, reflective practice tasks plus suggested further reading
and useful websites. Journal articles linked to each chapter are
available at www.sagepub.co.uk/Reardon2e

This text is written for degree and


foundation degree students of Early
Years and Early Childhood. A core text
for practice related modules, it examines
both the theory behind early years practice,
and the practical skills and knowledge needed
for effective practice. Covering themes such as childcentred practice, reflective practice, inclusive environments and
safe practice, it introduces students to the wide scope of practice
in the early years. Throughout, practical examples, case studies and
theory focus features help students to make links between theory
and practice and to begin to develop their own sense of professional
practice in the sector.

CONTENTS
Developing the Children's Workforce / Collaborative Working Within the
Early Years / Child-Centered Practice / Developing Pedagogical Practice
/ Enhancing Pedagogical Practice / Becoming a Reflective Practitioner /
Creating Inclusive Environments / Ensuring Safe Practice / The Aspiring
Leader: Taking Your Practice Further

READERSHIP
All degree and foundation degree students in Early Years, Early Childhood
Studies and related disciplines
EARLY CHILDHOOD STUDIES SERIES
May 2013 176 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-6793-6) 60.00
Paper (978-1-4462-6794-3) 17.99

CONTENTS
Getting Started - An Introduction to the new era Early Years Professional
Status / What Is the EYPS Process? / The EYP Role to Lead Practice and
Foster a Culture of Continuous Improvement / What Is Effective Practice?
/ Practicing, Leading and Supporting Others in the to Deliver Assessment
Arrangements, Routines and Communication, Language and Literacy /
Safeguarding and Promoting the Welfare of Children Aged 0-5 years /
Promoting the Rights, Inclusion and Anti-Discriminatory Practice For
Children 0-5 Years / Working Directly with Children and in Partnership
with their Families and Carers / Leading Practice and Fostering a Culture
of Continuous Development / Orientation for the New Era EYPS Formative
Assessment: The Development and Progress Review / Orientation to the
New Era EYPS Summative Assessment Process / Orientation to the New Era
EYPS Summative Assessment process: The Setting Visit and the Final Stage
Interview / Glossary / EYPS Standards

READERSHIP
This book offers support to those on all pathways to achieve EYPS

From Birth to Three


Second Edition
Jools Page University of Sheffield,
Ann Clare Early Years Consultant and
Cathy Nutbrown University of Sheffield

Evidence and Practice

working with Babies and Children is


an essential resource for all who work with
children under three. Due to its combination
of theory and practice, clear writing and valuable pedagogical
material, it makes current research accessible and promotes best
practice. The second edition contains extensive updates on policy,
as well as new vignettes, case study material and activities from
current settings.
This new and revised edition emphasises:
working with other cultures and bilingualism
schema theory
integrated and collaborative work
working with parents
learning through play.

Third Edition

CONTENTS

December 2012 280 pages


Cloth (978-1-4462-5538-4) 65.00
Paper (978-1-4462-5539-1) 21.99

EFFECTIVE TEACHING

What Do We Know about Children Under Three? / Looking beyond What


We Already Know about Our Youngest Children / Policies for the Youngest
Children / Planning for Early Learning and Development / Environments for
Learning / Understanding Every Child / Planning for Positive Transitions /
Permission to Love Them

Daniel muijs and David Reynolds


both at Southampton University
Appropriate for primary and secondary,
this popular and comprehensive text
sets out the evidence base for effective
education methods and strategies.

READERSHIP
Those on initial training courses such as foundation degrees, EYFS, NVQ,
Early Years Professional Status, BA (Hons) education and early years, and
early childhood studies

2010 368 pages


Cloth (978-1-84920-075-2) 77.00
Paper (978-1-84920-076-9) 25.99

12

WORKING WITH BABIES


AND CHILDREN

ORDER TODAY

March 2013 256 pages


Cloth (978-1-4462-0905-9) 65.00
Paper (978-1-4462-0906-6) 20.99

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Education Texts - All Phases

TRAINING TO TEACH

INTRODUCTION
TOTEACHING

A guide for Students


Second Edition

making a Difference in
Student Learning

Edited by Neil m Denby


University of Huddersfield
Previously known as How to Achieve
Your QTS, this Second Edition is equally
valuable to those training to teach in both
primary and secondary education and
aims to give students the confident start they
need in the classroom. Features new to this edition
include more balanced primary education coverage and four new
chapters on: child protection issues; teaching pupils with English as
an additional language; cross-curricular teaching issues; and your
first teaching post - applications, interviews and induction.
The accompanying Website www.sagepub.co.uk/denby, has
been updated to include additional material expanding on and
complementing the contents of the book.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: PROFESSIONAL ATTRIBUTES / Relationships with Children
and Young People / Professionalism, the Professional Duties of Teachers
and Legal Requirements / Child Protection Issues / Communication and
Collaboration / Developing through Mentoring and Reflection / Understanding
the Roles of Specialist Colleagues / Continuing Professional Development
and Learning at 'M' Level / PART TWO: STRATEGIES FOR TEACHING AND
LEARNING AND FOR DEVELOPING PUPILS / Classroom Management and
Behaviour Strategies / Beginning to Understand How Young People Learn
/ Approaches to Teaching and Learning 1: Developing a Range / Planning,
Progression and Sequence / Differentiation and Personalizing Provision /
Teaching Pupils with English as an Additional Language / Understanding
and Using Assessment and Delivering Feedback / PART THREE: BUILDING
KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS / Qualifications and Examinations in England
and Wales / The Legacy of Every Child Matters / Issues and Skills That Cross
Curriculum Boundaries / Developing Successful Cross-Curricular Teaching
/ Accessing and Using Statistical Information / Making Sensible Use of ICT /
Your First Teaching Post: Applications, Interviews and Induction

gene E Hall, Linda F Quinn both at


University of Nevada, Las Vegas, USA
and Donna m gollnick National Council
for Accreditation of Teacher Education
Introduction to Teaching: making a
Difference in Student Learning is the ideal
beginning text for aspiring teachers. The acclaimed authors
thoroughly prepare students to make a difference as teachers,
presenting first-hand stories and evidence-based practices while
offering a student-centered approach to learning.
The authors focus on how to address one of the biggest challenges
facing many of today's schools - making sure that all students are
learning - and help teachers make student learning the primary focus
in all that they do. From true-to-life challenges that teachers will face
to the inspiration and joy they will discover throughout their teaching
careers, this text paints a realistic picture of the real life of a teacher.

CONTENTS
Today's Teachers, Students, and Schools / Becoming a Teacher / Today's
Students / Addressing Learners' Individual Needs / The Social Context of
Schools / Families and Communities / Part II: The Foundations of Education
/ The History of Schools in the U.S. / Developing an Educational Philosophy
/ Organizing Schools for Learning / Regulating and Funding Schools / The
Law as it Relates to Teaching and Learning / Teaching for Student Learning
/ Standards, Curriculum & Accountability / Managing the Classroom and
Student Behavior / Teaching Strategies that Improve Student Learning / Using
Technology to Improve Student Learning / Assessing Student Learning and
Results / Becoming Tomorrow's Highly Effective Teacher / Succeeding in
Your Teacher Education Program, and Beyond
March 2013 560 pages
Paper (978-1-4522-0291-4) 52.00

READERSHIP
Students on initial teacher training courses in primary and secondary education
January 2012 352 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-761-0) 65.00
Paper (978-0-85702-762-7) 21.99

EFFECTIVE INSTRUCTIONAL
STRATEGIES
From Theory to Practice
Third Edition
Kenneth D moore Henderson
State University (Retired)
Effective Instructional Strategies, Third
Edition covers the practical information
that all effective K-12 teachers need. Applying
the latest research findings and practical classroom
practices, it provides thorough coverage of the strategies and skills
essential to every teacher's repertoire.
The text provides information about how to be an effective classroom
teacher. It has been carefully designed to maximize instructional
flexibility and to model established principles of instruction as well
as to expand the pedagogical teaching knowledge of teachers and
their instructional repertoires.
November 2011 480 pages
Paper (978-1-4129-9572-6) 65.99

THE 2012 TEACHERS'


STANDARDS IN THE
CLASSROOM
Roy Blatchford
All teachers and trainee teachers need to
work towards and within the framework
of the 2012 Teachers' Standards. This
concise, practical text is a guide to
the application of the standards in the
classroom. The chapters mirror the standards
and, throughout, practical guidance and classroom-based
examples help trainees to apply the standards in practice. Interactive
tasks encourage readers to consider how they would interpret the
standards in their own classrooms. Written by the past Deputy Chair
of the Teachers' Standards Review Body, this is an essential text for
all trainee teachers.

CONTENTS
Set High Expectations which Inspire, Motivate and Challenge Pupils /
Introduction to the Teachers' Standards / Set High Expectations which
Inspire, Motivate and Challenge / Promote Good Progress and Outcomes
by Pupils / Demonstrate Good Subject and Curriculum Knowledge / Plan
and Teach well Structured Lessons / Adapt Teaching to Respond to the
Strengths and Needs of all Pupils / Make Accurate and Productive use of
Assessment / Manage Behaviour Effectively to Ensure a Good and Safe
Learning Environment / Fulfil Wider Professional Responsibilities / Personal
and Professional Conduct / Master Teacher / Ofsted Framework for Teaching /
Successful Schools, Successful Teachers / Recommended Books on Schools
and Teaching, and Articles by Roy Blatchford

READERSHIP
All trainee teachers and teachers in their first year of practice
ACHIEVINg QTS SERIES
January 2013 112 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-5633-6) 50.00
Paper (978-1-4462-5634-3) 13.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

13

Education Texts - All Phases

DOING YOUR PGCE


ATM-LEVEL

PASSING THE
PROFESSIONAL SKILLS
TESTS FOR TRAINEE
TEACHERS AND GETTING
INTO ITT

A guide for Students


Second Edition
Edited by Keira Sewell Education
Consultant, Liz Lakin, Alex
woodgate-Jones, Tim Cain and Kate
Domaille Southampton University

Bruce Bond, Jim Johnson, mark


Patmore and Nina weiss

Masters-level study is now a well established


component of PGCE courses and this new edition
of the best-selling student guide offers a clear and concise overview
of M-level aspects in teacher education.
This Second Edition includes discussion of recent developments in
education policy, greater coverage of reflective practice in schoolbased training and up-to-date advice on how to get a teaching job
at the end of your course. With new reflective activities designed
to help students develop critical skills, and improved references to
additional material, this book is essential reading for students on
PGCE courses in primary and secondary education.

All applicants to teacher training must pass


their Professional skills tests before submitting their
applications. This is guide to the skills tests, preparing candidates for
what to expect and helping them increase their chances of passing. It
includes information on the tests themselves as well as hints and tips
on what to expect and how to respond. Also included are a chapter
on the importance of knowledge of teaching and schools, and
some guidance on what makes a good ITT applicant and interview
candidate. An essential guide for all applicants, preparing them for
the skills tests, their application and interview.

CONTENTS

Introduction: It's All about Teaching and Schools / The Literacy Skills
Test / Notes on the Test / Practice Test / Answers with Guidance Notes
/ The Numeracy Skills Test / Notes on the Test / Practice Test / Answers
with Guidance Notes / Applications and Interviews / What Makes a Good
Teacher? / What Makes a Good Application? / What Makes a Good ITT
Interview Candidate?

What Will the PGCE at M-Level Do for Me? / What Can I Expect My PGCE
at M-Level to Look Like at Subject Level? / What Can I Expect My PGCE
at M-Level to Look Like During My School-Based Training? / What Is the
Relationship between Research and Development as a Professional? / How
Does Academic Writing at M-Level Make Me a Better Teacher? / Getting a
Job With a PGCE at M-Level / When Should I Continue with My Studies? /

READERSHIP

CONTENTS

READERSHIP
All those applying for teacher training (QTS) in England

Students on PGCE courses in primary and secondary education

January 2013 192 pages


Cloth (978-1-4462-6754-7) 60.00
Paper (978-1-4462-6755-4) 19.99

March 2012 144 pages


Cloth (978-1-4462-0829-8) 60.00
Paper (978-1-4462-0830-4) 18.99

PASSING THE LITERACY


SKILLS TEST

PASSING THE NUMERACY


SKILLS TEST

Third Edition

Fifth Edition

Jim Johnson and Bruce Bond

mark Patmore
All trainee teachers working towards
Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) must pass
a computerised numeracy skills test. The
test is designed to ensure they have a
sound grasp of numeracy skills such as
mental arithmetic and interpreting statistics,
and can apply these in practice. This book outlines all of
the test requirements and explains the essential subject knowledge
candidates will need.
This Fifth Edition is updated throughout and now includes a full
practice test. Written by one of the authors of the actual skills tests,
from the Alphaplus Consultancy, this text is an accurate, up-to-date
and comprehensive practice tool for the numeracy skills test.
This book helps the reader:
familiarise themselves with the skills and knowledge to be tested
fully understand the format and structure of the numeracy
skills test
know what to expect on the day of the test.

Written by one of the authors of the skills


tests, from the AlphaPlus Consultancy, this
text is an accurate and up-to-date practice
tool for the literacy skills test. It outlines all
of the test requirements and the essential
subject knowledge candidates will need. This
Third Edition is updated throughout and now
includes a full practice test.
This book helps the reader:
familiarise themselves with the skills and knowledge to be tested
fully understand the format and structure of the literacy skills test
know what to expect on the day of the test.

CONTENTS
Spelling / Punctuation / Grammar / Comprehension / Literacy Skills Practice
Test / Answers and Key Points

READERSHIP
All trainee teachers, primary and secondary
ACHIEVINg QTS SERIES

CONTENTS

June 2012 128 pages


Cloth (978-1-4462-5682-4) 40.00
Paper (978-0-8572-5879-3) 9.99

Key Knowledge / Mental Arithmetic / Using and Applying General Arithmetic


/ Interpreting and Using Statistical Information / Practice Mental Arithmetic
and On-Screen Tests / Answers and Key Points

READERSHIP
All trainee teachers, primary and secondary
ACHIEVINg QTS SERIES
June 2012 96 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-5687-9) 40.00
Paper (978-0-8572-5883-0) 9.99

14

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Education Texts - All Phases

CROSS-CURRICULAR
LEARNING 3-14

USING SOCIAL MEDIA


IN THE CLASSROOM

Second Edition

A Best Practice guide

Jonathan Barnes Canterbury


Christ Church University

megan Poore University of Canberra

Fully updated in line with recent curriculum


developments and including expanded
coverage of social science perspectives
on learning and a range of new case
studies, this Second Edition continues to
be the must-have textbook on cross-curricular teaching
and learning for the age group 3-14.

CONTENTS
What Should Schooling in the 21st Century Look Like? / Cross-Curricular
Policy and Practice / What Does Good Cross-Curricular Practice Look Like?
/ Social Perspectives on the Learning Journey / What Does Neuroscience
Tell Us about Cross-Curricular Learning? / Psychology and Cross-Curricular
Learning / Cross-Curricular Pedagogies / What Principles Should We Apply?
/ What Themes Are Suitable for Cross-Curricular Learning? / How Can We
Assess Cross-Curricular and Creative Learning? / How Should We Plan for
Cross-Curricular Activity? / Key Issues for Debate

READERSHIP
Students on teacher education courses across the three to 14-years age
range; also practising teachers considering cross-curricular approaches
to learning
2011 328 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-067-3) 67.00
Paper (978-0-85702-068-0) 22.99

Find out what lecturers really


think of our textbooks
and how useful they have found them for
the courses they teach. And (so long as youve
requested a textbook on inspection through
your SAGE online account) why not submit
your own feedback for others to read online too!
In offering this facility, SAGE is the first academic
publisher to share independent academic reviews
and feedback online. We feel that encouraging two
way communication with colleagues in the academic
world is integral to producing quality content.
Find out more at www.sagepub.co.uk/lecturer

How much do you know about using social


media in your teaching?
Using Social media in the Classroom
is an essential guide to Web 2.0 sites and
services, providing both an overview of
different types of digital technologies as well
as constructive guidance on how to safely and intelligently use
them as tools for learning.
This comprehensive, accessible textbook combines practical
information on using all forms of social media for educational
purposes and provides indispensable advice on how to tackle
issues arising from social media use in the classroom. Analysis of
important contemporary topics also includes:
digital literacy and new modes of learning
digital participation and overcoming the 'digital divide'
cyberbullying and understanding risk online.
An accompanying Website including additional resources
and handouts suppor ting the book can be found at
www.sagepub.co.uk/poore.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: GETTING STARTED: THE ESSENTIALS / Social Media and
Education / Sound Educational Design Using Social Media / Common Aspects
of Social Media Functions and Practice / PART TWO: THE BIG FOUR / Blogs /
Wikis / Social Networks / Podcasting, Music and Audio / Instant Messaging,
Chat, Skype and Twitter / Bookmarking, Clippings, Mindmapping, and Polls
/ PART THREE: ENRICHING YOUR PRACTICE / Visual Media / Instant
Messaging, Chat, Skype and Twitter / Bookmarking, Clippings, Mindmapping,
and Polls / Educational Games and Mobile Learning / Productivity Tools /
PART FOUR: SOCIAL CONTEXTS / 'Digital Natives', New Learning and
Digital Literacy / The Digital Divide and Digital Participation / Cyberbullying /
Understanding Risk Online / Practical and in-Class Considerations

READERSHIP
All graduates and undergraduates on teacher education courses, as well as
practising teachers
August 2012 288 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-0280-7) 65.00
Paper (978-1-4462-0281-4) 20.99

ONLINE TEACHING
IN THE DIGITAL AGE
Pat Swenson and Nancy A Taylor both
at California State University, Northridge
Online Teaching in the Digital Age is a
manual for instructors whose classroom
resides online. The unprecedented
explosion of online learning courses
has resulted in increased demands for
online teachers, and regular classroom
teachers are often asked to teach in an
online environment, whether they are prepared or not. This
book functions as a general reference guide and 'how to' manual,
encouraging new and experienced instructors to explore the vast
variety of resources available to create and/or enhance their online
teaching experience. It presents practical material in an approachable
manner, allowing a larger audience to be reached. Teachers will
come away from reading this book with a new confidence in how to
utilize technology to enhance student learning.

CONTENTS
The Virtual Classroom: A Dynamic Learning Environment / Establishing Your
Web Presence: The Learning Management System and Course Webpages /
Web 2.0: A World Wide Web of Options / Choosing Your Course Format and
Features / Planning Future Semesters
March 2012 104 pages
Paper (978-1-4129-9619-8) 22.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

15

Education Texts - All Phases

REFLECTIVE PRACTICE
AND PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT
Peter Tarrant University of Edinburgh
The connections between reflective
practice and professional development
are the focus for this book which offers
guidance to support lasting change and
provides strategies to enable self-initiated
professional development. The book includes:
traditional approaches to reflective practice
how to enhance the effectiveness of reflective practice
putting reflective practice in context
how reflective practice can improve attainment for students
and staff
an appendix of useful resources.
With case studies from new and experienced teachers, as well
as examples of reflective practice from trainee teachers and from
students studying across a range of education courses, this book
equips readers to develop their own reflective practice framework.

CONTENTS
What is Reflective Practice? / What Is Reflective Practice? / What Does
Reflective Practice Look Like? / How Can We Make Reflective Practice
More Effective? / The Challenges, Benefits and Possible Solutions to Using
Reflection in a Professional Context / How Does Reflective Practice Fit into
the 'Big Picture?' / What Do Teachers and Students Think of 'Peer Learning
Interactions' / Reflective Practice for Children and Young People / How Do
We Support Putting Reflections into Practice? / Reflecting on Reflections:
Reflections On Reflecting

READERSHIP
Trainee teachers and practising teachers undertaking Continuing
Professional Development

REFLECTIVE PRACTICE

January 2013 232 pages


Cloth (978-1-4462-4950-5) 65.00
Paper (978-1-4462-4951-2) 21.99

writing and Professional Development


Third Edition
gillie Bolton Freelance Consultant
In the Third Edition of this popular and highly readable book, Gillie
Bolton draws on her considerable experience and extensive research
to demonstrate a creative dynamic mode of reflection and reflexivity.
Using expressive and explorative writing, combined with in-depth
group work/mentoring alongside appropriate-focused research, it
enables critical yet sensitive examinations of practice.
Offering a searching and thorough approach which will increase
student and professional motivation, satisfaction and deep levels
of learning, she clearly explains: reflection; reflexivity; narrative;
metaphor; and complexity, and grounds the literary and artistic
methods in educational theory and values. Clear, step-by-step
practical methods are given for every aspect of the process. New
to this edition are:
a chapter presenting different ways of undertaking and facilitating
reflective practice
further international coverage, including material from Australia,
New Zealand and the United States.

CONTENTS
Mind the Gap: How to Use This Book / PART ONE: REFLECTION AND
REFLEXIVITY: WHAT AND WHY / Reflective Practice: An Introduction /
Reflection and Reflexivity / Principles of Reflective Practice / Through the
Mirror / Writing as Reflection / PART TWO: REFLECTION AND REFLEXIVITY:
HOW / Reflective Writing: A 'How-to' Guide / The Learning Journal /
Assessment and Evaluation / Group Processes and Facilitation / Reflective
Practice and Team Development / Reflective Practice: Other Methods / PART
THREE: REFLECTIVE WRITING: FOUNDATIONS / The Power of Narrative /
The Power of Metaphor / Wider and Deeper: Other Writing Forms / Reflection
on Reflection

READERSHIP
Students and professionals in education, medicine and healthcare,
clinical psychology, nursing, therapy, social work, counselling and
business management
2010 304 pages
Cloth (978-1-84860-211-3) 74.00
Paper (978-1-84860-212-0) 24.99

16

ORDER TODAY

REFLECTIVE PRACTICE
FOR TEACHERS
maura Sellars The University
of Newcastle, Australia
An essential aspect of teaching is being
able to reflect on your own practice
and analyse your professional actions,
and use this process to develop as a
successful teacher.
Reflective Practice for Teachers
explores a range of key issues that you will
need to engage with during your teacher preparation and early
career in the classroom in order to deepen your understanding of
teaching practice. Coverage includes:
The changing nature of teaching and the role of the teacher, and
the importance of making personal evidence-based decisions
Key learning theories, findings from neuroscience and their impact
on learning
How contemporary issues such as technology, global
perspectives, and the importance of pedagogical practices can
support effective teaching
Guidance on how to reflect on the richness of diversity in
classrooms, and the tensions and challenges that may result
from differences.

CONTENTS
Teaching as a Profession / Teaching Today / The Learning Process / Theories
on the Nature of Intelligence / Thinking Skills that Support Successful Learning
/ Emotional Intelligence / Supporting the Learning Process / Understanding
Diversity / Differentiation and Inclusion / Teachers as Professional Practitioners
November 2013 240 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-5650-3) 65.00
Paper (978-1-4462-6740-0) 22.99

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Education Texts - All Phases

PSYCHOLOGY FORTEACHERS
Scott Buckler and Paul Castle
both at University of Worcester
Every child is an individual whose knowledge and understanding needs
to be developed in ways that help them succeed. How do you manage
this alongside the realities of the curriculum? How do you achieve this
for a full classroom of expectant learners?
Psychology for Teachers explains how psychology can be intelligently
applied to the classroom to meet the needs of different learners. It
encourages you to review your own practice to develop a personal
teaching style, supported by research findings and an awareness of the
factors underpinning high-quality teaching.
Focusing on how an understanding of psychological theory can support
effective teaching and learning this book contains case studies and tasks
to make sure that you really understand how theory can be meaningfully
applied in the classroom.
Supported by a companion website at www.sagepub.co.uk/bucklercastle,
this is essential reading for all students on initial teacher education
courses including undergraduate (BEd, BA with QTS), postgraduate
(PGCE, SCITT), School Direct, and employment-based routes into
teaching, and also Education Studies degrees.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: INTRODUCTION / Psychological Perspectives on Education: Classical
Approaches / Psychological Perspectives on Education: Developing Approaches
/ The Balance of Teaching and Learning: the Teacher's Perspective / The Balance
of Teaching and Learning: the Learner's Perspective / Developing Your Personal
Perspective on Education / PART TWO: LEARNING: THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE
INDIVIDUAL / The Individual Learner: Development of the Learner / The Individual
Learner: Appreciating Variety / The Individual Learner: Unification of Perspectives
/ PART THREE: LEARNING: THE INDIVIDUAL NEEDS OF THE LEARNER / Meeting
the Needs of the Learner: Enabling Individual Success / Meeting the Needs of the
Learner: Ensuring Individual Access to the Curriculum / Meeting the Needs of the
Learner: a Unity of Perspectives / PART FOUR: TEACHING: EMPOWERING THE
LEARNER / Empowering the Learner: Motivation for Learning / Empowering the
Learner: Psychological Skills Development / Empowering the Learner: a Unity
of Perspectives / PART FIVE: THE BALANCE OF TEACHING AND LEARNING /
Structuring Learning: the Teaching and Learning Cycle / Structuring Learning: the
Environment / Structuring Learning: a Unity of Perspectives / PART SIX: YOUR
PERSONAL PERSPECTIVE ON TEACHING AND LEARNING / Conclusion
November 2013 448 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-1114-4) 75.00
Paper (978-1-4462-1115-1) 24.99

SCOTT BUCKLER AND PAUL CASTLE


Scott Buckler originally worked as a primary teacher
in London and Birmingham before his employment
as a Senior Lecturer at the University of Worcester.
He was originally appointed for his work in Special
Educational Needs although has diversified over
the years to pursue how psychology can be
applied to education. He has a particular interest
in redefining the context of transpersonal education,
which he believes, unites the various domains of
humanexperience.

Paul

Paul Castle is a Chartered Sport & Exercise


Psychologist, registered with the Health
Professions Council and Senior Lecturer at the
University of Worcester. As an applied practitioner,
Paul has over a decade of experience in providing
psychological support to athletes and motor
racers from novice to World Championship level.
In recent years, Paul has utilised his expertise to
provide support for members of the teaching profession, with a particular
emphasis on reducing stress, depression and burnout.

Scott

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

17

Education Texts - All Phases

KEY CONCEPTS
IN EDUCATIONAL
ASSESSMENT

ASSESSMENT
FOREDUCATION
Standards, Judgement
and moderation

Tina Isaacs Institute of Education,


Catherine Zara Freelance Consultant
graham Herbert Chartered Institute
of Educational Assessors, Steven
J Coombs Bath Spa University and
Charles Smith Swansea Metropolitan
University of Wales, Trinity St Davids

Val Klenowski Queensland University


of Technology, Brisbane, Australia and
Claire wyatt-Smith Griffith University

Key Concepts in Educational Assessment provides


expert definitions and interpretations of common terms within the
policy and practice of educational assessment. Concepts such as
validity, reliability, assessment of learning, assessment for learning,
measurement comparability and differentiation are discussed, and
there is broad coverage of UK and international terminology. Drawing
on the expertise and experience of the authors who have worked in
a wide range of educational contexts, the entries provide:
clear definitions of the concepts
accounts of the key issues
authoritative and reliable information
suggestions for further reading.

CONTENTS
Introduction / A / Assessment for Learning / Assessment of Learning /
Assessment of Prior Learning / Attainment / Awarding Bodies / B / Basic Skills
/ C / Comparability / Continuous Assessment (See Coursework) / Criterion
- Referencing / D / Diagnostic Assessment / Differentiation / Discrimination
(See Purposes) / E / E-Assessment / Examinations (See Assessment of
Learning, Select Type, Supply Type) / External Verification / F / Fairness
/ Feedback / G / Grading / Marking / Group - Assessment / I / Internal
Verification / International Assessment / Ipsative Assessment / IQ Testing / L
/ Learner Involvement in Assessment / M / Marking Schemes (See Grading) /
Measurement / Moderation / N / National Curriculum Testing (See Also SATS)
/ Norm-Referencing / O / Oral Assessment / P / Peer and Self-Assessment
/ Performance-Based Assessment / Professional Standards / Purposes
of / Q / Qualifications / Quality Assurance / R / Recording and Tracking /
Regulation / Reliability / Reporting / S / Selection and Supply Type Questions
/ Standardization / Supply Type Questions / T / Theories of / V / Validity /
Vocational / W / Work-Based

READERSHIP
Created to support students of education on undergraduate and postgraduate
courses, and established education professionals including those who are
members of the Chartered Institute of Educational Assessors (CIEA), this
book is an accessible guide for anyone engaged in educational assessment.
The book offers the reader a clear guide to the complex field of educational
assessment, and suggests routes to more detailed study
SAgE KEY CONCEPTS SERIES
February 2013 176 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-1056-7) 60.00
Paper (978-1-4462-1057-4) 18.99

ASSESSMENT
ANDLEARNING

CONTENTS
Why Teachers Need to Understand Standards / A Sociocultural Perspective
of Teachers' Judgement Practice / Radical Change in Teaching, FrontEnding Assessment and Quality Task Design / The Purposes, Processes
and Potential of Moderation and the Use of Standards / Transforming
Learning through a Focus on Quality: The Pedagogical Utility of Summative
Standards / Sustainable Assessment Cultures: Coherence between System
and Site / Online Capabilities: Rethinking Criteria and Standards / Conclusion
and Principles
November 2013 224 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-0840-3) 65.00
Paper (978-1-4462-0841-0) 22.99

EDUCATION POLICY
Ian Abbott, michael Rathbone and
Phillip whitehead University of Warwick
From Butler to Balls and beyond, this
essential book illuminates educational
issues in England and Wales since World
War II, drawing on extensive documentary
evidence. Inside you will find in-depth
interviews with former Secretaries of
State for Education and other key decision
makers, including:
Ed Balls
Alan Johnson
David Blunkett
Ruth Kelly.
Michael Gove
The interviews cover the historical context of their period of office
and the lasting legacy of their policies.

CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION / PART ONE: 1944-1979: POST-WAR CONSENSUS / 19441960: The Post-War Consensus: Education for All? / 1960-1969: A Decade of
Social and Legislative Innovation / 1970-1979: The Breakdown of Consensus
/ PART TWO: 1979-1997: MARKETISATION AND COMPETITION / 1979-1987:
Introduction of Competition into Education / 1988-1992: Education Reform: A
Period of Turbulence / 1992-1997: Education Practice under the Microscope
/ PART THREE: 1997-2010: BLAIR AND BEYOND / 1997-2001: The First
Labour Government since 1979 / 2001-2007: The Second Phase of the Labour
Government / 2007-2010: The Final Part of the New Labour Project / 2010
AND BEYOND: INTERESTING TIMES / APPENDIX: TABLE OF MINISTERS/
SECRETARIES OF STATE 1945-PRESENT

Second Edition
Edited by John gardner
University of Stirling
This new edition provides a comprehensive
overview of assessment that is used to
support learning, practice-based theory
on assessment for learning, and formative
assessment to support individual development
and motivate learners.

READERSHIP

November 2011 312 pages


Cloth (978-0-85702-382-7) 74.00
Paper (978-0-85702-383-4) 23.99

18

This book makes assessment processes


transparent for practitioners, and shows
how assessment should align with curriculum
and teaching for success in education. It looks at evidenceinformed decision-making and the interrelationships between
standards, judgement and moderation practice for improved
assessment, teacher quality, schools and systems.
The book will provide you with:
knowledge about quality assessment and judgement practice
understanding of relationships across curriculum, assessment,
teaching and learning
an analysis of practitioner judgement approaches and standards
principles derived from research of social moderation practices.

ORDER TODAY

Master's-level students on education courses and PGCE programmes; also


library collections
November 2012 224 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-576-0) 65.00
Paper (978-0-85702-577-7) 21.99

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Education Texts - All Phases / Education Texts - Primary

TEACHING CHILDREN 3-11

EDUCATIONAL
FOUNDATIONS

A Student's guide

An Anthology of Critical Readings

Third Edition

Third Edition

Edited by Anne D Cockburn


University of East Anglia and graham
Handscomb Essex County Council

Edited by Alan S Canestrari and Bruce


A marlowe Roger Williams University
Why Teach? Who Are Today's Students?
What Makes a Good Teacher?
Educational Foundations answers these
questions, and more, providing an exciting alternative to
other foundations textbooks. This anthology is aimed at students
about to enter the teaching profession, those new to the profession
and anyone interested in carefully examining and improving schools
and schooling.
In this Third Edition, the editors add new essays by classic and
contemporary policy shapers and teachers. The readings are
bold and refreshing, and their authors eschew unquestioning
compliance. By taking a hard look at traditional educational practice,
the contributors to this anthology serve as models for the kind of
reflective practitioners that its editors hope that students will become
while in the field.

The established professional studiesfocused initial teacher education textbook


for Early Years and Primary Education
teaching routes returns for a third edition
carefully revised for today's teaching environment.
November 2011 368 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-486-2) 72.00
Paper (978-0-85702-487-9) 23.99

PRIMARY PROFESSIONAL
STUDIES

CONTENTS

Second Edition

Letters to a Young Teacher / The Green Monongahela / Why Teach? / Who


Are Today's Students? / What Should Teachers Do? Ebonics and Culturally
Responsive Instruction / Racism, Discrimination, and Expectations of
Students' Achievement / Inclusion: Rejecting Instruction That Disables /
Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender Students: Perceived Social Support
in the High School Environment / What Makes a Good Teacher? / The Banking
Concept of Education / On Stir-and-Serve Recipes for Teaching / 10. Psst... It
Ain't About the Tests: It's Still About Great Teaching / What Do Good Schools
Look Like? / The Idea of Summerhill / Success in East Harlem: How One
Group of Teachers Built a School That Works / Beyond the Deficit Paradigm:
An Ecological Orientation to Thriving Urban Schools / How Should We Assess
Teaching and Learning? / A Mania For Rubrics / Grading: The Issue is Not
How But Why? / Confessions of a 'Bad' Teacher / How, and How Not, to
Improve the Schools / How Does One Develop a Critical Voice? / Teachers as
Transformative Intellectuals / Resistance and Courage: A Conversation With
Deborah Meier / From Silence to Dissent: Fostering Critical Voice in Teachers
/ How Do We Move Foward? / Poor Teaching for Poor Children... In the Name
of Reform / Necessary Muddles / Teacher Unionism Reborn / Epilogue. The
Quest: Achieving Ideological Escape Velocity - Becoming an Activist Teacher

Edited by Alice Hansen


Education Consultant

January 2013 280 pages


Paper (978-1-4522-1676-8) 29.99

THE PRIMARY
CURRICULUM
A Creative Approach
Edited by Patricia Driscoll Canterbury
Christ Church University, Andrew
Lambirth University of Greenwich
and Judith Roden Canterbury
Christ Church University
A new core text which provides an informed
critical approach to the primary curriculum
and how to teach it.
Underpinned by contemporary research and current policy The
Primary Curriculum combines coverage of key subject-specific
issues with relevant pedagogical approaches to teaching, offering a
comprehensive overview of each major subject of primary education.
2011 296 pages
Cloth (978-1-84920-596-2) 67.00
Paper (978-1-84920-597-9) 23.99

The changing landscape of primary


teaching requires trainees to consider
learning and teaching in new ways. This
new book supports trainee teachers working
towards primary QTS in all aspects of primary
professional studies. Exploring the curriculum, the
developing child, the developing teacher and teaching skills, the
text offers in-depth coverage of all aspects of teaching and learning
alongside practical teaching suggestions. Chapters on inclusion,
teacher identity and the wider school community consider key issues
in teaching and learning today. This Second Edition is newly linked
to the 2012 Teachers' Standards.

CONTENTS
The Curriculum / Transforming Teaching and Learning / Curriculum
Approaches / The Developing Child / Child-Centered Teaching and Learning
/ Including all Learners / Transitions and Progression / The Developing
Teacher / Teaching as a Profession / Establishing your Own Teaching Identity
/ Safeguarding Children / The School Community: Being Part of a Wider
Professional Environment / Personal Professional Development / Teaching
Skills / Assessment / Planning / Managing Behaviour for Learning

READERSHIP
Trainee primary school teachers
TRANSFORmINg PRImARY QTS SERIES
June 2012 264 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-5681-7) 65.00
Paper (978-0-8572-5959-2) 21.99

PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
IN PRIMARY EDUCATION
Hilary Cooper University of Cumbria
Professional Studies in Primar y
Education provides a wide-ranging
overview of everything you will need to
know to prepare you for your primary initial
teacher education course, and your early
career in the classroom.
2011 272 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-733-7) 67.00
Paper (978-0-85702-738-2) 21.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

19

Education Texts - Primary

REFLECTIVE LEARNING
AND TEACHING IN
PRIMARY SCHOOLS

THINKING THROUGH
ETHICS AND VALUES IN
PRIMARY EDUCATION

Edited by Alice Hansen Education


Consultant, Adrian Copping, Nick
Clough, mike Pezet, Peter Dudley,
Lisa murtagh, Elizabeth gowing,
Helen Davenport and Emma mcVittie

Edited by gianna Knowles, Vini


Lander both at University of
Chichester, Sally Hawkins, Carol
Hughes, glenn Stone, Linda Cooper
University of Chichester and Barbara
Thompson University of Kansas

Traine e teacher s are expe cte d to


demonstrate reflective practice in many ways
throughout their course. Unlike other texts, this book takes
a focused look at what primary trainees need to know and offers
specific and detailed guidance on how to be meaningfully reflective
in learning and teaching.
Examining reflection as a tool for both teachers and children, this text
considers how teachers can encourage the children they teach to
be reflective in their own learning and how this can improve learning
and teaching. Chapters on lesson study and reflective journals offer
practical guidance, and a chapter on using children's voice as a tool
for reflection explores this popular topical theme. Case studies and
activities are included to help the reader relate theory to practice and
all chapters are linked to the 2012 Teachers' Standards.

CONTENTS

Thinking Through Ethics and Values in


Primary Education is an accessible text that encourages
readers to explore deeply the ethics and values surrounding primary
education. The text helps the reader to critically reflect on the
principles that underpin education. Specifically written for education
students in the later years of their course, the text draws on research
and practice to explore the challenges and opportunities involved,
while helping to develop the reader's own critical thinking skills.
The book begins by asking 'what are ethics and values?' and goes
on to explore social diversity and society and education. It considers
ethics and values and the curriculum, school organisation and the
classroom.

CONTENTS

Children as Reflective Learners / Trainees and Teachers as Reflective Learners


/ Reflective Learning and Teaching Opportunities / Using Childrens Talk as a
Basis for Reflective Practice / Using Coaching as a Tool for Reflection / Using
Self and Peer-Assessment for Reflection / Reflection through Lesson Study
/ Reflective Journals and Portfolios

What are Ethics and Values? / Ethics, Values and Social Diversity / What Does
Society Want from Education What Does it Value about Education? / Ethics,
Values and the Curriculum / Ethics and Values in School Organisation How
Should Schools be Lead and Managed? / Ethics and Values in the Classroom
Classroom Management and Managing Behaviour / Children and Young
People / Ethics, Values and the Teacher?

READERSHIP

READERSHIP
Trainee primary school teachers

Trainee Primary Teachers

THINKINg THROUgH EDUCATION SERIES

TRANSFORmINg PRImARY QTS SERIES

May 2012 176 pages


Cloth (978-0-85725-857-1) 60.00
Paper (978-0-85725-733-8) 17.99

May 2012 176 pages


Cloth (978-0-85725-865-6) 60.00
Paper (978-0-85725-769-7) 17.99

DEVELOPING ACTIVE LEARNING


IN THE PRIMARY CLASSROOM

PRIMARY ENGLISH:
AUDIT AND TEST

Anitra Vickery Bath Spa University

Third Edition

This book explores a range of philosophies and strategies to develop


active learning in primary education. It balances theory with practice
to provide evidence-based guidance and suggestions for use in the
classroom. Key topics include:
Creating a supportive learning environment
Developing the questioning skills of teachers and children
Learning through assessment
Developing thinking skills through curriculum subjects.

Doreen Challen University


of Southampton

CONTENTS
Established and Implicit Frameworks for Thinking and Learning Skills / Creating
a Classroom of Enquiry / Learning in the Early Years / Developing Teacher
and Learner Questioning Skills / Reflective Teachers - Reflective Children /
Learning through Assessment / ICT and Active Learning / Developing Thinking
and Learning Skills in Mathematics / Developing Thinking and Learning Skills
in Science / Philosophy for Children / Developing Thinking and Learning Skills
in English - Dialogic Teaching

20

This book supports trainees on primary


initial teacher training courses where a
secure knowledge and understanding
of English is required for the award of
Qualified Teacher Status (QTS). A rigorous
test enables trainees to identify their strengths and
weaknesses in English and this can be revisited in order to monitor
and evaluate progress towards QTS. Trainees are able to direct
their studies more usefully and quickly develop confidence in topics
they find difficult. This edition is fully up to date with the 2007
QTS Standards.

CONTENTS

READERSHIP

English background / Interest in English / Perceived Competence and


Confidence in English / English Test / Answers to Test Questions / Targets
for Further Development / Suggestions for Revision and Further Reading

Those on professional studies modules on primary initial teacher


education courses

READERSHIP

November 2013 192 pages


Cloth (978-1-4462-5546-9) 65.00
Paper (978-1-4462-5547-6) 20.99

ACHIEVINg QTS SERIES

ORDER TODAY

Professional and Scholarly; Tertiary Education


2007 64 pages
Paper (978-1-84445-110-4) 10.99

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Education Texts - Primary

PRIMARY ENGLISH:
KNOWLEDGE AND
UNDERSTANDING
Sixth Edition
Jane medwell, David wray,
george moore all at University of
Warwick and Vivienne griffiths
Canterbury Christ Church University
The essential subject knowledge text for
primary English. Secure subject knowledge and
understanding is the foundation of confident, creative and effective
teaching. This comprehensive text includes interactive tasks, a
self-assessment section to allow trainees to better understand
their level of knowledge and M level extension boxes to provide
further challenge in all chapters. With full coverage of the English
curriculum, and updated research summaries reflecting the latest
thinking, this text is written to help trainee primary teachers develop
and consolidate their knowledge of English. The Sixth Edition of this
popular book features detailed links to the 2012 Teachers' Standards.

CONTENTS
Spoken English and Standard English / The Acquisition of Language
/ Representing Sound in Writing / Words, Vocabulary and Morphology /
The Grammar of the Sentences in Standard English / The Components of
Sentences / Punctuation / Cohesion: Grammar at the Level of the Text /
The Qualities of Stories / The Qualities of Poetry / The Qualities of Drama /
Looking at Information Books / Electronic Texts / Self-Assessment Questions

TEACHING
PRIMARYENGLISH
Jackie Brien University of Chester
A new core textbook for Primary English
modules on initial teacher education
courses, carefully focusing on a best
prac tice approach link ing the or y
and practice that can transcends the
current changeable policy climate in
primary education.

CONTENTS
What Teachers of Literacy Know and Do / Speaking and Listening / Reading
for Understanding / Teaching Phonics for Reading and Writing / Learning
and Teaching Writing: The Knowledge and Processes of Composing Text
/ Accuracy and Presentation: The Secretarial Aspects of Writing / Inclusive
Learning and Teaching of English / Information and Communication
Technologies in the Teaching of English / English and Literacy beyond the
Classroom / Planning to Ensure Progress in English / Assessment and
Targeting in English

READERSHIP
Students studying primary English on primary initial teacher education
courses including undergraduate, postgraduate and employment-based
routes into teaching; also newly qualified teachers
2011 224 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-156-4) 62.00
Paper (978-0-85702-157-1) 19.99

READERSHIP
All trainee primary school teachers
ACHIEVINg QTS SERIES
May 2012 240 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-5684-8) 60.00
Paper (978-0-8572-5955-4) 19.99

PRIMARY ENGLISH:
TEACHING THEORY
ANDPRACTICE
Sixth Edition
Jane medwell, David wray, Hilary
minns all at University of Warwick,
Vivienne griffiths Canterbury
Christ Church University and Liz
Coates University of Warwick
With full coverage of the theory and practice required
for effective and creative English teaching, this text is an essential
guide for all trainees working towards QTS. Practical guidance and
features support trainees throughout to translate this learning to the
classroom, embed ICT in their lessons and to understand the wider
context of their teaching. This Sixth Edition includes links to the
2012 Teachers' Standards and notes on the new National Curriculum.

CONTENTS
Learning English / Effective English Teaching / Speaking and Listening:
Developing Talk in the Primary Classroom / Teaching Reading at Key Stage
1 / The Teaching and Learning of Phonics and Phonological Awareness /
Teaching Early Writing / Teaching Handwriting and Spelling / Developing
Reading at Key Stage Two / Teaching Writing at Key Stage Two / Teaching
with Electronic Texts / Including All Children / Organising and Resourcing
English at Key Stages One and Two / Assessing English

OBSERVING PRIMARY
LITERACY
margaret Perkins University of Reading
Observing children is a fundamental
aspect of learning to teach and a vital
component of primary English teaching.
Observing Primary Literacy focuses
on observing children and teachers in
the primary classroom, enabling trainee
teachers to make sense of what they
observe in classrooms. This book helps make
explicit the reasons for the professional decisions teachers
make before and during lessons, as well as encouraging critical and
reflective thought on key aspects of primary English.
Using a detailed examination of real-life case studies, Margaret
Perkins provides a framework for understanding the literacy learning
processes of primary-age children and how this can inform good
teaching practice. She demonstrates to readers how to re-focus on
children's learning and develop a critically informed approach to
literacy in the modern primary classroom.

CONTENTS
Introduction: Observation and Reflection / Understanding Texts / Talk /
Teaching Reading / Teaching Writing / Literacy across the Curriculum /
Planning and Assessment / Teaching with Story / Teaching Primary Literacy

READERSHIP
Students studying primary English on primary initial teacher education
courses including undergraduate, postgraduate and employment-based
routes into teaching; also practising teachers who wish to develop their
understanding and practice of literacy teaching
2011 216 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-158-8) 67.00
Paper (978-0-85702-159-5) 21.99

READERSHIP
All trainee primary school teachers
ACHIEVINg QTS SERIES
May 2012 200 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-5683-1) 60.00
Paper (978-0-8572-5951-6) 19.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

21

Education Texts - Primary

TEACHING THROUGH
TALK IN THE PRIMARY
CLASSROOM

PRIMARY ENGLISH ACROSS


THE CURRICULUM
Karen Tulloch, Judith Cullen St Mary's
University College, Enid Jones, Linda
Saunders and gillian Turner all at St
Mary's University College, Twickenham
This book supports trainee teachers
working towards primary QTS in teaching
primary English across all areas of
the curriculum.
Focused on teaching a more integrated and
inclusive curriculum, this text draws out meaningful cross curriculur
links and explores how the teaching of English can take place
across the whole curriculum. It examines how a teacher's effective
use of English is essential in supporting learning in all subjects and
considers the role of the teacher in promoting English. Chapters
cover topics such as language, literature, EAL and thinking skills.
Incorporating the latest thinking in primary English and including
exemplars of current good practice, this practical guide encourages
trainee teachers to explore learning and teaching in new ways.

CONTENTS
English as a Core Skill / Language / Literature Across the Curriculum / Nonfiction Text Types / English as an Additional Language / Thinking Skills /
Teachers' Wider Roles: Communication and Assessment / The Role of Primary
English in Researching Teaching and Learning / Global Perspectives / Beyond
Your Initial Training: Celebrating And Promoting English / Appendix 1: Model
Answers to the Self-assessment Questions / Appendix 2: Language Books /
Appendix 3: Children's Literature Books / Index

READERSHIP
All trainee primary school teachers

Nikki gamble Associate Consultant,


University of London, Institute of
Education and Director of the Write
Away! consultancy and David Reedy
The Westbury Centre, Barking
This book sets out principles for
effective talk for learning and teaching in
primary classrooms.
Based on the principle that talk is fundamental to learning, the
authors identify what quality talk for learning looks like, and
locate and analyze the classroom contexts where effective talk
is particularly encouraged. They detail the reflective journeys of
teachers and learners, and guide readers in an easy, structured
format. Using case study material, they provide access to a range
of voices. Each chapter includes:
vignettes of practice from different phases and curriculum subjects
a summary of key points
suggestions for strategies to try in class.

READERSHIP
Student teachers on undergraduate and postgraduate courses and for those
specializing in literacy and English
PUBLISHED IN ASSOCIATION wITH THE UKLA
November 2013 192 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-971-3) 65.00
Paper (978-0-85702-972-0) 22.99

TRANSFORmINg PRImARY QTS SERIES


June 2012 200 pages
Cloth (978-0-85725-868-7) 60.00
Paper (978-0-85725-781-9) 18.99

PRIMARY HUMANITIES
Learning Through Enquiry
Tony Pickford, wendy garner
University of Chester and
Elaine Jackson Formerly Chief
Adviser (Primary) Trafford BC
and Primary Headteacher

THINKING THROUGH NEW


LITERACIES FOR PRIMARY
AND EARLY YEARS
Debbie Simpson, Ian Todd and
Jayne metcalfe all at University
of Cumbria (Lancaster)
This acces sible book challenges
readers to reconsider what is meant
by the term 'literacy'. It encourages a
deep consideration of literacy in the posttypographic age. Written for education students, it draws
on current research and makes links between theory and practice.
It explores some technological innovations designed to support the
emergent reader and writer, and covers aural and oral literacies,
visual literacies, and the legal and ethical issues arising from this
new era. Readers are helped to think through 'new literacies' and
their place in primary schools. Throughout, critical thinking exercises
help the reader develop his/her own analytical skills.

CONTENTS
What's New about New Literacies? / Technological Interventions in Reading
and Writing for Early Years onwards

READERSHIP
Trainee primary school teachers
THINKINg THROUgH EDUCATION SERIES
April 2013 176 pages
Cloth (978-0-85725-875-5) 60.00
Paper (978-0-85725-809-0) 18.99

22

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

Providing a broad and balanced overview


of the teaching of history and geography,
Primary Humanities: Learning through
Enquiry is indispensable reading for all
primary teacher education students wishing to develop
their understanding of teaching humanities subjects.
Using an enquiry-based approach that encourages children to
learn through questioning and investigating, it combines theoretical
coverage with practical examples to provide an informed, engaging
guide to humanities teaching in the primary classroom. Key issues
covered include planning and assessment in history and geography,
using resources in teaching, and exploring creative and crosscurricular approaches in humanities.

CONTENTS
Why do Enquiry-Led Learning? / What is Enquiry-Led Learning in Primary
History and Geography? / Enquiry Outside the Classroom / Resources for
Enquiry /Enquiry in Practice in History & Geography / Planning for Progression
/ Learning through Assessment / Cross-Curricular Approaches and Creativity
in Teaching Enquiry Based Humanities

READERSHIP
This is essential reading for all students studying primary history and geography
on primary initial teacher education courses including undergraduate (BEd,
BA with QTS), postgraduate (PGCE, SCITT, School Direct), and employmentbased routes into teaching, and NQTs
March 2013 200 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-339-1) 60.00
Paper (978-0-85702-340-7) 19.99

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Education Texts - Primary

TEACHING SYSTEMATIC SYNTHETIC


PHONICS IN PRIMARY SCHOOLS
wendy Jolliffe University of Hull, David waugh
University of Durham and Angela Carss
The government prioritises systematic synthetic phonics as a key
strategy in the teaching of reading and this text supports trainee
teachers working towards primary QTS in how to use phonics
effectively. The text begins by examining the central role of phonics
in the teaching of reading, drawing on recent research and initiatives.
It goes on to cover the essential knowledge trainees need to acquire
themselves and the teaching of phonics to children. Accessible and
relevant, the text uses case studies and useful research to support
trainees in becoming competent and confident in the teaching
of phonics.

CONTENTS
The Role of Phonics in the Teaching of Reading and Writing / PART ONE:
SUBJECT KNOWLEDGE FOR TEACHERS / Discriminating Sounds and
Phonemes / Challenges / Grapheme/Phoneme Correspondences and 'Tricky'
Words / Decoding and Encoding Text / Long Vowel Digraphs The Advanced
Alphabetic Code / Phonics into Spelling / PART TWO EFFECTIVE PEDAGOGY
/ Teaching Phonics in the Early Years / Multi-Sensory and Interactive Methods
/ Teaching a Systematic Structured Progression / Planning for Phonics /
Tracking and Assessing Pupils Learning and Effective Intervention / Teaching
Phonics in Key Stage Two / Using a Range of Programmes and Resources

READERSHIP
All trainee primary school teachers
TRANSFORmINg PRImARY QTS SERIES
May 2012 208 pages
Cloth (978-0-85725-845-8) 60.00
Paper (978-0-85725-681-2) 18.99

WENDY JOLLIFFE
Wendy Jolliffe is a former deputy headteacher who has worked in ITT for 10 years. She worked as a Regional Adviser
for ITT for the National Strategies from 2008 to 2010 and advised ITT providers on effective provision for literacy, in
addition to being responsible for producing a range of e-learning resources. She is currently Head of Teacher Education
at the University of Hull and teaches on a range of modules including Primary English. She has published extensively
in Primary English and CooperativeLearning.

DAVID WAUGH
David Waugh is a former deputy headteacher who worked in ITT from 1990 at University of Hull, where he led the PGCE
course and became Head of Department. In 2008 he was appointed as one of two (the other being Wendy) National
Strategies Regional Advisers for ITT. He is currently Director of Primary PGCE at Durham University, where he is also
subject leader for English. He has published extensively in primary English, as well as developing elearning resources
for National Strategies for English, mathematics and mentoring and coaching.

ANGELA CARSS
Angela Carss is an experienced teacher with a particular interest in early reading. She has taught in schools in County
Durham and Bath and North East Somerset. She is also a part-time primary English tutor at Durham University and
provides expert input on phonics and early reading for both undergraduates andpostgraduates.

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

23

Education Texts - Primary

MATHEMATICS
EXPLAINED FOR
PRIMARY TEACHERS
Fourth Edition
Derek Haylock Education Consultant
This Fourth Edition of Derek Haylock's
much-loved textbook has been fully
revised and restructured to match the
current attainment targets for mathematics
in England. Each chapter is written in a way that
integrates childrens learning, classroom practice and the teachers
own requirements for subject knowledge, making this the ideal text
for primary PGCE courses.
Some of the updates to the new edition include:
two new chapters on mathematics in the primary curriculum and
learning to learn mathematics
more prominence given to using and applying mathematics
sections matching the attainment targets for mathematics
more learning and teaching points highlighted throughout the text
further material on number, risk, use of ICT, graphs and datahandling.
The companion website (www.sagepub.co.uk/haylock) provides
a glossary and additional material to enable primary trainees to
prepare with confidence for the ITT numeracy test and provides
details of how each chapter of the book is linked to the National
Curriculum. This will be updated to reflect any updates to the
National Curriculum as they are introduced.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: MATHEMATICAL UNDERSTANDING / Primary Teachers' Insecurity
about Mathematics / Mathematics in the Primary Curriculum / Learning to
Learn Mathematics / PART TWO: USING AND APPLYING MATHEMATICS /
Key Processes in Mathematical Reasoning / Modelling and Problem Solving /
PART THREE: NUMBER AND ALGEBRA / Number and Place Value / Addition
and Subtraction Structures / Mental Strategies for Addition and Subtraction
/ Written Methods for Addition and Subtraction / Multiplication and Division
Structures / Mental Strategies for Multiplication and Division / Written Methods
for Multiplication and Division / Remainders and Rounding / Multiples, Factors
and Primes / Squares, Cubes and Number Shapes / Integers: Positive and
Negative / Fractions and Ratios / Calculations with Decimals / Proportions and
Percentages / Algebra / Co-ordinates and Linear Relationships / PART FOUR:
SHAPE, SPACE AND MEASURES / Measurement / Angle / Transformations
and Symmetry / Classifying Shapes / Measurement / Perimeter, Area and
Volume / PART FIVE: STATISTICS / Handling Data / Comparing Sets of Data
/ Probability / Answers to Self-Assessment Questions

READERSHIP
Trainee primary teachers
2010 432 pages
Cloth (978-1-84860-196-3) 79.00
Paper (978-1-84860-197-0)24.99

STUDENT WORKBOOK
FOR 'MATHEMATICS
EXPLAINED FOR
PRIMARY TEACHERS'

UNDERSTANDING MATHEMATICS
FOR YOUNG CHILDREN
A guide for Teachers of Children 3-8
Fourth Edition
Edited by Derek Haylock Education Consultant
and Anne Cockburn University of East Anglia
Teachers or student teachers in nurseries and primary schools
need a secure understanding of the mathematical ideas behind the
material they will use in the classroom. And to help young children
develop their understanding of mathematics, teachers need to
develop their own understanding of how mathematics is learnt.
In this book, the authors help trainee and practising teachers to
understand mathematical concepts and how children come to
understand them, and show how to develop their own confidence
with mathematical activities.
Each chapter of this book includes:
real-life examples and illustrations from children and teachers in
the classroom, to help students recognise and build on children's
mathematical thinking
the research behind some of the concepts and teaching
approaches discussed to deepen students' understanding of
maths principles and improve their ability to teach the subject
'pause to reflect' exercises offering an opportunity for students
to discuss and reflect on their own mathematical knowledge
and experience
age-appropriate classroom activities to try with their class or
group, which promote children's learning by doing.
New to this edition:
new four colour format with full colour photos, making it even
easier for students to navigate
new 'pause to reflect' exercises in every chapter help students
consider their knowledge and experience
additional activities throughout for use in the classroom, providing
students with practical material to use in their teaching.

CONTENTS

Derek Haylock Education


Consultant and Ralph manning
University of East Anglia
Tried and tested by primary PGCE trainees,
this workbook provides you with all you
need to successfully review and use the material of
mathematics Explained for Primary Teacher Fourth Edition.
2010 160 pages
Paper (978-1-84860442-1) 14.99

Understanding Mathematics / Understanding Number and Counting /


Understanding Addition and Subtraction / Understanding Multiplication
and Division / Understanding the Principles of Arithmetic / Understanding
Calculations through Patterns and Pictures / Understanding Place Value
/ Understanding Measurement / Understanding Shape and Space /
Understanding Data Handling / Understanding Problem Solving and
Reasoning in Mathematics

READERSHIP
Early years students and trainee primary teachers, as well as practising
teachers of children aged three to eight years
March 2013 344 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-4865-2) 75.00
Paper (978-1-4462-4866-9) 24.99

24

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Education Texts - Primary

PRIMARY MATHEMATICS:
KNOWLEDGE AND
UNDERSTANDING
Sixth Edition
Claire mooney, Alice Hansen Education
Consultant, Lindsey Ferrie, Sue Fox
University of Cumbria (Carlisle) and Reg
wrathmell University of Winchester
The Sixth Edition of this popular core text is
the essential subject knowledge book for primary
mathematics. Helping trainees to establish and consolidate
a secure subject knowledge and understanding of primary
mathematics, it promotes the development of confident, creative
and effective teachers. This Sixth Edition is linked to the 2012
Teachers'Standards.
Providing full coverage of the required subject knowledge for primary
mathematics, this is a core text for primary trainees working towards
QTS. Self assessment questions enable readers to understand
their own level of knowledge and an M level extension feature in
all chapters suggests avenues for further study at Masters level.
Research summaries include the latest works in primary mathematics
and interactive tasks engage the reader with the text, helping them
to link theory and practice. Trainees will find it helpful to use this
book alongside Primary Mathematics Teaching Theory and Practice.

CONTENTS

TEACHING PRIMARY
MATHEMATICS
Sylvia Turner University of Winchester
Teaching Primary mathematics covers
what student teachers really need to
know and why, including approaches
to teaching and learning, planning and
assessment, and using resources in maths
teaching. It also provides a brief historical
overview of the teaching of mathematics
and examines strategies to enhance learning
and development as a confident mathematician in the primary
classroom. Informed by seminal and current research, and recent
developments in education policy, the book also explores:
the role of mathematics within the primary curriculum
the development of mathematics as a subject of study
the knowledge that can be gained from considering international
approaches to mathematics.

CONTENTS
Teachers as Mathematicians / The Nature and Language of Mathematics /
What Do Children Really Need to Learn and Why? / What Should Teachers
Know and Why? / Teaching Approaches / Assessment and Planning in
Mathematics / Resources for Mathematics / What Can We Learn from Other
Countries? / Researching Mathematics Education: A Case Study

READERSHIP
All students on primary initial teacher education courses

Number / Algebra, Equations, Functions and Graphs / Measures / Shape


and Space / Handling Data and Probability / Mathematical Language,
Reasoning and Proof / Self-Assessment Questions / Glossary / Answers to
Self-Assessment Questions

November 2012 272 pages


Cloth (978-0-85702-879-2) 65.00
Paper (978-0-85702-880-8) 21.99

READERSHIP
Initial Teacher training all primary undergraduates and PGCEs
ACHIEVINg QTS SERIES
May 2012 168 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-5686-2) 60.00
Paper (978-0-8572-5911-0) 19.99

LEARNING AND TEACHING


MATHEMATICS 0-8
Edited by Helen Taylor and
Andrew Harris both at Canterbury
Christ Church University

PRIMARY MATHEMATICS:
TEACHING THEORY
ANDPRACTICE
Sixth Edition
Claire mooney, mary Briggs
University of Warwick, Roger gomm
The Open University, Alice Hansen
Education Consultant and Judith
mcCullouch University of Winchester
The Sixth Edition of this popular core text provides the
essential teaching theory and practice for primary mathematics. It
promotes effective teaching through secure pedagogical knowledge,
covering the key skills of planning, monitoring and assessment
and class management, and relating these specifically to primary
mathematics. This Sixth Edition is linked to the 2012 Teachers'
Standards. It includes full coverage of the theory and practice
required for effective and creative mathematics teaching.

CONTENTS
Teaching Strategies / Planning / The Daily Mathematics Lesson / Assessment,
Recording and Reporting / Mathematics in the Early Years Foundation Stage
/ Number / Calculation / Algebra / Measures / Shape and Space / Handling
Data and Probability

Fostering an enthusiasm for mathematics in


young children is a vital part of supporting
the ir mathe matic a l deve lopme nt.
Underpinned by subject and pedagogical
knowledge of mathematics, case studies
and research-based perspectives, the authors
provide clear guidance on how to support young children's
learning and understanding in an effective and engaging way.
Contemporary issues and approaches to developing essential
mathematical learning for young children are explored, including:
play, practical activities and talk for mathematics
outdoor learning
understanding pattern
counting, calculation and place value
measures and shape
working with parents.

CONTENTS
HOW CHILDREN LEARN MATHEMATICS AND THE IMPLICATIONS FOR
TEACHING / Children Talking and Doing Mathematics / Play and Mathematics
/ Children Representing Their Mathematics / Mathematical Learning
Outside The Classroom / Mathematics and Display / Assessing Children's
Mathematics / Working with Parents / PART TWO: LEARNING AND TEACHING
MATHEMATICS / Early Number, Counting and Place Value / Calculation /
Fractions and Decimals / Pattern / Measures / Shape, Position and Movement
/ Handling Data

READERSHIP

READERSHIP
Initial teacher training all primary undergraduates and PGCEs
ACHIEVINg QTS SERIES
May 2012 200 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-5685-5) 60.00
Paper (978-0-8572-5907-3) 19.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

Both serving and intending practitioners working with children aged 0 to 8


years, including those studying for early years and early childhood degrees,
and those on primary PGCE and primary education courses
November 2013 272 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-5331-1) 65.00
Paper (978-1-4462-5332-8) 22.99

25

Education Texts - Primary

TEACHING MATHEMATICS
IN GRADES 6 - 12

CHILDREN'S ERRORS
INMATHEMATICS

Developing Research-Based
Instructional Practices

Second Edition
Edited by Alice Hansen
Education Consultant

Randall E groth Salisbury University


This book explores how research in
mathematics education can inform
teaching practice in grades six to 12. The
author shows pre-service mathematics
teachers the value of being a researcher constantly experimenting with methods for developing
students' mathematical thinking - and connecting this research to
practices that enhance students' understanding of the material.
Ultimately, pre-service teachers will gain a deeper understanding
of the types of mathematical knowledge students bring to school,
and how students thinking may develop in response to different
teaching strategies.

An essential reference guide to children's


common errors and misconceptions in
mathematics enabling trainee teachers
to plan for and address errors arising in
mathematics teaching.

CONTENTS

TEACHING ARITHMETIC
IN PRIMARY SCHOOLS

Introduction to Teaching and Learning Mathematics / Introduction to the


Field of Mathematics Education / Key Psychological Ideas and Research
Findings in Mathematics Education / Planning Mathematics Lessons
/ Mathematics Curriculum Models and Techniques / Implementing and
Assessing Mathematics Lessons and Curricula / Becoming a Professional
Mathematics Teacher / Developing and Teaching Mathematical Thinking /
Developing Students' Thinking in Number and Operations / Developing
Students' Algebraic Thinking / Developing Students' Statistical and
Probabilistic Thinking / Developing Students' Geometric Thinking / Developing
Students' Thinking in Advanced Placement Courses
October 2012 512 pages
Paper (978-1-4129-9568-9) 58.00

PRIMARY MATHEMATICS
ACROSS THE CURRICULUM

Richard English University of Hull


The proposed National Curriculum
for mathematics places an increased
emphasis on arithmetic and so this book
is intended to address trainee teachers'
subject and pedagogical knowledge in
this key area. Everything from the instant
recall of number facts, through to traditional
written methods is covered, but also with an
emphasis on mental arithmetic and informal pencil and paper
approaches. A key feature is the development of understanding,
rather than the learning of rules and procedures. This is achieved
through worked examples, reflective and practical activities, case
studies, self-assessment tasks and a focus on the research which
underpins the content being presented.
Getting Your Head around Arithmetic / The Rapid Recall of Number Facts
/ Mental Arithmetic / The Development of Pencil and Paper Arithmetic /
Traditional Pencil and Paper Arithmetic / Arithmetic with Fractions, Decimals,
Percentages and Ratios / Arithmetic Using Technology

Alice Hansen Education Consultant


and Diane Vaukins University
of Cumbria (Lancaster)
This book supports trainee teachers
working towards primary QTS in how to
teach primary mathematics across all areas
of the curriculum. Focused on teaching a more
integrated and inclusive curriculum, the text draws out
meaningful cross curricular links and embraces the latest thinking
and current good practice. It begins with a section on teaching
mathematics, covering the strands of the curriculum, and goes on
to offer guidance on the use and application of mathematics more
generally across subjects. The Second Edition now makes links
to the 2012 Teachers' Standards and makes includes notes on the
new National Curriculum.

CONTENTS
The Mathematics Curriculum / Mathematics as a Core Skill / Number / Shape
and Space / Measures / Handling Data / Part 2 Using Mathematics In Your
Wider Professional Role / Using Mathematics to Support the Organisation
of Learning and Teaching / Using Assessment Data to Improve Learning
and Teaching / Developing Teaching and Learning Through Research /
Model Answers

READERSHIP
Trainee primary school teachers
TRANSFORmINg PRImARY QTS SERIES
May 2012 200 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-5692-3) 60.00
Paper (978-0-8572-5967-7) 17.99

ORDER TODAY

2011 208 pages


Paper (978-1-84445-612-3) 18.99

CONTENTS

Second Edition

26

TEACHINg HANDBOOKS SERIES

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

READERSHIP
All trainee primary school teachers
TRANSFORmINg PRImARY QTS SERIES
November 2012 160 pages
Cloth (978-0-85725-855-7) 60.00
Paper (978-0-85725-725-3) 18.99

UNDERSTANDING
PRIMARY SCIENCE
Third Edition
martin wenham and Peter Ovens
Nottingham Trent University
Now in its Third Edition, this text
provides the background knowledge
primary teachers need to plan effective
programmes of work and answer children's
questions with confidence.
2009 296 pages
Cloth (978-1-84860-118-5) 71.00
Paper (978-1-84860-119-2) 23.99

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Education Texts - Primary

PRIMARY SCIENCE:
KNOWLEDGE AND
UNDERSTANDING

PRIMARY SCIENCE:
TEACHING THEORY
ANDPRACTICE

Sixth Edition

Sixth Edition

graham Peacock, John Sharp


Bishop Grosseteste University College,
Rob Johnsey and Debbie wright

John Sharp Bishop Grosseteste


University College, graham Peacock,
Rob Johnsey, Shirley Simon
Institute of Education, University of
London, Robin Smith Sheffield Hallam
University, Alan Cross and Diane
Harris University of Manchester

The essential subject knowledge text for


primary science. Secure subject knowledge
and understanding is the foundation of confident,
creative and effective teaching. This comprehensive text includes
interactive tasks, a self assessment section to allow trainees to better
understand their level of knowledge and M level extension boxes to
provide further challenge in all chapters. With full coverage of the
science curriculum, and updated research summaries reflecting the
latest thinking, this text is written to help trainee primary teachers
develop and consolidate their knowledge of science. The Sixth
Edition of this popular book features detailed links to the 2012
Teachers' Standards.
Functioning of Organisms: Green Plants / Functioning of Organisms: Humans
and Other Animals / Continuity and Change / Ecosystems / Materials /
Particle Theory and the Conservation of Mass / Electricity and Magnetism
/ Energy / Forces and Motion / Light / Sound / The Earth and Beyond / Self
Assessment Questions

The Sixth Edition of this popular core text provides the essential
teaching theory and practice for primary science. It promotes
effective teaching through secure pedagogical knowledge, covering
the key skills of planning, monitoring and assessment and class
management, and relating these specifically to primary science. This
Sixth Edition is linked to the 2012 Teachers' Standards.
With full coverage of the theory and practice required for effective
and creative science teaching, this text is an essential guide for all
trainees working towards QTS. Throughout, practical guidance and
features support trainees to translate this learning to the classroom,
embed ICT in their lessons and to understand the wider context of
their teaching.
Trainees will find it helpful to use this book alongside Primary Science
Knowledge and Understanding.

READERSHIP

CONTENTS

CONTENTS

Initial Teacher training all primary undergraduates and PGCEs


ACHIEVINg QTS SERIES
May 2012 224 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-5688-6) 60.00
Paper (978-0-85725-899-1) 19.99

The Nature of Science Understanding / Processes and Methods of


Scientific Enquiry / Children's Ideas / Science in the Foundation Stage /
Teaching Strategies / Planning / Classroom Organisation and Management
/ Assessment Recording and Reporting / Using ICT in Science / Health
and Safety

READERSHIP
Initial Teacher training all primary undergraduates and PGCEs
ACHIEVINg QTS SERIES

PRIMARY SCIENCE:
AUDIT AND TEST

May 2012 144 pages


Cloth (978-1-4462-5689-3) 60.00
Paper (978-0-85725-903-5) 19.99

Third Edition
John Sharp Bishop Grosseteste
University College and Jenny Byrne
University of Southampton
An ideal way for trainee primary teachers
to identify their strengths and weaknesses
in science and to monitor and evaluate
progress towards Qualified Teacher Status.
ACHIEVINg QTS SERIES
2007 80 pages
Paper (978-1-84445-109-8) 10.99

Request one of our


new catalogues online at
w w w.sagepub.co.uk
or phone us on
+44 (0)20 7324 8500

PRIMARY SCIENCE
A guide to Teaching Practice
mick Dunne Bradford College and
Alan Peacock University of Exeter
Touching on current curriculum concerns and the wider challenges
of developing good practice in science education, Primary Science
provides an indispensable overview of important areas of teaching
every aspiring primary school teacher needs to understand.
2011 208 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-505-0) 62.00
Paper (978-0-85702-506-7) 19.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

27

Education Texts - Primary

PRIMARY ICT:
KNOWLEDGE,
UNDERSTANDING
AND PRACTICE

PRIMARY ICT ACROSS


THECURRICULUM
Second Edition
Edited by Debbie Simpson University
of Cumbria (Lancaster) and mike Toyn
University of Cumbria (Ambleside)

Fifth Edition
Jonathan Allen University of Reading,
John Potter Institute of Education,
University of London, Jane Sharp and
Keith Turvey University of Brighton
The Fifth Edition of this popular core text provides essential
knowledge and best practice in primary ICT. It helps the reader
develop their knowledge, understanding and practice of primary
ICT and covers all aspects of how ICT can support learning and
teaching in the core areas of the primary curriculum. It includes
interactive tasks, a self assessment section to allow trainees to better
understand their level of knowledge and M level extension boxes to
provide further challenge in all chapters. A revised chapter on safety
now includes essential guidance on e-safety. This Fifth Edition is
linked to the 2012 Teachers' Standards.

CONTENTS
PART ONE:: TEACHING AND LEARNING WITH PRIMARY ICT / Organising
ICT in Your Classroom / Planning for Primary ICT as a Subject / Planning for
Primary ICT in Other Subjects / Planning ICT in the Early Years Foundation
Stage / Assessment and Recording in Primary ICT / Monitoring Primary
ICT / PART TWO: USING APPLICATIONS AND TECHNOLOGIES / Word
Processing and Desktop Publishing / Graphics Software / Graphing Programs
/ Databases and Spreadsheets / Digital Video / Digital Cameras / Virtual
Learning Environments (VLEs) / Mobile Technologies / Interactive Whiteboards
(IWBs) / The Internet / Music and Sound / PART THREE: ICT AND THE
PROFESSIONAL TEACHER / Professional Use of ICT / E-Safety / Ethical and
Legal Issues / Self-Assessment Questions

Taking a cross-curricular approach, this


text highlights meaningful links across the
curriculum. A chapter on social networking
and e-safety provides essential guidance on
this topical issue. This is followed by a section aimed at
strengthening trainees' own skills and subject knowledge in ICT.
Interactive activities and case studies link theory to practice and
encourage the reader to rethink how ICT is taught in primary schools.
This Second Edition is linked to the 2012 Teachers' Standards.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: ICT IN THE NATIONAL CURRICULUM / ICT as a Core Skill /
Finding and Selecting Information / Creating, Processing and Manipulating
Information / Collaborating, Communicating and Sharing / Refining and
Improving Work / PART TWO: ICT SUPPORTING PRIMARY EDUCATION /
Learning Outline: The Internet, Social Networking and E-Safety / ICT in the
Classroom / Researching Teaching and Learning with ICT / ICT Linking Our
World / Model Answers

READERSHIP
Trainee primary school teachers
TRANSFORmINg PRImARY QTS SERIES
May 2012 224 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-5690-9) 60.00
Paper (978-0-85725-963-9) 18.99

READERSHIP
Initial teacher training all primary undergraduates and PGCEs
ACHIEVINg QTS SERIES
May 2012 256 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-5680-0) 60.00
Paper (978-0-85725-943-1) 19.99

TEACHING PRIMARY
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Julia Lawrence Leeds
Metropolitan University
This book of fers a balanced and
comprehensive overview of the knowledge,
skills and understanding required for the
confident teaching of physical education
in primary schools. It covers issues such
as safe practice in PE, inclusion, subject
leadership and cross-curricular approaches
to physical education supported by an accessible theoryinformed approach. Supported by a companion Website containing
additional student-friendly material.

CONTENTS
Why Physical Education? / How Pupils Learn and Develop / Approaches to
the Teaching of Physical Education / Inclusion in Physical Education / Safe
Practice in Physical Education / Developing Motor Competencies / Developing
Knowledge, Skills and Understanding Across Areas of Activity / Planning the
Learning Experience / Promoting Physical Education Across the Curriculum
/ Physical Education and the Wider Community / Subject Leadership in
Physical Education

PLAY-BASED LEARNING
IN THE PRIMARY SCHOOL
mary Briggs University of Warwick and
Alice Hansen Education Consultant
Play is an essential part of learning
and development for children and is an
increasingly important aspect of creative
approaches to teaching and learning in
primary education. This book demonstrates
the value of play in all its different forms
as a highly effective medium for teaching and
learning across the curriculum.
The authors explore how play can be used to increase engagement,
motivation and fun in learning situations, examining: the theoretical
principles of play for learning; types of play for older children; planning
and facilitating play-based learning; using thematic approaches
when working with individuals, groups and whole classes, in addition
to covering important teaching issues such as assessment, inclusion
and transition out of primary education.

CONTENTS
What Is Play in the Primary or Elementary School? / Play Principles for Primary
or Elementary Aged Children / Types of Play for Primary School Children /
Play in the Primary Curriculum / The Role of the Teacher and Other Adults in
Play / Planning for Play / Assessment of Play-Based Approaches to Learning
/ Including All Learners in Play / Transition into Secondary School

READERSHIP
Students on primary initial teacher education courses, as well as practising
teachers wishing to enhance their own teaching
March 2012 152 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-823-5) 65.00
Paper (978-0-85702-824-2) 21.99

READERSHIP
Students on initial teacher training courses in primary education, and those
on sports studies courses with a primary PE component
March 2012 192 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-735-1) 65.00
Paper (978-0-85702-736-8) 21.99

28

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Education Texts - Primary / Education Texts - Secondary

CREATIVITY IN THE
PRIMARY CLASSROOM
Juliet Desailly Education Consultant
Creativity is an integral element of any
primary classroom. It has never been more
important for teachers to involve children in
their own learning and provide a curriculum
that motivates and engages. Being creative
involves generating new ideas, reflecting
upon and evaluating different teaching
approaches and establishing an environment
that supports creativity.
Creativity in the Primary Classroom explores how to develop as a
creative teacher and how to foster creativity in your classes. Drawing
from key literature and detailed real-life examples, Juliet Desailly
puts into practice her extensive experience in planning, advising and
developing creative approaches to teaching and curriculum planning.
This book examines what creativity in a primary classroom can
look like, and is supported throughout by practical activities for use
across curriculum subjects and reflective tasks encouraging critical
engagement with key conceptual issues.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: WHAT IS CREATIVITY? / The Key Elements of Creativity / Creativity
in Education: History and Theoretical Background / PART TWO: A CREATIVE
CHILD IN A CREATIVE CLASSROOM / Building the Skills to Work Creatively /
Establishing the Ethos / PART THREE: A CREATIVE TEACHER / What Makes
a Creative Teacher? / Key Skills for the Creative Teacher / PART FOUR: A
CREATIVE CURRICULUM / Planning for Creative Outcomes / Medium-Term
Planning for Creative Outcomes / Case Studies: Creativity in Practice

TEACHING BILINGUAL
AND EAL LEARNERS
IN PRIMARY SCHOOLS
Jean Conteh University of Leeds
As the number of children learning EAL
in primary schools increases, trainee
teachers need to develop the professional
skills and expertise to teach them. This
text reconsiders which children should
come under the umbrella of EAL and provides
practical strategies for teaching them in an inclusive
classroom. It asks 'what do we mean by EAL?' and covers essential
theories of learning and approaches to teaching. Chapter topics
include speaking and listening and reading and writing, and activities
and case studies to link theory to practice are provided throughout.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: UNDERSTANDING EAL LEARNERS - THEORIES OF LEARNING
AND LANGUAGE / Introduction to Bilingual and EAL Learners / All about
Language / What Does It Mean to Be Bilingual? Principles for Planning for
Bilingual Learners / PART TWO: PROMOTING LEARNING - PRACTICAL
APPROACHES FOR BILINGUAL AND EAL LEARNERS / Planning across
the Curriculum for Bilingual and EAL Learners / Strategies and Resources
for Learning Across the Curriculum / Assessing Bilingual and EAL Learners
across the Curriculum

READERSHIP
All trainee primary school teachers
TRANSFORmINg PRImARY QTS SERIES
July 2012 128 pages
Cloth (978-0-85725-861-8) 50.00
Paper (978-0-85725-749-9) 15.99

READERSHIP
This is essential reading for students on primary initial teacher education
courses, as well as practicing teachers wishing to enhance their own teaching
March 2012 176 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-763-4) 60.00
Paper (978-0-85702-764-1) 19.99

TEACHING TEENAGERS
A Toolbox for Engaging and
motivating Learners
warren Kidd and gerry Czerniawski
both at University of East London
Takes a problem solving approach to
the main topics surrounding motivating
teenage students.
2011 200 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-384-1)
72.00
Paper (978-0-85702-385-8) 24.99

LEARNING AND TEACHING


IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
Fifth Edition
Edited by Viv Ellis University of Oxford
This popular text for secondary teacher
trainees covers all the key issues for
learning and teaching in secondary
schools and is a core text for all those
working towards QTS. Focusing on both
professional attributes and more practical
teaching skills, the text provides an essential summary
of educational research and includes both reflective and schoolbased practical tasks. Throughout, case studies make essential
links between theory and practice and the text focuses on what
trainees need to know. This Fifth Edition is linked to the new
Teachers'Standards.

CONTENTS

SUCCESSFUL TEACHING
14-19
Theory, Practice and Reflection
warren Kidd and gerry Czerniawski
both at University of East London
This core text for student teachers training
to teach the 14 - 19 age group is written
by highly experienced authors. Covering all
the essentials, it makes clear links to theory
and enables students to take the critical
approach that they need for M-level work.

PART ONE: PROFESSIONAL ATTRIBUTES AND LEARNING / Introduction /


Teaching as a Masters' Level Profession: Implications for Beginning Teachers
/ Professional Values and the Teacher / Understanding Learning / PART TWO:
Professional Skills: Planning and Assessing Learning / Planning for Learning /
Assessment for Learning / Managing Behaviour for Learning / PART THREE:
Professional Knowledge: Across the Curriculum / Teaching Literacy across
the Curriculum / Teaching Numeracy across the Curriculum / Teaching ICT
across the Curriculum / The 14-19 Curriculum: Aims and Values / PART FOUR:
PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE: INCLUSION / Pastoral Case Personal Social
and Health Education and Citizenship / Special Educational Needs / English
as an Additional Language / Equality and Diversity

READERSHIP
All trainee secondary school teachers
ACHIEVINg QTS SERIES
March 2013 208 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-6750-9) 60.00
Paper (978-1-4462-6751-6) 19.99

2010 320 pages


Cloth (978-1-84860-712-5) 74.00
Paper (978-1-84860-713-2) 24.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

29

Education Texts - Secondary / Science

REFLECTIVE TEACHING
AND LEARNING IN THE
SECONDARY SCHOOL

TEACHING MATHEMATICS IN
THE SECONDARYSCHOOL
Second Edition
Paul Chambers formerly at Edge
Hill University and Robert Timlin
Manchester Metropolitan University

Second Edition
Edited by Sue Dymoke
University of Leicester
Reflective Teaching and Learning in the
Secondary School offers a comprehensive
overview of core teaching topics designed
as an essential companion textbook for professional
studies modules on secondary initial teacher education courses.
Offering a critically engaged examination of practical and theoretical
topics in order to encourage deeper reflection on what underpins
good teaching practice, this Second Edition has been carefully
updated to provide a contemporary introduction to secondary
education. New to this edition:
a new chapter on diversity, social justice and global issues
a new chapter on pastoral and tutorial roles
improved coverage of developing critical thinking skills in the
classroom masters-level critical reading tasks in every chapter.

CONTENTS

CONTENTS

Professional Development and the Reflective Practitioner / An Overview


of Learning / Learning and Teaching Contexts / Classroom Management /
Assessing Students / Pastoral Care and the Role of the Form Tutor / Diversity,
Social Justice and Global Issues in Education

Teaching Mathematics / Mathematics in the Wide-School Context / Planning


to Teach a Mathematics Lesson / The Elements of a Mathematics Lesson /
Learning Mathematics / Assessment / Personalising Learning / Teaching
Different Topics / Teaching Strategies / ICT in Mathematics Teaching /
Continuing Professional Development

READERSHIP

READERSHIP

Anyone training to teach in secondary education including postgraduate and


employment-based routes into teaching

All secondary mathematics trainee teachers

DEVELOPINg AS A REFLECTIVE SECONDARY TEACHER


November 2012 320 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-0714-7) 65.00
Paper (978-1-4462-0715-4) 22.99

March 2013 296 pages


Cloth (978-1-4462-5900-9) 70.00
Paper (978-1-4462-5901-6) 23.99

Becoming an Elementary / middle


School Science Teacher

Edited by Carrie mercier University


of Cumbria, Carey Philpott University
of Strathclyde and Helen Scott
Manchester Metropolitan University
Becoming a successful teacher in
secondary education requires a strong
understanding of a wide range of
professional teaching issues, including
practical concerns such as curriculum
development and learning through observation in the
classroom, alongside key conceptual aspects such as critical
reflection and understanding the nature of learning. This book
addresses these issues alongside a range of additional important
contemporary topics in secondary education.

CONTENTS
Who Has All the Answers in Education (and Why Should You Believe Them)?
/ Is There More to Lesson Observation Than Meets the eye? What Can You
Learn from Watching Others Teach? / Why Is Critical Reflection Important? /
What Is My Professional Identity? / What Is The Role of the Subject Specialist
in Secondary Education? / What Do I Need to Know about the Curriculum? /
What Is Learning Theory? How Can It Help Me? / How Should I Engage with
Classroom Assessment? / What Is Diversity and How Can I Respond to It? /
What Is SMSC and How Does It Relate to Community Cohesion? / How Can
I Prepare for My NQT Year? / What Can Masters Level Study Do for Me? /
Conclusion: How Does It All Fit Together and What Do I Need to Do Now?

READERSHIP
Trainee secondary teachers and early career teachers
February 2013 248 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-0789-5) 65.00
Paper (978-1-4462-0790-1) 21.99

ORDER TODAY

DEVELOPINg AS A REFLECTIVE SECONDARY TEACHER

YOUR SCIENCE
CLASSROOM

PROFESSIONAL ISSUES IN
SECONDARY TEACHING

30

Te a c h i n g m a t h e m a t i c s i n t h e
Secondar y School is an essential
companion for anyone training to teach
mathematics in secondary education. It
offers clear and engaging coverage of all major aspects
of mathematics teaching that you will need to engage with in order to
successfully train for the classroom. This Second Edition includes:
a new chapter exploring different teaching approaches
including active learning, effective group work and creative
mathematics teaching
expanded coverage of assessment, using resources in the
classroom and metacognition and learning
updated coverage of recent developments in education policy and
the 2012 Teachers' Standards.

m Jenice goldston The University


of Alabama and Laura Downey
Kansas Association for Conservation
and Environmental Education
Focused on teaching methods, Your
Science Classroom is a core textbook for use
in elementary and middle school science methods courses.
Designed around a practical, 'practice-what-you-teach' approach
to methods instruction, the text is based on current constructivist
philosophy and organized around 5E inquiry and guided by the
National Science Education Teaching Standards.
The text is purposely designed to prepare teachers to teach science
in ways that foster positive attitudes and engagement in meaningful
science learning for themselves and their students.

CONTENTS
NSES Teaching Standards / The Nature of Science / I Know What Science Is!
It's an Experiment / Are you Scientifically Literate? Why We Teach Science /
The Nature of the Learner / Children's Construction of Science / Children's
Alternative Frameworks and Conceptual Change / The Nature of Science
Teaching / Classroom Teaching Practices: Questioning and Inquiry / Inquiry
Teaching Approaches and Science Process Skills / Inquiry Lesson Planning:
5E Instruction Model / Assessment or Evaluation: A Guide for Science
Instruction /The Nature of Diversity in Science Teaching and Learning /
Learning Styles and Diverse Learners / Addressing Student Diversity: Science
for All / Interdisciplinary Connections: Science Across the Curriculum /
Appendix A How Do I Write an Instructional Objective? / Appendix B Safety
in Your Science Classroom / Appendix C Science Inquiry Learning Centers
March 2012 320 pages
Paper (978-1-4129-7522-3) 44.99

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

English & Literacy

LITERACY AND EDUCATION


Second Edition
Kate Pahl University of Sheffield
and Jennifer Rowsell Brock
University, Canada
Literacy and Education continues to
be an accessible guide to current theory
on literacy with practical applications
in the classroom. This latest edition has
a new focus on the ecologies of literacy
and on participatory and visual ways of
researching literacy.
The new edition examines
new literacy studies
material culture and literacy
digital literacies
the ecological, place-based approaches to literacy education
timescales and identities, and
ways in which research has moved on to inform literacy education.

EXPLORING CHILDREN'S
LITERATURE
Reading with Pleasure
and Purpose
Third Edition
Nikki gamble Associate Consultant,
University of London, Institute
of Education and Director of
the Write Away! consultancy

The New Literacy Studies and Teaching Literacy: Where We Were and Where
We Are Going / Multimodal Literacies: New Ways of Reading and Writing /
Children's Texts Go to School / Literacies in the Community / Literacy and
Identity: Who Are the Meaning Makers? / Navigating New Literacies for New
Times: Shaping Curriculum and Pedagogy / Conclusion to the Second Edition
of Literacy and Education

This book introduces students and teachers to


English-language literature for children, and its role in promoting
reading for pleasure and creating life-long readers. The author
focuses on a range of fiction relevant to the National Curriculum, and
covers a variety of genres and features, including poetry, non-fiction,
traditional stories and picture books. Concepts and terminology
are explained through an extensive range of examples. This Third
Edition includes:
investigative activities and practical exercises
examples from world literature and work in translation highlighting
the range of diverse material available for teaching inspiration
coverage of social, cultural and political reading practices to
increase understanding of factors that influence children's
reading experience
coverage of disability and equality issues to help inform teaching
strategies that overcome barriers to learning.

READERSHIP

CONTENTS

CONTENTS

Classroom teachers, teacher trainers and students of literacy


April 2012 216 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-0134-3) 70.00
Paper (978-1-4462-0135-0) 23.99

Developing Personal Knowledge about Books / Reading for Purpose and


Pleasure / Refining Children's Responses / Narrative, Narration and Structure
/ Aspects of Narrative: Character, Setting and Themes / Traditional Stories
and Fairy Tales / Fantasy and Realism / Time and Place in Children's Fiction
/ Words and Pictures / The Pleasure of Poetry / Reviewing Book Provision
and Policy

READERSHIP

LANGUAGE & LITERACY


IN THE EARLY YEARS 0-7

Trainee teachers on PGCE, BEd and BA Education courses, or undertaking


CPD in English, literacy or children's literature
April 2013 224 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-6859-9) 70.00
Paper (978-1-4462-6860-5) 23.99

Fourth Edition
marian R whitehead
Independent Consultant
Language and literacy are at the heart of
the early years and primary curriculum,
and this book provides a thorough
grounding in the essentials of the subject,
while also updating the reader on the latest
developments in policy and practice.
2010 264 pages
Cloth (978-1-84920-007-3) 71.00
Paper (978-1-84920-008-0) 23.99

DEVELOPING LANGUAGE
AND LITERACY 3-8
Third Edition
Ann Browne University of East Anglia
This is an insightful introduction to
teaching and learning English in the early
years, covering all aspects of language
and literacy and drawing on contemporary
ideas, research and classroom expertise to
guide practice.
2009 320 pages
Cloth (978-1-84787-082-7) 77.00
Paper (978-1-84787-083-4) 25.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
IN PRIMARY SCHOOLS
David waugh University of Durham,
Sally Neaum Teesside University
and Rosemary waugh
Through an exploration of different genres
of children's literature, this text provides
trainees with knowledge of a huge range
of literature. Models of good practice
and suggestions for practical activities
develop the reader's understanding of the
possibilities for using literature for innovative and exciting
teaching and explores how to support children develop a love of
reading and books. Subject knowledge audits are included and book
recommendations allow trainees to see how specific texts can be
used for teaching.

CONTENTS
Developing a Love of Reading / Sharing Literature with Children / Literature
across the Curriculum / Books for Younger Children / Picture Books / Stories
and Poems from Other Cultures / Traditional Tales / Issue Fiction / Magic,
Fantasy and Science Fiction / Classic Children's Literature / 'Soap Opera'
Fiction / Poetry

READERSHIP
All trainee primary school teachers
TRANSFORmINg PRImARY QTS SERIES
May 2013 176 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-6748-6) 60.00
Paper (978-1-4462-6749-3) 18.99

31

Education Studies

INTRODUCTION TO
EDUCATION STUDIES

KEY ISSUES IN EDUCATION


AND SOCIAL JUSTICE

Third Edition

Emma Smith University of Birmingham

Steve Bartlett Professor of


Education Studies at the University
of Wolverhampton and Diana
Burton Professor of Education and
Pro Vice Chancellor at Liverpool
John Moores University

Inequalities can be experienced in different


forms, from birth to school experiences, to
the many different modes of learning as
we grow up.
This book focuses on educational
experience as a lifelong and society-wide
issue. The author draws on research, policy
and contemporary thinking in the field to provide
a comprehensive guide to the educational inequalities that may exist
and persist throughout an individual's educational course.
Providing an international perspective on different ethnic, gender and
social groups, the book covers a broad range of issues, including:
theoretical, policy and research developments in the area
inequalities that may exist during the years of schooling
government policy
beyond the school classroom.

Steve Bartlett and Diana Burton provide firsttime students and those engaged in more advanced
aspects of the subject with all the tools that they need to approach
education studies. The book encourage a critical, questioning
approach which will put readers in good stead for further study and
professional practice.
Now fully updated, the Third Edition includes:
a new c ha pte r o n globa liz atio n a n d inte r natio na l
comparative education
a new companion website featuring online journal articles relating
to each chapter
more guidance on how to critique research
more 'Reader Reflection' boxes, encouraging students to reflect
on their own practice throughout
a new framework for analyzing policy
new sections within the curriculum and the history of schooling
chapters, reflecting the latest UK developments
complete update of education policy issues.

CONTENTS
Education Studies: An Introduction to the Field of Study / PART ONE:
EDUCATION STUDIES: AN INTRODUCTION TO THE FIELD OF STUDY / What
is Education Studies? / The Nature of Education / Researching Education /
PART TWO: POLITICAL AND HISTORICAL DIMENSIONS OF EDUCATION /
A Modern History of Schooling / Curriculum / Politics and Policy in Education
/ Globalization and Comparative Education / PART THREE: ACHIEVEMENT
IN EDUCATION / Individual Achievement: Major Psychological Theories /
Education and Psychological Research / Social Factors, Gender, Ethnicity
and Achievement / Organizing Teaching and Learning / Conclusion: Education:
A Contested Enterprise

READERSHIP
Undergraduate students on education studies courses
March 2012 400 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-911-9) 75.00
Paper (978-0-85702-912-6) 24.99

CONTENTS
An Introduction to Education and Social Justice / Social Justice and Inequality
/ Good Schools for All: Schooling and Social Justice / Falling Standards and
Failing Students? Inequalities in Student Outcomes / Included or Excluded?
Social Justice and Special Educational Needs / Pupils' Experiences of Social
Justice in School / Higher Education and Social Justice / Social Justice and
the Learning Society / Concluding Comments

READERSHIP
Undergraduate students on education studies programmes as well as those
on master's-level and initial teacher education programmes
EDUCATION STUDIES: KEY ISSUES
January 2012 176 pages
Cloth (978-1-84920-810-9) 60.00
Paper (978-1-84920-811-6) 21.99

THE SOCIOLOGY
OFCHILDHOOD
Third Edition
william A Corsaro Indiana
University, Bloomington
A new edition of this internationally popular
undergraduate textbook. Fully revised, it
includes new sections on children, parents
and consumer culture, and on electronic
media and pre-adolescents and adolescents.

KEY ISSUES IN SPECIAL


EDUCATIONAL NEEDS
AND INCLUSION

SOCIOLOgY FOR A NEw CENTURY SERIES


2011 456 pages
Paper (978-1-4129-7943-6) 28.99

Alan Hodkinson Liverpool John Moores


University and Philip Vickerman Head
of Research for Physical Education,
Sport, Dance and Outdoor Education,
Liverpool John Moores University
This book explores and critically examines
the field, providing a detailed introduction to the
topic for students - helping them to develop understanding,
without assuming any prior knowledge.
EDUCATION STUDIES: KEY ISSUES
2009 200 pages
Cloth (978-1-84787-380-4) 68.00
Paper (978-1-84787-381-1) 22.99

32

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Education Studies

KEY CONCEPTS IN
CHILDHOOD STUDIES

KEY CONCEPTS IN
YOUTHSTUDIES

Second Edition

mark Cieslik University of


Northumbria and Donald
Simpson Teesside University

Allison James and Adrian James


both at University of Sheffield
This is a revised and updated edition of
a book that has proven itself as a course
adoption leader in childhood studies.
The Second Edition retains all of the
strengths of the first edition, thoroughly revises
old entries and adds new ones. The book is the most accessible,
relevant student introduction to this expanding and interdisciplinary
field, and makes an indispensable teaching text and an ideal prompt
for researchers.
Comprehensive and judged with the needs of students in mind, it
is a model of clarity and precision and has been acknowledged as
such in reviews and course feedback.

CONTENTS
Age and Maturity / Agency / Best Interests / Child / Child-Focused Research /
Research with Children / Child-Friendly / Childhood / Child Soldiers / Childhood
Studies / Children as Consumers / Children as Researchers / Children's
Voices / Citizenship / Competence / Cultural Politics of Childhood / Cultural
Relativism / Delinquency / Developmental Psychology / Developmentalism /
Disappearance or Loss of Childhood / Diversity / Ethnicity / Familialisation /
Family / Friendship / Futurity / Gender / Generation / Global Childhood / Health
/ Innocence / Internet and New Social Media / Interpretive Reproduction /
Minority Group Status / Nature vs. Nurture / Needs / Neglect / Parenting /
Participation / Peer Group / Play / Poverty / Protection / Representation /
Resilience / Responsibility / Rights / Schooling and Schools / Sexual Abuse /
Sexualization / Social Actor / Social Construction / Social World / Socialisation
/ Spaces for Children and Children's Places / Standpoint / Street Children /
Structure / United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) /
Vulnerability / Welfare / Work and Working Children / Youth

READERSHIP
Students of sociology, education, social work and social policy
SAgE KEY CONCEPTS SERIES
July 2012 160 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-0189-3) 60.00
Paper (978-1-4462-0190-9) 19.99

What is youth? How do we understand


youth in its social and cultural context?
In this timely and sought-after title,
Cieslik and Simpson provide a concise
and readily accessible introduction to the
interdisciplinary field of youth studies. Drawing
upon the latest research and developments in the field, as well as
discussing the fundamental ideas underlying the disciplines as a
whole, it offers a comprehensive yet unpacked understanding of
youth as a social phenomenon.
Illuminating the many abstract and contested concepts within youth
studies, this book offers explanations to questions such as:
How might we define youth?
How can we understand young people in relation to their social
identities and practices?
What is the relationship between youth and social class?
How do youth cultures develop?
How can we understand youth in a globalized perspective?
Key Concepts in Youth Studies stands out as a natural companion
for students on youth studies, sociology, criminology and social
science programmes. It will also be useful for youth practitioners
such as social workers and teachers.

CONTENTS
Introduction: Making Sense of Young People Today? / Foundational Concepts,
Issues and Debates / Defining Youth / Youth Transitions / Youth Cultures /
Young People and Social Policies / Working with Young People / Researching
Youth / Theorizing Youth / The History of Youth / Young People, Divisions
and Inequality / Representations of Youth / Major Concepts, Issues and
Debates / Leisure / Crime / Youth Training / Housing / Social Networks and
Social Capital / Well-Being / Gender / Sexualities / Education / The Body /
'Place' and Belonging / Religion / Music / 'Race' and Ethnicities / Informal
Learning / Social Class / Politics, Protest and Social Movements / Work and
Employment / Globalization / Disability / Consumption / The Youth Underclass
/ Homelessness

READERSHIP
Students of youth studies, sociology, criminology, social policy, social work
and education

CURRICULUM THEORY
Conflicting Visions and
Enduring Concerns

SAgE KEY CONCEPTS SERIES


January 2013 200 pages
Cloth (978-1-84860-984-6) 65.00
Paper (978-1-84860-985-3) 21.99

Second Edition
michael Stephen Schiro
Boston College, USA

THE CURRICULUM

The Second Edition of Curriculum


Theory presents a clear, unbiased, and
rigorous description of the major curriculum
philosophies that have influenced educators
and schooling over the last century. Michael Stephen
Schiro analyzes four educational visions: scholar academic; social
efficiency; learner centred; and social reconstruction to enable
readers to reflect on their own educational beliefs and more
productively interact with educators who might hold different beliefs.

CONTENTS
Introduction to the Curriculum Ideologies / Scholar Academic Ideology /
Social Efficiency Ideology / Learner Centered Ideology / Social Reconstruction
Ideology / A Comparative Overview of the Curriculum Ideologies / Individual
Perspectives on the Curriculum Ideologies / Appendix: Curriculum
Ideologies Inventory

Theory and Practice


Sixth Edition
A V Kelly Goldsmiths College,
University of London
A V Kelly's bestselling and classic text
is brought up-to-date with the latest
curriculum changes and current thinking
in education. It is strong on general
principles and the philosophical background
to education.
2009 336 pages
Cloth (978-1-84787-274-6) 77.00
Paper (978-1-84787-275-3) 25.99

June 2012 320 pages


Paper (978-1-4129-8890-2) 26.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

33

Education Studies / Educational Psychology

EMPOWERING FAMILYTEACHER PARTNERSHIPS

HOME, SCHOOL,
AND COMMUNITY
COLLABORATION

Building Connections within


Diverse Communities

Culturally Responsive
Family Engagement

mick Coleman University of Georgia


E m p o w e r i n g F a m i l y -Te a c h e r
Partnerships prepares students to work
collaboratively with families and community
professionals in support of childrens
early education and development. Students
are invited to develop a personal philosophy of family
involvement to guide their work with families and to join a community
of learners in relying upon their collective insights and problemsolving skills to address family involvement challenges.

CONTENTS
Foundations of Family Involvement / Contemporary Family Lives and Early
Childhood Learning Environments / Developing a Guiding Philosophy of
Family Involvement / Benefits of Family Involvement for Children / Benefits
of Family Involvement for Families and Teachers / Understanding Family
Lives in Contemporary Society / Normed Families: Single-Parent Families,
Stepfamilies, and Grandparents as Caregivers / Emerging and Vulnerable
Families: Gay and Lesbian Families and Families Living in Poverty / Families
of Children With Disabilities / Immigrant Families and Families From
Nondominant Cultures: Understanding the Adaptation Process / Adopting
a Culturally Responsive Approach to Family Involvement / Planning for and
Facilitating Family Involvement / Responding to the Challenges of Family
Involvement / Empowering Families Through Family Involvement / Creating
a Welcoming Environment for Families / Communicating With Families /
Organizing Your Family Involvement Program / Promoting the Well-Being of
All Children / Protecting Children's Health and Safety / Appendix: Position
Statement: NAEYC Code of Ethical Conduct and Statement of Commitment
May 2012 416 pages
Paper (978-1-4129-9232-9) 44.99

CENSORS ON CAMPUS
Edited by Jo glanville
Academic freedom is at risk. From
the impact of the cuts in the UK to the
threats faced by scholars in Turkey, Iraq,
Belarus and Thailand, Index reports on
the pressures. As creationists in the
US use legal means to undermine the
teaching of evolution in the classroom
and the push for open access divides the
academic community, leading writers and
commentators analyse the space for freedom with Maureen Freely, Thomas Docherty, Michael Foley, Heather L
Weaver, May Witwit, Sinfah Tunsawaruth, Bart Knoles and more. Plus
- as the Leveson Inquiry prepares to report on the culture and ethics
of the press, Alan Rusbridger, Guido Fawkes, Trevor Kavanagh,
Mark Lewis and Martin Moore reveal their hopes and expectations.

CONTENTS
Editorial / Dispatches / After Leveson / The Geek Effect / From the Archive
/ Censors On Campus / Research by numbers / Crossing the Line / Cry for
Peace / Losing the Debate / A Question of Sources / From the Archive /
Stripsearch / Creationism by Stealth / Royal Chill / Index Index / The Chill on
Academic Freedom: A News Round-Up / Costing Lives / Open Knowledge /
False Freedoms / Memory Loss / Last Word / Art of Resistance / The Past in
Hiding / Protagonist of History / From the Archive

READERSHIP

Kathy B grant State University of New


York at Plattsburgh and Julie A Ray
Southeast Missouri State University
The Second Edition of this comprehensive textbook for family
engagement courses uses the culturally responsive family-support
model to prepare early childhood and elementary teachers to work
effectively with the diverse families of their students. With more than
20 contributing authors who are experts in the field, representing
multiple perspectives, the text provides information and strategies to
help teachers understand, appreciate and support diverse families,
as well as promote classroom family engagement. The authors
provide up-to-date information on family demographics, address
current issues that affect today's families, including those with
children who have special needs, and present numerous real-life
vignettes and case studies for application to culturally responsive
family engagement.

CONTENTS
Understanding Family Engagement: Building a Knowledge Base for Culturally
Responsive Family Engagement / Family Engagement and the Responsive
Educator / Theories and Models for Family Engagement in Schools /
Supporting Families as They Parent Today's Children / Appreciating Families:
Today's Diverse Families / Structurally Diverse Families / Culturally Diverse
Families / Students of Families in Transition / Families Overcoming Obstacles
/ Families in Abusive Situations / Family Engagement: Putting Knowledge
and Skills Into Action / Engaging Families in Their Children's Learning at
School and Home / Teacher as Family Communication Facilitator / Working
With Families of Children With Exceptional Needs / Teacher as a Family
Resource and Advocate / Schoolwide Family Engagement Activities: Family
Events, Family Resource Centers, and Volunteer Programs / Appendix A.
Standards / Appendix B. NAEYC Code of Ethics / Appendix C. State Agencies
for Reporting Child Abuse and Neglect / Appendix D. Family Engagement
Program Mandates / Appendix E. Developing, Implementing, and Evaluating
a School's Family Engagement Plans
April 2012 448 pages
Paper (978-1-4129-9074-5) 44.99

WORKING WITH YOUNGPEOPLE


Second Edition
Sheila Curran and Roger Harrison both at The Open University
working with Young People is designed both for students who are
new to practice and for experienced practitioners who are returning
to study. It provides the foundational knowledge that both groups
need to gain a deeper understanding of:
the social context of young people
the values and principles that underpin practice
the variety of settings in which practice takes place
the importance of informal learning in the lives of young people.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: YOUNG PEOPLE IN SOCIETY / PART TWO: THE NATURE OF
WORK WITH YOUNG PEOPLE / PART THREE: THE PRACTICES OF WORK
WITH YOUNG PEOPLE

Anyone interested in issues around free expression; students, academics


and researchers of education, cultural studies, sociology, politics, journalism,
media studies and communication studies

READERSHIP

INDEx ON CENSORSHIP

August 2013 280 pages


Cloth (978-1-4462-7327-2) 70.00
Paper (978-1-4462-7328-9) 24.99

September 2012 192 pages


Paper (978-1-4462-6049-4) 7.99

34

Second Edition

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

Students on degree and foundation level courses

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Educational Psychology

IMPROVING
WORKING MEMORY
Supporting Students' Learning
Tracy Packiam Alloway
University of North Florida
By an award-winning author and academic,
this book is packed with strategies
for developing the working memory of
students with special educational needs.
2010 136 pages
Cloth (978-1-84920-747-8) 71.00
Paper (978-1-84920-748-5) 23.99

WORKING MEMORY
ANDLEARNING
A Practical guide for Teachers
Susan E gathercole University of
York and Tracy Packiam Alloway
University of North Florida
This book provides a coherent overview
of the role played by working memory in
learning during the school years, and uses
theory to inform good practice.
2008 144 pages
Cloth (978-1-4129-3612-5) 71.00
Paper (978-1-4129-3613-2) 23.99

THE DEVELOPMENT
OF WORKING MEMORY
IN CHILDREN
Lucy Henry London South
Bank University
Using the highly influential working
memory framework as a guide, this
textbook provides a clear comparison
of the memor y development of
typically developing children with that of
atypical children.
DISCOVERIES & ExPLANATIONS IN CHILD DEVELOPmENT
2011 384 pages
Cloth (978-1-84787-328-6) 79.00
Paper (978-1-84787-329-3) 27.99

SAGE

www.facebook.com/sageopen

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

www.sageopen.com
35

Educational Psychology

SELF-ESTEEM

AN INTRODUCTION TO
CHILD DEVELOPMENT

A guide for Teachers


David miller and Teresa moran
both at University of Dundee

Second Edition
Thomas Keenan Niagara College
and Subhadra Evans University
of California, Los Angeles
The bestselling text for students of
developmental psychology returns
with more on the biological foundations,
moral development and applied aspects
of developmental psychology. It now comes with a
dedicated Companion website with resources for both students
and instructors.
SAgE FOUNDATIONS OF PSYCHOLOgY SERIES
2009 424 pages
Cloth (978-1-4129-1114-6) 83.00
Paper (978-1-4129-1115-3) 27.99

Using insights from theory, research and


classroom practice, it provides strategies
and techniques that will enhance the
confidence of primary school children
through authentic learning experiences.

CONTENTS
An Overview of Self-Esteem Theory / Towards a Consensus:
A Two-Dimensional Model of Self-Esteem / Self-Esteem and Schools /
Developing Competence: Some Classroom Techniques / Developing SelfCompetence: Creating Positive Mindsets / Affirming Intrinsic Worth as an
Individual / The Role of Conduct: Living According to Good Principles /

READERSHIP
Trainee teachers, practising teachers and managers keen to enhance selfesteem in their schools
April 2012 192 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-969-0) 65.00
Paper (978-0-85702-970-6) 22.99

CHILD DEVELOPMENT
A Practical Introduction

DEVELOPMENTAL
PSYCHOLOGY

Kevin J Crowley Glamorgan University


Covering all the main areas of study and
assuming no prior knowledge of the topic,
this book takes the reader through the key
elements of child development, providing
a comprehensive overview of the subject
and its application to early years practice.

Revisiting the Classic Studies


Edited by Alan m Slater University
of Exeter and Paul C Quinn
University of Delaware

November 2013 240 pages


Cloth (978-1-84920-136-0) 60.00
Paper (978-1-84920-137-7) 19.99

This book revisits classic studies in


developmental psychology with a view
to showing, not only how they shaped
the field, but also how the field itself has
moved on through engagement with the issues these
studies raise. It engages critically with the studies in order to reveal
new ways of thinking both about them and about the ideas they
explore. In effect, it shows how developmental psychology can be
- and has been - taken forward in exciting ways through a careful
re-examination of the core studies that lie at its heart.
The chapters are written by internationally renowned scholars who
are working at the cutting edge of the areas mapped out by particular
classic studies and whose work has been heavily influenced by a
deep appreciation of the research that they write about.

CHILD LANGUAGE
Acquisition and Development
matthew Saxton University of London
Presented with the latest thinking and
research on how children acquire their
first language, the reader is taken from
a standing start to the point where they
can engage with key debates and current
research in the field.

CONTENTS
An Introduction to Classic Studies in Developmental Psychology / Attachment
and Early Social Deprivation: Revisiting Harlow's Monkey Studies /
Conditioned Emotional Reactions: Revisiting Watson and Rayner's Little
Albert / Infants on the Edge: Beyond the Visual Cliff / Revisiting Piaget: A
Perspective from Studies of Children's Problem-Solving Abilities / Imitation
in Infancy: Revisiting Meltzoff and Moore's (1977) Study / Object Permanence
in Infancy: Revisiting Baillargeon's Drawbridge Study / Children's Eyewitness
Memory and Suggestibility: Revisiting Ceci and Bruck's (1993) Review / How
Much Can We Boost IQ?: An Updated Look at Jensen's (1969) Question
and Answer / Reading and Spelling: Revisiting Bradley and Bryant's Study /
Theory of Mind and Autism: Revisiting Baron-Cohen et al's Sally-Anne Study
/ Moral Development: Revisiting Kohlberg's Stages / Aggression: Revisiting
Bandura's Bobo Doll Studies / Language Development: Revisiting Eimas et
al's /ba/ and /pa/ Study / Resilience in Children: Vintage Rutter and Beyond

2010 344 pages


Cloth (978-1-4129-0231-1) 74.00
Paper (978-1-4129-0232-8) 24.99

INTRODUCTION TO
LANGUAGEDEVELOPMENT

READERSHIP

Shelia m Kennison Oklahoma State University


Introduction to Language Development provides an introduction
to language development for students with little or no background in
the field. It covers characteristics of the worlds languages; the history
of the study of language; the biological basis of language; child
language development; models of language production; bilingualism;
development of reading; models of language comprehension; social
processes in language; language and ageing; among other topics.

Undergraduate students of developmental psychology, child development,


childhood studies and child psychology, as well as students studying modules
on conceptual and historical issues in psychology
PSYCHOLOgY: REVISITINg THE CLASSIC STUDIES
June 2012 240 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-757-3) 60.00
Paper (978-0-85702-758-0) 17.99

October 2013 552 pages


Cloth (978-1-4129-9606-8) 65.00

36

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Educational Psychology / Special & Inclusive Education

DEVELOPMENTAL
PSYCHOLOGY AND EARLY
CHILDHOOD EDUCATION

SPECIAL
EDUCATIONALNEEDS
A guide for Inclusive Practice
Edited by Lindsay Peer and gavin
Reid both Educational Psychologists

A guide for Students


and Practitioners
David whitebread
Cambridge University
This beautifully written text discusses key
issues surrounding developmental psychology
in the early years.
December 2011 184 pages
Cloth (978-1-4129-4712-1) 62.00
Paper (978-1-4129-4713-8) 20.99

With a Foreword from Baroness Mary


Warnock, this book contains chapters
written by a range of experts on different
aspects of SEN, and is full of practical
suggestions for how to achieve effective,
inclusive practice.
Various research perspectives are considered, the value of labels is
examined and the need to recognize the overlapping characteristics
between different syndromes is highlighted. Chapters focus on
translating theory into classroom practice and include case studies
covering the birth to 19 years age range.

CONTENTS

SPECIAL EDUCATION LAW

PART ONE: POLICY, PRACTICE AND PROVISION / PART T WO:


PERSPECTIVES FROM PRACTICE / PART THREE: SYNDROMES AND
BARRIERS / PART FOUR: WORKING TOGETHER

Fifth Edition

READERSHIP

Laura Rothstein University of


Louisville and Scott F Johnson
Concord Law School

Those undertaking teacher education courses, as well as


experienced teachers, therapists and policy makers

Special Education Law, Fifth Edition


provides a comprehensive and current
overview of the major federal laws and
judicial interpretations of those laws that
apply to the education of students with
special needs. The text helps educators
understand what the law requires so that they can make
decisions that comply with these laws.

CONTENTS
The Legal System and How It Works / Students with Disabilities: History of
the Law / Statutory Provisions / The People / Who is Protected / Identification,
Evaluation and Eligibility / Free Appropriate Public Education / Individualized
Educational Program / Placement and Least Restrictive Environment /
Private School Placements, Residential Placements, and Public School
Choice Programs / Special Issues with Secondary Students / Procedural
Safeguards / Discipline / Americans with Disabilities Act and Section 504
of the Rehabilitation Act / Remedies / Special Education Misconduct / The
Status and Future of Education Law for Students with Disabilities / Appendix
A: Education and the American Legal System / Appendix B: Frequently Used
Acronyms and Terms / Appendix C: Summary of Evolution Cases / Appendix
D: Individualized Education Plan
June 2013 360 pages
Paper (978-1-4522-4109-8) 47.99

THEORIES OF
INCLUSIVEEDUCATION
A Student's guide
Peter Clough Liverpool Hope
University and Jenny Corbett Institute
of Education, University of London
This book traces the major stages of
thinking in the development of inclusive
education. It provides a synopsis and
critique of the last 50 years of the 20th
century, including the introduction of the term 'special
educational needs', the practice of integration and the present
processes of inclusive education.
2000 200 pages
Cloth (978-0-7619-6940-2) 79.00
Paper (978-0-7619-6941-9) 25.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

November 2011 328 pages


Cloth (978-0-85702-162-5) 72.00
Paper (978-0-85702-163-2) 23.99

INCLUSION IN THE
EARLYYEARS
Second Edition
Cathy Nutbrown University
of Sheffield and Peter Clough
Liverpool Hope University
In this insightful text, the authors argue for
a broad definition of inclusion, not limited to
those with learning difficulties or impairment.
The book presents a number of original stories
generated from a recent research project carried out by
the authors, and shows how to apply theory to practice.
This new and revised edition includes an increased focus on:
inclusion as a political issue
social class
poverty
children's rights
the inclusion of gay and lesbian parents and staff
practical activities including workshops and role-plays
different policies around the UK.
This text is essential for all early years students, practitioners and
researchers who want to become familiar with current research into
inclusion and to develop ways of drawing on such studies to inform
and develop their own inclusive practices.

CONTENTS
The Politics of Inclusion / Cultures of Inclusion in the Early Years: Mapping
the Territories / Key Studies on Inclusion in the Early Years: Setting the
Scene / Re-Defining Inclusion / Re-Thinking Inclusion / Still Talking Inclusion
/ Including Children? / Including Parents? / Including Staff? / Including:
The Future?

READERSHIP
Undergraduate early years students, practitioners and researchers
March 2013 208 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-0322-4) 70.00
Paper (978-1-4462-0323-1) 23.99

37

Special & Inclusive Education

DIVERSITY AND
INCLUSION IN
EARLYCHILDHOOD

BECOMING A
MULTICULTURAL
EDUCATOR

An Introduction

Developing Awareness, gaining


Skills, and Taking Action

Chandrika Devarakonda
University of Chester
Covering a wide range of concepts and
taking a broader perspective of what
inclusion entails, this book offers an overview
of current research, policy and practice in diversity and
inclusion in the early years. It is a clear introduction to what inclusive
practice means for those working with young children in the early
stages of their lives.
With case studies and activities designed to help students relate to
diverse situations, the author discusses the main issues surrounding:
race
gender
culture
disability and special educational needs
English as an additional language
traveller children
the contexts of inclusion and exclusion
good practice in early childhood settings
different perspectives of inclusion.

CONTENTS
Gender / Race / Culture / English as an Additional Language / Gypsy, Roma
and Travellers Families / Disability / SEN

READERSHIP
Students studying inclusion and diversity on early childhood or early years
courses, and those seeking to promote good practice and enable all children
to develop to their full potential
November 2012 200 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-850-1) 65.00
Paper (978-0-85702-851-8) 21.99

william A Howe Connecticut


State Department of Education
and Penelope L Lisi Central
Connecticut State University, USA
Becoming a multicultural Educator is a core
textbook for use by pre-service and in-service PK-12 educators in
courses on multicultural education / diversity. The text addresses
how teachers can incorporate the knowledge they gain about other
cultures into their classroom practice.
In meeting the need of training teachers better in how to work with a
diverse population, this text offers both solid theory and a very userfriendly practice component that focuses on showing teachers how
to apply that theory effectively in the classroom. The book begins
by focusing on essential questions and theoretical concepts about
multicultural education, then leads readers through experiences to
heighten their own cultural awareness, knowledge base, and skills
set, and concludes with demonstrating how teachers can apply the
concepts in classroom and schoolwide settings.

CONTENTS
Multicultural Education: History, Theory, and Evolution / What is a Multicultural
Educator? A 4-Step Model / Section Assessment / Knowledge / Historical
Perspectives on a Multicultural America / Foundation Knowledge for Culturally
Responsive Teaching / Section Assessment / Awareness / Understanding
Cultural Identities and their Influence on Teaching and Learning / Developing
Awareness of Others as Cultural Beings / Section Assessment / Skills /
Curriculum Development and Lesson Planning / Instructional Strategies
Needed by Multicultural Educators / Developing Skills in Language and
Linguistic Diversity / Assessment that is Culturally Responsive / Section
Assessment / Action / Becoming a Multicultural Educator / Supporting Diverse
Learners on a School Wide Level / Section Assessment / Appendix: The Vital
Multicultural Classroom: Resources, Organizations and Associations
March 2013 448 pages
Paper (978-1-4129-9805-5) 47.99

Find out what lecturers really


think of our textbooks
and how useful they have found them for
the courses they teach. And (so long as youve
requested a textbook on inspection through
your SAGE online account) why not submit
your own feedback for others to read online too!
In offering this facility, SAGE is the first academic
publisher to share independent academic reviews
and feedback online. We feel that encouraging two
way communication with colleagues in the academic
world is integral to producing quality content.
Find out more at www.sagepub.co.uk/lecturer

UNDERSTANDING
CHILDREN WITH AUTISM
SPECTRUM DISORDERS
Educators Partnering
with Families
michelle R Haney Berry College
This is an introductory core textbook
for use by pre-service and in-service
teachers in schools of education. The aim is
to introduce, in an accessible manner, the significant
body of research and theory in the field of autism within the larger
context of understanding the unique socio-cultural dimensions of
individuals with ASD and their families.

CONTENTS
The Evolving Understanding of Autism Spectrum Disorder / Historical
Overview of Autism and the Role of the Family / Current Understanding of
Autism Spectrum Disorder / Biological Issues and Etiology of Autism Spectrum
Disorder / Collaborating with Families for Diagnosis and Setting Educational
Goals / Collaborating With and Supporting Families of Children with ASD /
Identification and the Diagnostic Process / Early Intervention and Transitioning
to Elementary School / Addressing the Needs of Individuals with ASD within
the School Setting and the Greater Community / Interventions Based on
Applied Behavior Analysis at School, Home, and Within the Community /
Environmental Supports Addressing Sensory Needs and Promoting Academic
Success for Children with ASD / The Development of Communication and
Language Skills in Children with ASD / Social Development in Children
with ASD / Transitioning to Adulthood: Fostering Independence and SelfDetermination
November 2012 424 pages
Paper (978-1-4129-8246-7) 28.99

38

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Special & Inclusive Education / Learning Support

LEARNING DISABILITY
Theory to Practice

SOCIAL AND
EMOTIONALLEARNING

S P K Jena University of Delhi

A Critical Appraisal

In spite of their average or even above-average intelligence, a large


number of children suffer from learning disabilities. Failing to cope
with the academic demands, many of them drop out from schools
and are therefore deprived of opportunities in life later.
Although, there exists a growing body of research explaining this
etiology, the gap between theory and practice is perceptible.
Subsequently, the challenge is to place the treatment programmes
on firmer scientific footing by validating them empirically, demanding
rigorous response-guided research.
This book is designed to serve two major objectives: first, to
provide up-to-date information on theories and current practices in
remediation of learning disability and second, to demonstrate the
therapeutic effectiveness of two major techniques of intervention,
that is, cognitive-behaviour therapy and computer-assisted
instruction , through a series of case studies.

Edited by Neil Humphrey

CONTENTS
Brain and Neurodiversity: From Laboratory to Classroom / Reading Disability
/ Writing Disability / Mathematical Disability / Information-Processing
Approach / Cognitive-Behaviour Therapy / Computer-Assisted Instruction
/ The Experiment / Method / Case Studies / Results / Discussion / Overview
and Future Directions

READERSHIP
Academic practitioners, institutional libraries and individuals in the field of
mental health, psychiatry, psychology, education, special education, and
social work
December 2012 424 pages
Cloth (978-8-1321-0969-3) 45.00

SUPPORTING EVERY CHILD

Social and Emotional Learning (SEL)


is a dominant orthodoxy in education
systems around the world. This important
new book provides the first in-depth,
authoritative and balanced examination of
the critical issues pervading the field. Each
substantive aspect of SEL is examined through a critical
lens, thanks to an extensive and thorough review of the international
research literature.
The book investigates key topics such as:
definitions and conceptualization
origins and influences
international policy and practice
assessment and monitoring
implementation
outcomes.
The book highlights key strengths and significant flaws in SEL theory
and research, and sets the agenda for the next generation of inquiry
in the field. CONTENTS
What Do We Mean by Social and Emotional Learning (SEL)? / Origins and
Influences / SEL around the World / Assessment / Implementation / Outcomes
of SEL

READERSHIP
Researchers, policy makers, students, teachers and anyone interested in
the role played by schools in promoting children's social and emotional
well-being.
April 2013 192 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-5695-4) 65.00
Paper (978-1-4462-5696-1) 22.99

Second Edition
Edited by Anita walton and gillian
goddard Edge Hill University
This book is for all degree students who
are support staff, particularly teaching
assistants (TAs), working in educational
settings. It focuses on professional,
academic and vocational issues that
are common to support workers across
the school sectors, and provides essential
guidance on the increasingly complex role of all those
involved in teaching and supporting learning. The reader is supported
throughout by learning objectives, practical and reflective tasks,
relevant case studies and chapter summaries. This new edition has
been extensively revised to reflect recent changes in legislation,
policy and the curriculum. It includes new or significantly amended
chapters on the development of support staff, supporting pupils in
crisis, learning in the Early Years, inclusion, SEN and phonics.

CONTENTS
Introduction: The Role and Scope of Support Staff in Education Practice /
Support Staff as Professionals / Working with Other Professionals / Supporting
the Whole Child / Inclusion and SEN / Behaviour for Learning / Teaching and
Learning / Managing Change / Teaching Reading Using Synthetic Phonics /
Supporting Pupils through Crisis / Supporting Learning in the Early Years /
Education in the 21st Century

PREPARING EDUCATORS
TO ENGAGEFAMILIES
Case Studies Using an Ecological Systems Framework
Third Edition
Edited by Heather B weiss Harvard Graduate School
of Education, m Elena Lopez Harvard Graduate
School of Education, Holly Kreider Sociometrics
Corporation and Celina Chatman-Nelson
Preparing Educators to Engage Families, Third Edition
encourages readers to hone their analytic and problem-solving
skills for use in real-world situations with students and their families.
Organized according to Ecological Systems Theory (of the micro,
meso, exo, macro, and chrono systems), the text presents researchbased teaching cases that reflect critical dilemmas in family-schoolcommunity relations, especially among families for whom poverty
and cultural differences are daily realities.
December 2013 224 pages
Paper (978-1-4522-4107-4) 27.99

READERSHIP
Degree students who are support staff, particularly teaching assistants (TAs),
working in educational settings
wORKINg wITH CHILDREN, YOUNg PEOPLE
AND FAmILIES Lm SERIES
May 2012 168 pages
Cloth (978-0-85725-878-6) 60.00
Paper (978-0-85725-821-2) 18.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

39

Counselling

COUNSELLING CHILDREN

COUNSELING CHILDREN
AND ADOLESCENTS
INSCHOOLS

A Practical Introduction
Third Edition
Kathryn geldard University of the
Sunshine Coast and David geldard
Private Practice Psychologist

Robyn S Hess University of Northern


Colorado, Sandy magnuson
Retired Counselor Educator and
Elementary School Counselor and
Linda Beeler Capella University

Delightfully crafted and up to date. It is


difficult to think of a more comprehensive and
essential text in this field
Colin Feltham, Professor of Critical
Counselling Studies, Sheffield Hallam University
.

2007 328 pages


Cloth (978-1-4129-4833-3) 80.00
Paper (978-1-4129-4834-0) 26.99

CBT WITH CHILDREN,


YOUNG PEOPLE
ANDFAMILIES

Counseling Children and Adolescents


in Schools is a text and workbook designed
to help aspiring school practitioners (school psychologists,
school counsellors and school social workers) gain the necessary
theoretical background and skill set to work effectively with youth
in schools.
The text covers all the basic therapeutic models used in working
with children, such as: Alderian therapy; play therapy; group therapy;
brief therapy; cognitive-behavioural therapy and more. It also
contains chapters that outline the context in which these services
are received and special chapters on ethical and legal issues in
schools, accountability in service delivery, and working with family
and school personnel. The workbook works in conjunction with the
text, chapter by chapter, and provides full-length cases, application
of each model to the case, full session transcripts, tip boxes, critical
thinking questions, and more.

CONTENTS

Peter Fuggle, Sandra


Dunsmuir and Vicki Curry
This book uniquely addresses the
application of cognitive-behavioural
therapy (CBT) to children and young
pe ople within he alth, school and
community contexts.
With the recent expansion of increasing access to psychological
therapies (IAPT), CBT is increasingly applied to work with children
outside the traditional therapy clinic. This book provides accessible
knowledge and practice skills for professional staff working with
troubled children and young people in real-world settings. Frontline practitioners commonly face children with complex patterns
of difficulties that do not fit clear diagnostic categories. Moreover,
long waiting lists and fixed lengths of treatment do not always fit the
presenting needs. Correspondingly, the authors take a much-needed
realistic approach to applying CBT to childhood problems.
At the centre of this book is the child, the authors moving outwards to
cover childhood itself, the principles, core practice and techniques of
CBT and its adaptation to the context of the therapy. This is relevant
and accessible reading for a wide range of specialist child trainees
and practitioners, including new IAPT therapists, counsellors,
nurses, teachers and social workers.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: KNOWLEDGE OF CHILDREN AND THEIR CONTEXT / Parents
and Child Development / The Wider Context: Families, Schools, Culture
and Safety / Childhood Problems and Distress / PART TWO: CORE CBT
PRACTICE / Assessment and Formulation / Evaluating Practice / Setting
the Right Context / Therapeutic Alliance / Collaboration / Strengthening the
Therapeutic Process / Facilitating Psychological Understanding / Facilitating
Acceptance and Coping / Facilitating Change: Behavioural Techniques /
Facilitating Change: Cognitive Techniques / PART THREE: CBT IN CONTEXT
/ Moderating Factors to Effective Practice / The Role of Supervision / What
to Do if CBT Is Not Working

What is so Special About Counseling in the Schools? / Working within


Family, School, and Community Systems / Understanding the Developmental
Worldview of Children and Adolescents Theory Integration and Case
Conceptualization / Adlerian Approaches to Counseling in Schools / Cognitive
Behavioral Approaches to Counseling in Schools / Solution-Focused Brief
Therapy in Schools / Choice Theory and Reality Therapy Approaches to
Counseling in Schools / Play and Art Based Approaches in Counseling in
Schools / Working with Groups in Schools / Crisis Response and Intervention
in the Schools / Legal and Ethical Issues in School Settings / Accountability
in School-based Services / Building Alliances through Consultation and
Collaboration / Creating a Continuum of Care
January 2012 440 pages
Paper (978-1-4129-9087-5) 43.99

COUNSELLING
ADOLESCENTS
The Proactive Approach for
Young People
Third Edition
Kathryn geldard University of the
Sunshine Coast and David geldard
Private Practice Psychologist
This publication is a further invaluable
resource to counsellors wanting to work with young
people. It offers a "one-stop shop" for any practitioner who
wants to understand adolescent development and the need
for a counselling approach that parallels this, with helpful
strategies for enhancing the counselling conversation and
the relationship between counsellor and the young person
- Barbara Rayment, Director of Youth Access, London

READERSHIP

2009 320 pages


Cloth (978-1-84860-642-5) 83.00
Paper (978-1-84860-643-2) 27.99

Specialist child trainees and practitioners, including new IAPT therapists,


counsellors, nurses, teachers and social workers
December 2012 312 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-727-6) 75.00
Paper (978-0-85702-728-3) 24.99

40

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Further Education / Higher Education

PREPARING TO TEACH
IN THE LIFELONG
LEARNINGSECTOR

ACHIEVING YOUR
PTLLSAWARD

The New Award

A Practical guide to Successful


Teaching in the Lifelong
Learning Sector

Fifth Edition

Second Edition

Ann gravells Bishop Burton College

mary Francis Learning and


Skills Council and Jim gould
Farnborough College

This popular and accessible guide to


the new PTLLS Award is a comprehensive
introduction to teaching in a variety of settings
within the lifelong learning sector, from colleges to work-based
learning, offender learning and adult and community contexts. This
Fifth Edition is written for the new Award, is structured around
the teaching and learning cycle and includes full coverage of the
core and optional units. Features examples and activities including
'Extension Activities' targeting Level 4 learners. Based on the PTLLS
assessment criteria and linked to the QTLS standards, this is a key
text for the new Award.

CONTENTS
Introduction / The Structure of the Book and How to Use It / The PTLLS
Award / Qualifications and Credit Framework / Teaching in the Lifelong
Learning Sector / Lifelong Learning Professional Teaching Standards / The
Institute of Learning / Teaching and learning / Roles and Responsibilities of a
Teacher / Boundaries of Teaching / Record Keeping / Legislation and Codes
of Practice / Theories of Learning / The Teaching and Learning Environment
/ Learning Styles / Key Theories of Learning / Motivation / Identifying Needs
/ Identifying Needs of the Organisation, Teachers and Students / Initial and
Diagnostic Assessment / Potential Needs of Students and Points of Referral /
Equality and Diversity / Inclusive Learning / Planning and Learning / Schemes
of Work and Session Plans / Differentiation / Resources / Literacy, Language
and Numeracy / Information and Communication Technology / Facilitating
Learning / Induction, Icebreakers and Ground Rules / Teaching and Learning
Approaches / Communication, Behaviour and Respect / Working with Groups
and Individuals / Safeguarding and Every Child Matters / Assessing Learning /
Planning for Assessment / Assessment Types / Assessment Methods / Making
Decisions and Giving Feedback / Assessment Records / Quality Assurance
and Evaluation / Quality Assurance / Evaluation / Self-Reflection and Learning
Journals / Continuing professional development / Progression / MicroTeaching / Planning / Preparing / Delivering / Evaluating / Appendices / Index

READERSHIP
All PTLLS trainees taking the new award
LIFELONg LEARNINg SECTOR SERIES

This accessible book comprehensively covers the new


assessment requirements for Preparing to Teach in the Lifelong
Learning Sector (PTLLS).
This updated edition includes:
practical interactive activities for readers
roles, responsibilities and relationships
inclusive learning and teaching approaches
learning and development for individuals and groups
principles and practice of assessment.
Extra resources are also available at www.sagepub.co.uk/francisandgould
The book will be helpful to unqualified teachers, and to anyone
embarking on a PGCE or Certificate in Education programme
in PCE. The book also provides knowledge for Learning and
Development units.

CONTENTS
Working in the Lifelong Learning Sector - Roles, Responsibilities, Boundaries
/ Establishing a Positive Learning Environment / Communicating with Learners
/ Motivating Learners and Managing Behaviour / Starting to Plan / Planning
for Inclusive Learning / Learning Individually and in Groups / Teaching Your
Specialism / Effective Use of Resources / Assessing Learning / Competencebased Assessment / Supporting Functional Skills Development / Developing
Session Plans / Evaluating Learning / Micro-Teaching

READERSHIP
New entrants and unqualified teachers, and trainers in the lifelong learning
sector who require the PTTLS qualification in order to gain their license
to practice
October 2012 240 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-4979-6) 65.00
Paper (978-1-4462-4980-2) 20.99

December 2011 176 pages


Cloth (978-0-85725-866-3) 61.99
Paper (978-0-85725-773-4) 14.99

ACHIEVING YOUR TAQA ASSESSOR


AND INTERNAL QUALITY ASSURER AWARD
Ann gravells Bishop Burton College
This focused and comprehensive text from Learning Matters is written specifically for TAQA trainee assessors and internal
quality assurers. The content covers all three assessor and all three internal quality assurance units and all chapters
are cross referenced to the standards. Easy-to-read and clearly structured, the text is accessible and includes activities
and examples throughout to help trainees link theory with practice. TAQA trainees will find this text both an invaluable
resource for their course and a useful handbook to take into practice.

CONTENTS
Principles and Practices of Assessment / Assessing Occupational Competence in the Work Environment / Assessing Vocational Skills,
Knowledge and Understanding / Principles and Practices of Internally Assuring the Quality of Assessment / Internally Assuring the Quality of
Assessment / Plan, Allocate and Monitor Work

READERSHIP
All TAQA learners
LIFELONg LEARNINg SECTOR SERIES
January 2012 244 pages
Cloth (978-0-85725-853-3) 50.00
Paper (978-0-85725-717-8) 19.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

41

Further Education / Higher Education

PASSING PTLLS
ASSESSMENTS

STUDY SKILLS FOR PTLLS


Second Edition
Jacklyn williams University of Plymouth
and Ann gravells Bishop Burton College

Second Edition
Ann gravells Bishop Burton College
This is an essential text for all PTLLS
candidates no matter which awarding
organisation they are with. It gives key
advice on completing written and practical
assessments, and helps both in-service
and pre-service candidates fully understand
the requirements of the Award and how to evidence
their achievement towards the standards. This Second Edition is
updated for the NEW four unit PTLLS.
This book:
helps candidates with their written assessments, with information
on the four units of the PTLLS Award
gives guidance on how to demonstrate and evidence competence
helps candidates with their practical assessments including hints
and tips for succeeding in the micro-teach
gives guidance for giving and receiving feedback.
This text is a companion title to the best selling Preparing to Teach
in the Lifelong Learning Sector, a core text providing an essential
introduction to all the key aspects of the PTLLS Award. It can also be
used alongside Study Skills for PTLLS. Together, these texts provide
complete coverage of the PTLLS Award.

CONTENTS
The PTLLS Award / Self-Assessment Activities and Guidance for Evidencing
Achievement / PTLLS Assessment Methods / Roles, Responsibilities
and Relationships In Lifelong Learning / Understand Your Own Role and
Responsibilities In Lifelong Learning / Understand the Relationships
between Teachers and Other Professionals in Lifelong Learning / Understand
Your Own Responsibility for Maintaining a Safe and Supportive Learning
Environment / Understanding Inclusive Learning and Teaching in Lifelong
Learning / Understand Learning And Teaching Strategies in Lifelong Learning
/ Understand How to Create Inclusive Learning and Teaching in Lifelong
Learning / Understand Ways to Create a Motivating Learning Environment /
Using Inclusive Learning and Teaching Approaches in Lifelong Learning / Be
Able to Plan Inclusive Learning and Teaching Sessions / Be Able to Deliver
Inclusive Learning and Teaching Sessions / Be Able to Evaluate Own Practice
in Delivering Inclusive Learning and Teaching / Principles of Assessment in
Lifelong Learning / Understand Types and Methods of Assessment Used in
Lifelong Learning / Understand Ways to Involve Learners in the Assessment
Process / Understand Requirements for Keeping Records Of Assessment in
Lifelong Learning / Micro-Teaching / Planning and Preparing Your Micro-Teach
Session / Giving and Receiving Feedback / Evaluating Your Micro-Teach
Session / Micro-Teaching Hints And Tips

READERSHIP

PTLLS candidates often find their studies


challenging - some are returning to
study after a long break and others have
no previous experience of study at this
level. This accessible book provides
all candidates with a study skills guide
specifically tailored to PTLLS Award, no matter
which awarding organisation they are registered with. This
Second Edition has been updated for the NEW four unit PTLLS
Award and includes new information on referencing and e-portfolios.
This text covers the different methods through which PTLLS
is delivered, helping candidates to study more effectively. It
helps candidates:
prepare for the award, with advice on interpreting the skills
needed for PTLLS and the requirements at levels 3 and 4
make the most of their taught sessions and self study time by
examining effective note taking, group activities, research and
resource evaluation
succeed in their practical sessions, including tips on effective
presentations and the use of ICT.
This text is a companion title to the bestselling Preparing to Teach
in the Lifelong Learning Sector core text providing an essential
introduction to all the key aspects of the PTLLS Award. It can also be
used alongside Passing PTLLS Assessments. Together, these texts
provide complete coverage of the qualification, helping candidates
with all aspects of their study and practice.

CONTENTS
Preparing for Your PTLLS Award / Meeting the Lifelong Learning Professional
Teaching Standards / Becoming an Expert Student / Taught Sessions / Getting
the Most from Taught Sessions / Effective Note-taking / Keeping Notes
and Information Safely / Making the Most of Group Activities / Self-Study /
Researching Using Different Media / Choosing and Evaluating Texts and Other
Resources / Reading Texts Actively and Critically / Reflective Practice and
Reflective Learning Journal Writing / Reflecting on Learning / The Reflective
Cycle / Writing Reflective Learning Journal Entries / Referencing your PTLLS
Work / Avoiding Plagiarism / Using and Setting out Quotations and Citations
in your Text / Setting Out References in Your Reference List and Bibliography
/ Presenting Your PTLLS Work / Presenting your Work in Writing / Presenting
Your Work Practice / Moving Forward / Transferable Skills / Teaching in the
Lifelong Learning Sector / Lifelong Learning

READERSHIP
All PTLLS Learners
LIFELONg LEARNINg SECTOR SERIES

All PTLLS Learners

June 2012 168 pages


Cloth (978-1-4462-5693-0) 50.00
Paper (978-0-8572-5887-8) 14.99

LIFELONg LEARNINg SECTOR SERIES


June 2012 152 pages
Cloth (978-0-85725-870-0) 50.00
Paper (978-0-85725-789-5) 14.99

PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE


OF ASSESSMENT IN
THE LIFELONG
LEARNINGSECTOR

PLANNING AND
ENABLING LEARNING
IN THE LIFELONG
LEARNINGSECTOR

Second Edition
Ann gravells Bishop Burton College

Second Edition

A new and revised edition of this core text


for CTLLS candidates or those taking the
revised Assessor Awards.

Ann gravells Bishop Burton


College and Susan Simpson
North East Lincolnshire Council
A valuable text and useful resource for all teachers
working towards the new LLUK standards for the associate and full
teaching roles.

LIFELONg LEARNINg SECTOR SERIES


2011 144 pages
Paper (978-0-85725-260-9) 16.99

LIFELONg LEARNINg SECTOR SERIES


2010 160 pages
Paper (978-1-84445-798-4) 16.99

42

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Further Education / Higher Education

WHAT IS TEACHING
IN THE LIFELONG
LEARNING SECTOR?

REFLECTIVE PRACTICE
IN EDUCATION AND
TRAINING

Ann gravells Bishop Burton College

Second Edition

This is a handbook for anyone considering


a career in teaching in the lifelong learning
sector. It offers an essential introduction
to what it is like to teach in the sector. It
considers the diversity of contexts, settings
and students, covering all you need to know.
It reviews the role of the teacher and offers advice on
choosing what to teach and how to become qualified.
Whether you are a skilled tradesperson, have specialist knowledge in
a particular subject or simply enthusiastic about working with adults
in an education role, this is your essential guide:
an easy-to-read and accessible guide to teaching in the Lifelong
Learning Sector
considers a diverse range of contexts, settings and students
written for anyone considering, approaching or beginning teaching
in the lifelong learning sector.
This text is a companion title to the bestselling Preparing to Teach
in the Lifelong Learning Sector a core text providing an essential
introduction to all the key aspects of the PTLLS Award, helping
candidates with all aspects of their study and practice.

Jodi Roffey- Barentsen and


Richard malthouse

CONTENTS

READERSHIP

The Historical Perspective / The Qualifications and Credit Framework / The


Lifelong Learning Sector / Becoming a Teacher in the Lifelong Learning Sector
/ Choosing a Subject or Qualification to Teach / Getting Qualified / Obtaining
a Teaching Position / Teaching in the Lifelong Learning Sector / Roles and
Responsibilities / Teaching, Learning and Assessing / Challenges and Barriers
/ Gaining your Licence to Practice / The Institute for Learning / The Minimum
Core / Associated and Qualified Teacher Status / Maintaining your Licence to
Practice / Continuing Professional Development / Reflection and Evaluation /

Reflective practice is an important part


of CPD and many trainee teachers need
support in this area of their development. This
practical text introduces and contextualizes reflective
practice within CPD. Considering 'what is reflective practice?' and
including an examination of the processes involved.
This Second Edition has been updated throughout with new
chapters on: reflective learning and teaching; enabling trainee
teachers to use reflection to enhance their teaching; and how to
reflect on one's own reaction, developing a deeper understanding.
A 'theory focus' feature is also added to encourage the reader to
engage with research in this area.

CONTENTS
What is Reflection? / Why Reflect? / Professional Reflective Practice: The
Process / A Psycholateral Approach to Professional Reflective Practice
/ Reflective Learning and Teaching / Types of Continuing Professional
Development / Strategies and Structure of Reflective Writing / Levels of
Reflective writing / Reflection-Re-Action / To Conclude
All trainee teachers in the FE and skills sector
ACHIEVINg QTLS SERIES
January 2013 160 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-5631-2) 60.00
Paper (978-1-4462-5632-9) 16.99

READERSHIP
All trainee teachers in the Lifelong Learning Sector - especially
PTLLS candidates
LIFELONg LEARNINg SECTOR SERIES
May 2012 112 pages
Cloth (978-0-85725-856-4) 50.00
Paper (978-0-85725-729-1) 14.99

DOING RESEARCH IN
FURTHER EDUCATION
AND TRAINING
Susan wallace Nottingham
Trent University
Research is an essential component of
professional practice in the FE and skills
sector. Whether it be action research,
research in a specialist subject or a
more formal empirical study, research can
improve the quality of teaching and learning and enhance
professional development. This text is specifically written for those
teaching or training to teach in education and training. It gives
practical advice and guidance on how to carry out research in
the sector. Examples and real-life scenarios from the sector are
included throughout, enabling the reader to understand research in
the context of their teaching.

CONTENTS
Why Do It? How Doing Research Can Support Teaching and Learning /
Research Ethics and How We Apply Them in the LLS / Identifying a Topic and
Planning Your Project / Looking in the Mirror: Action Research as Reflective
Practice / Getting on the Case: Case Studies and Insider Research / Questions
and Answers: Questionnaires and Focus Groups / Watching and Listening:
Observations and Interviews / Paper Chase: Exploring Policies and Other
Documents / What Does It All Mean? Analyzing Your Findings / Sharing Your
Findings: Writing up a Project or Making a Presentation

READERSHIP
All trainee teachers in the FE and skills sector
ACHIEVINg QTLS SERIES
May 2013 176 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-5918-4) 60.00
Paper (978-1-4462-5919-1) 19.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

43

Further Education / Higher Education

CURRICULUM STUDIES
IN THE LIFELONG
LEARNING SECTOR
Second Edition

LEARNING THEORY AND


CLASSROOM PRACTICE
IN THE LIFELONG
LEARNING SECTOR

Jonathan Tummons Teesside University

Second Edition

This book provides an accessible and


up to date overview of the key issues
surrounding the curriculum. Written for
all those working towards QTLS, it provides
examples and case studies from working FE colleges,
adult education centres and work-based learning contexts as well
as offering succinct summaries of key theories and debates relating
to the curriculum. This fully revised Second Edition reflects the
latest policies and thinking, has a new chapter on the implications
of e-learning on curricula, and includes a full glossary of key terms
and concepts.

Jim gould Farnborough


College of Technology

CONTENTS
Defining the Curriculum / Conceptualizing the Curriculum / Shaping the
Curriculum / Planning, Sequencing and Delivering the Curriculum / Evaluating
the Curriculum / Curriculum, Learning and Knowledge / Boundary Crossing:
Curriculum, Place and Time / The Accessible Curriculum

READERSHIP
All those working towards QTLS, particularly those on DTLLS / PGCE courses
ACHIEVINg QTLS SERIES
May 2012 128 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-5691-6) 50.00
Paper (978-0-8572-5915-8) 15.99

This book supports all trainee teachers in the


Lifelong Learning Sector working towards QTLS in
their understanding of the key learning theories and how these can
be applied to their teaching. Existing teachers within the sector will
also find this book a valuable resource for refreshing their knowledge
and continuing their professional development.
Each learning theory is explored in clear and accessible language,
considering the implications for planning, teaching, assessment and
classroom management. Readers are encouraged to think critically
about learning theories and the implications for classroom practice.
Points for reflection, teaching and learning activities, and useful
summaries are included throughout.

CONTENTS
Behaviourism / Implications of Behaviourism for Practice / Cognitive
Approaches / Implications of Cognitive Approaches for Practice / Humanistic
Approaches / Andragogy / Attention, Perception and Learning / Memory
and Learning

READERSHIP
All those working towards QTLS, particularly those on DTLLS / PGCE courses
ACHIEVINg QTLS SERIES
October 2012 176 pages
Cloth (978-0-85725-877-9) 60.00
Paper (978-0-85725-817-5) 17.99

EQUALITY AND DIVERSITY


IN THE LIFELONG
LEARNING SECTOR

TEACHING IN
HIGHEREDUCATION

Second Edition
Ann gravells Bishop Burton
College and Susan Simpson
North East Lincolnshire Council
This comprehensive course book for the
popular optional unit Equality and Diversity in
the Lifelong Learning Sector is relevant for all students,
whatever their awarding organisation and whether they are taking
the unit at Level 3 or Level 4. All chapters are linked to the QTLS
standards and provide comprehensive coverage, closely following
the content of the unit, while examples and activities are included
to enhance learning. This Second Edition now includes 'extension
activities' specifically for Level 4 students and has been updated
following the Equality Act 2010.

CONTENTS
Qualifications and Credit Framework / Lifelong Learning and Professional
Teaching Standards / Key Features of a Culture Which Advances Equality
and Values Diversity / Meanings and Benefits of Equality and Diversity /
The Equality Act 2010 / Promoting a Positive Culture / Advancing Equality
and Valuing Diversity / Applying the Principles of Equality and Diversity
/ Advancing Equality / Benefits of Diversity / Demonstrating Appropriate
Behaviour / Demonstrating Good Practice / Apdating Learning Situations
and Resources / Developing Strategies for Dealing with Discrimination /
Helping and Supporting Others / Identifying Inequality / Identifying Barriers
to Inclusion / Supporting Equality and Diversity / Reviewing Your Contribution
/ Interacting With Others / Sources of Information and External Agencies /
Evaluating Your Own Practice / Relevant Legislation / Apprenticeships, Skills,
Children and Learning

READERSHIP
Specifically for those doing the 'Equality and Diversity' unit of the CTLLS.
More widely to all trainee teachers in the lifelong learning sector/FE
April 2012 200 pages
Cloth (978-0-85725-849-6) 60.00
Paper (978-0-85725-697-3) 16.99

ORDER TODAY

This book is designed to take students,


step by step, through each teaching
experience they will face. It includes
advice, practical exercises, top tips and
words of warning on:
seminar presentations
giving lectures
to peers
dynamic
leading
learning environments
undergraduate seminars
handling assessment
choosing material
for teaching
success as a guest speaker
preparing productive
mentoring.
teaching aids
This is a practical 'how-to' guide which is supported throughout
by accessible explorations of how teaching can support research.
Written by lecturers who have taught for many years, the 'voice of
experience' sections will support and encourage novice teachers in
their move towards becoming a successful and confident educator.

CONTENTS
Why Teach? / Seminar Presentations to Your Peers / Leading an Undergraduate
Seminar / Dynamic Learning Environments / Lectures / Productive Teaching
Aids / Handling Assessment / Conclusion / Glossary of Assessment Terms

READERSHIP
Postgraduate students and novice researchers
SUCCESS IN RESEARCH

LIFELONg LEARNINg SECTOR SERIES

44

Lucinda Becker University of


Reading and Pam Denicolo
Universities of Reading & Surrey

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

March 2013 168 pages


Cloth (978-1-4462-5604-6) 65.00
Paper (978-1-4462-5605-3) 22.99

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Further Education / Higher Education

HE IN FE: TEACHING
HIGHER EDUCATION
COURSES IN FE

QUALITY ASSURANCE IN DISTANCE


EDUCATION AND E-LEARNING

Teaching Higher Education


Courses in the Lifelong
Learning Sector

Edited by Insung Jung International Christian


University, Tokyo, Japan, Tat men wong Wawasan
Open University Malaysia, Asian Association of Open
Universities and Tian Belawati Universitas Terbuka

Jonathan Tummons Teesside


University, Kevin Orr and Liz
Atkins University of Huddersfield

Quality Assurance in Distance Education and E-Learning:


Challenges and Solutions from Asia documents the existing
regulatory framework covering quality assurance (QA) systems in
distance education (DE) in a number of Asian countries. It draws
on the knowledge and experience of 16 selected DE/e-learning
institutions of Asia and reveals the respective development of QA
systems and procedures within these providers/programmes.
The endeavour towards developing QA systems through various
stages of testing and development is in response to the growing
public concern for the quality of DE as well as staff aspirations
for quality. This book, through the selection of cases from the
aforementioned institutions, covers a wide range of QA systems and
perspectives of quality in DE. These cases present good practices
in QA for DE/e-learning, analyse challenges in assuring the quality
of DE products and services, offer possible solutions to meet those
challenges, and present lessons for other DE providers.

As the number of higher education (HE) courses offered


in further education (FE) settings increases, so does the need for
teachers and trainee teachers to develop their teaching skills. This
text is written for all those working towards QTLS who are teaching
or planning to teach HE courses. It examines what it means to teach
HE and how a HE environment can be created in a FE setting. It gives
guidance on planning, teaching and assessing HE courses in FE. A
practical guide for all FE teachers and trainee teachers as the sector
adapts to the needs of education today.

CONTENTS
HE in the Lifelong Learning Sector and widening participation / The HE
Ethos - Creating a University Within a College / HE in FE Students / Planning
and Preparing for Teaching HE in FE / The Practice of Teaching HE in FE /
Assessing HE in FE / Research and Scholarship in HE in FE / Managing HE
in FE / Quality Assurance in HE in FE

READERSHIP
All trainee teachers in the FE and skills sector
ACHIEVINg QTLS SERIES
May 2013 160 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-6746-2) 60.00
Paper (978-1-4462-6747-9) 19.99

MAKING LEARNING
HAPPEN
A guide for
Post-Compulsory Education
Second Edition
Phil Race Leeds Metropolitan University
Focusing on Phil Race's 'ripples on a
pond' model of learning, this text explores
successful teaching and learning in further
and higher education. Including three new chapters
covering 'designing the curriculum for learning', 'what can I do
when ?' and 'reflective observation', this book enables teachers and
students to easily examine learning in post-compulsory education.

Challenges and Solutions from Asia

CONTENTS
PART ONE: A SYSTEMS OR BALANCED APPROACH TO QUALITY
ASSURANCE / Sinagpore's SIM University / Thailand's Sukhothai
Thammathirat Open University / Open University of Hong Kong / South
Korea's Hanyang Cyber University / PART TWO: ENSURING THE QUALITY
OF MANAGEMENT PROCESSES / Indonesia's Universitas Terbuka / China's
Peking University School of Distance Learning for Medical Education /
Mongolian E-Knowledge / South Korea's AutoEver / PART THREE: FOCUSING
ON INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN AND PEDAGOGY / Japan's Kumamoto
University Online Graduate School / Open University of China / India's
Indira Gandhi National Open University / University of the Philippines Open
University / PART FOUR: ASSURING QUALITY OF LEARNING SUPPORT AND
ASSESSMENT / Malaysia's Wawasan Open University / Virtual University of
Pakistan / PART FIVE: OUTCOMES AND PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT
/ Open University of Sri Lanka / Open University Malaysia / Concluding
Remarks: Future Policy Directions

READERSHIP
The book will serve as reference book in higher education institutions
offering distance education and e-learning courses. It will also be helpful
for the professionals like evaluators in international and national QA and
accreditation agencies, policy makers and managers in governments, and
distance education and e-learning associations and DE/e-learning educators
and trainers
December 2012 336 pages
Cloth (978-8-13-211006-4) 39.99

2010 260 pages


Cloth (978-1-84920-113-1) 77.00
Paper (978-1-84920-114-8) 25.99

See the full listing of all our


Education titles online at
www.sagepub.co.uk/education

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

45

Leadership & Management

THEORIES OF EDUCATIONAL
LEADERSHIP AND
MANAGEMENT

DEVELOPING AS AN
EDUCATIONAL LEADER
AND MANAGER

Fourth Edition

megan Crawford Institute of


Education, University of London

Tony Bush University of Warwick


This internationally popular and classic
text has been thoroughly revised and
updated for the Fourth Edition with the
latest research findings, new case studies
and examples from around the world, and an
increased focus on early years, post compulsory education and
extended schools.
2010 232 pages
Cloth (978-1-84860-190-1) 71.00
Paper (978-1-84860-191-8) 23.99

This practical book covers key issues


such as handling time, difficult people and
situations, recruitment and selection, and
values. It places an emphasis on leading
organisational improvement and leading
strategically within changing policy contexts. It includes
sections on:
evolving as an educational leader
leaders and context
working across boundaries and borders (with international
examples from the US, Canada, Australia, Japan, and more)
the evolving educational leader as researcher.

CONTENTS

LEADING AND MANAGING


PEOPLE IN EDUCATION
Third Edition
Tony Bush and David middlewood
both at University of Warwick
The Third Edition of this successful
and respected book covers leadership
and management of people at all levels
in educational organizations. It contains
up-to-date research and literature in the area,
covering the entire spectrum of educational institutions.
This new and revised edition:
reflects United Kingdom and international changes
has an enhanced focus on international trends, drawing examples
from many countries, using research in those areas
deals with issues such as succession planning, leadership
development and diversity, which have grown in importance
since the previous edition
acknowledges the changing English context, including the shift
to system leadership, academies and free schools, as well as
changes in Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: LEADING AND MANAGING PEOPLE: SETTING THE SCENE / The
Context for Leadership and Management / Models of Educational Leadership
/ Leading and Managing the Whole Workforce / PART TWO: KEY CONCEPTS
/ Organizational Cultures / Organizational Structure and Roles / Leading
and Managing for Diversity / Motivation and Job Satisfaction / Leading and
Managing through Teams / PART THREE: KEY PROCESSES / Recruitment and
Selection / Induction and Retention / Mentoring and Coaching / Leading and
Managing People for Performance / Organizational Learning and Professional
Development / Succession Planning and Leadership Development

READERSHIP
Postgraduate students in educational leadership, management and
administration, and those embarking on professional leadership qualifications;
also middle and senior managers, aspiring leaders in schools and colleges, and
academics and researchers in educational management and the curriculum
EDUCATION LEADERSHIP FOR SOCIAL JUSTICE
June 2013 256 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-5651-0) 75.00
Paper (978-1-4462-5652-7) 25.99

PART ONE: EVOLVING AS AN EDUCATIONAL LEADER / The Evolving


Leadership Narrative / Vision and Values / Models of Leadership / Leadership
and Accountability / Evolving as a Leader- Working with What you Have
/ PART TWO: LEADERS AND THE CONTEXT / Models of Organisations
and Leadership / Culture, Structure and Power / Leadership Styles /
Leadership at All Levels / Leadership Challenges / PART THREE: WORKING
ACROSS BOUNDARIES AND BORDERS / Approaches to Change / Strategic
Leadership: Internal and External / Leadership and Communities / Governance
/ Key Capabilities for the Evolving Leader / PART FOUR: THE EVOLVING
EDUCATIONAL LEADER AS RESEARCHER / Becoming a Leadership
Researcher / Further Study: Choices and Challenges / Researching My
Organisation / Involving the Whole School: Students, Staff and Community /
Bringing It All Together: Challenges and Opportunities

READERSHIP
Practising educational leaders and managers, and students on Masters, EdD
courses, training and national development programmes such as the National
Professional Qualification for Headship and SQH
September 2013 384 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-922-5) 75.00
Paper (978-0-85702-923-2) 24.99

MANAGING EFFECTIVE
RELATIONSHIPS IN
EDUCATION
Carol Cardno
Combining a theoretical and practical
approach, this book provides a guide to
educational administration, management
and leadership across sectors. Carol
Cardno focuses on two particular topics:
organizational learning; and dilemma
management. More specifically,she looks at how to bring
about productive relationships in order to solve complex problems.
By drawing attention to particular sets of theory and practice,Cardno
presents seminal and recent research that can be applied to practice
in an original way. She demonstrates that effectiveness is enhanced
when complex problems are resolved collaboratively and trustingly.

CONTENTS
Concepts of Educational Administration, Management and Leadership /
The Leadership of Teaching and Learning / Organisational Learning in a
Learning Organisation / Managing Dilemmas through Productive Dialogue /
Managing and Developing Professional Performance / Managing DecisionMaking Collaboratively / Productive Teamwork / Strategic Leadership
and Management

READERSHIP
Students, practitioners and researchers in the early childhood, school and
tertiary sectors
March 2012 224 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-0303-3) 70.00
Paper (978-1-4462-0304-0) 24.99

46

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Leadership & Management

LEADING PROFESSIONAL
PRACTICE IN EDUCATION
Christine wise, marion Cartwright and
Pete Bradshaw The Open University
This volume provides an overview of key
contemporary themes in educational
leadership. It focuses on developing
professional capacity, organisation
improvement and the implementation of
change, looking at theoretical frameworks
and concepts, recent research studies and
case examples of effective practice. The book covers:
leading learning and learner leadership
change processes and distributed leadership
leading professional development for educational contexts.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: LEADING LEARNERS AND LEARNER LEADERSHIP / Leadership
for Learning / Leadership and Student Learning: What Works and How
/ Teacher Leadership and Organisational Development / The Impact of
Leadership on Student Outcomes: An Analysis of the Differential Effects
of Leadership Types / Trust and Educational Leadership: Comparing
the Development and Role of Trust between U S and Ugandan School
Administrators / Coming to Terms with 'Voice' / Schools, Teachers and
Curriculum Change: A Balancing Act? / PART TWO: WORKING AS A
CHANGE AGENT/ Educational Change: Implementation and Continuation
/ Teaching and the Change Wars: The Professionalism Hypothesis / School
Leadership in an Age of Accountability: Tensions between Managerial and
Professional Accountability / Distributing Leadership to Improve Outcomes for
Students / Change from the Middle? Exploring Middle Manager Strategic and
Sense-Making Agency in Public Services / Managing Resources to Support
Learning / PART THREE: LEADING PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT / From
Simplicism to Complexity in Leadership Identity and Preparation: Exploring
the Lineage and Dark Secrets / Revisiting Informal and Incidental Learning as
a Vehicle for Professional Learning and Development / Leading Professional
Learning Communities / Leadership Development / Mentoring and Coaching
Programmes for the Professional Development of School Leaders / Myriad
Professional Identities: The Challenge for Leading Professional Development
in the Further Education Context?

READERSHIP
Designed to encourage critical analysis and debate, this volume will be a
useful resource for those taking postgraduate and professional development
courses in educational leadership as well as practitioners
PUBLISHED IN ASSOCIATION wITH THE OPEN UNIVERSITY
September 2012 304 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-5333-5) 75.00
Paper (978-1-4462-5334-2) 24.99

CURRICULUM LEADERSHIP

RESEARCH METHODS
IN EDUCATIONAL
LEADERSHIP AND
MANAGEMENT
Third Edition
Edited by Ann R J Briggs Newcastle
University, marianne Coleman
Institute of Education, University
of London and marlene morrison
Oxford Brookes University
This classic guide continues to be the leading research methods text
that specifically deals with educational leadership and management.
The collection boasts an array of high-profile international expert
contributors, covering a wide range of specialisms, emphasising
the importance of the critically engaged practitioner.
Accessible and user-friendly, this edition has been fully revised
and updated to take full account of online research. It features
new authors, more case studies and examples, and brand new
chapters on:
research design
grounded research
ethnography
discourse analysis
narrative / life history
student voice.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: THE CONCEPT OF RESEARCH / Understanding Methodology
/ Taking a Critical Stance in Research / The Role of Culture in Interpreting
and Conducting Research / Reviewing Educational Literature / Authenticity
in Research: Reliability, Validity and Triangulation / The Ethical Framework of
Research Practice / PART TWO: APPROACHES TO RESEARCH / Research
Design: Frameworks, Strategies, Methods and Technologies / MixedMethods Research / Surveys and Sampling / Case Studies / Practitioner
Research / Grounded Theory Research / Ethnography / Narrative and Life
History / Learner Voice in Educational Leadership Research / PART THREE:
RESEARCH TOOLS / Interviews / Developing and Using Questionnaires
/ Making Use of Existing Data / Documents and Documentary Analysis /
Discourse Analysis / Reflection as Research: Using Diaries and Blogs / PART
FOUR: ANALYSING AND PRESENTING DATA / Quantitative Data Analysis:
Using SPSS / Advanced Quantitative Data Analysis / Qualitative Data Analysis:
Using NVivo / Academic Writing

READERSHIP
Students on master's-level and professional doctorate courses in educational
leadership and management
April 2012 448 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-0043-8) 75.00
Paper (978-1-4462-0044-5) 26.99

Strategies for Development


and Implementation
Third Edition
Allan A glatthorn, Floyd Boschee both
at The University of South Dakota, Bruce
m whitehead University of Montana,
Bruce m. whitehead Principal,
Missoula School District and Bonni
F Boschee Northern State University
This book provides innovative and successful curriculum
ideas, including reflective case studies, 'keys to leadership' sections,
curriculum tips, and 'challenge' sections with key issues and
questions in every chapter. Also interspersed throughout the book
are tried-and-tested strategies that provide administrators with
innovative ideas on meeting state and national standards. This
is a much-needed, highly informative and easy-to-read account
of curriculum development and change for curriculum leaders,
those teaching curriculum courses and those aspiring to become
curriculum decision makers. It provides the knowledge and skills
needed to develop and implement a school curriculum.
January 2012 552 pages
Cloth (978-1-4129-9219-0) 80.00

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

A VERY SHORT FAIRLY


INTERESTING AND
REASONABLY CHEAP
BOOK ABOUT STUDYING
LEADERSHIP
Second Edition
Brad Jackson University of
Auckland, New Zealand and
Ken Parry Bond University
The Second Edition of the bestselling, short, readable, critical text
with coverage of contemporary debates that encourages students
to think in fresh and innovative ways.
VERY SHORT, FAIRLY INTERESTINg & CHEAP BOOKS
2011 208 pages
Cloth (978-1-84920-738-6) 45.00
Paper (978-1-84920-739-3) 14.99

47

Leadership & Management

LEADERSHIP

RESEARCHING
EDUCATIONAL
LEADERSHIP AND
MANAGEMENT

Theory and Practice


Sixth Edition
Peter g Northouse Western
Michigan University

methods and Approaches


mark Brundrett Liverpool John
Moores University and Christopher
Rhodes University of Birmingham
Carrying out leadership research in educational
establishments can be challenging, but it is also rewarding. This
accessible book offers sound practical advice and a clear conceptual
framework for this research. Drawing on their extensive expertise,
the authors show you how to prepare to carry out research, design
research tools, and report and reflect on the results.
Students using the book are supported by features such as:
key learning objectives in each chapter
figures, rich case studies and vignettes to ser ve as
real-world examples
explanation of key terms and questions
suggestions for further reading and key Web links for each chapter.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: PREPARING TO CARRY OUT RESEARCH ON EDUCATIONAL
LEADERSHIP / Introduction: Key Issues in Research on Educational
Leadership / Theories of Educational Research / Ensuring Reliability,
Validity or 'Truthfulness' in Research / Reviewing Existing Ideas to Develop a
Conceptual Framework / PART TWO: DESIGNING AND USING RESEARCH
TOOLS FOR EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP RESEARCH / Developing a Sample
/ Questionnaire Research / Interviews and Focus Groups / Using Observation
/ Documentary Analysis / Action Research and Practitioner Inquiry / PART
THREE: ANALYSING DATA AND REPORTING THE FINDINGS OF RESEARCH
IN EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS / Analysing Quantitative Data / Analysing
Qualitative Data / The Uses of Leadership Research / Conclusions: Writing
Reports and Making Sense of Outcomes

READERSHIP
Master's-level students who wish to research a wide range of issues
connected with the operation of schools and institutions of further and
higher education
November 2013 240 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-830-3) 70.00
Paper (978-0-85702-831-0) 23.99

Adopted at more than 1,000 colleges and


universities worldwide, this market-leading
text owes its success to the unique way in
which it combines an academically robust
account of the major theories and models
of leadership with an accessible style and practical
exercises that help students apply what they learn. Each chapter of
the book follows a consistent format, allowing students to contrast
the various theories, and three case studies in each chapter provide
practical examples of each theory or trait discussed. The Sixth
Edition adds an important new chapter on Servant Leadership.

CONTENTS
Psychodynamic Approach / Team Leadership / Women in Leadership / Special
Features / Audience / Acknowledgments / Introduction / Trait Approach / Skills
Approach / Style Approach / Situational Approach / Contingency Theory /
PathGoal Theory / LeaderMember Exchange Theory /Transformational
Leadership / Servant Leadership / Authentic Leadership / Team Leadership /
Psychodynamic Approach / Women and Leadership / Culture and Leadership
/ Leadership Ethics

READERSHIP
Students of leadership across disciplines
April 2012 504 pages
Paper (978-1-4522-0340-9) 38.99

INTRODUCTION TO
LEADERSHIP
Concepts and Practice
Second Edition
Peter g Northouse Western
Michigan University
An applied text by the author of the
bestselling Leadership, Fifth Edition,
this text provides the much needed how-to
component of leading for students in leadership
courses. Also available in an interactive ebook format.

CREATING
EFFECTIVE TEAMS

2011 304 pages


Paper (978-1-4129-8952-7) 36.99

A guide for members


and Leaders
Fourth Edition
Susan A wheelan G.D.Q
Associates, Inc.
Creating Effective Teams is a practical
guide for building and sustaining topperforming teams. Based on the author's many years
of consulting experience with teams in the public and private sector,
the Fourth Edition describes why teams are important, how they
function and what makes them productive.

CONTENTS
Why Groups? / From Groups to Teams: The Stages of Group Development /
Navigating Stage 1 / Surviving Stage 2 / Reorganizing at Stage 3 / Sustaining
High Performance / How Do High Performance Teams Function? / Effective
Team Members / Effective Team Leadership / Effective Organizational Support
for Teams

THEORY AND PRACTICE


OFLEADERSHIP
Second Edition
Roger gill Durham Business
School, Durham University
The Second Edition of this esteemed text
explores leadership from the head to the toe
of an organization - whether that leadership
is traditional or virtual, and whether the
organization is corporate or non-profit.
December 2011 552 pages
Cloth (978-1-84920-023-3) 93.00
Paper (978-1-84920-024-0) 36.99

July 2012 160 pages


Paper (978-1-4522-1707-9) 25.99

48

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Leadership & Management

CASES IN LEADERSHIP
Third Edition
Edited by w glenn Rowe Western
University, Canada and Laura
guerrero University of Texas, El Paso
Cases in Leadership, Third Edition
is a unique collection of 32 real-world
leadership cases from Ivey Publishing, as
well as 16 practitioner readings from the
Ivey Business Journal. The updated Third
Edition helps business students gain a better
understanding of leadership and enables them to be more
effective leaders throughout their careers. Each of the selected
cases are about complex leadership issues that require the attention
of the decision maker.

CONTENTS
Leadership: What Is It? / Leadership Trait Approach / Leadership Skills
Approach / Leader Style Approach / The Contingency Theory of Leadership
/ The Leader-Member Exchange Theory of Leadership / Transformational
Leadership / Servant Leadership / Authentic Leadership / Team Leadership
Strategic Leadership / Women and Leadership / Culture and Leadership /
May 2012 528 pages
Paper (978-1-4522-3497-7) 31.99

LEADING WITH
COMMUNICATION
A Practical Approach to
Leadership Communication
Teri Kwal gamble College of New
Rochelle and michael w gamble
New York Institute of Technology
This book prepares today's students
to acquire the skills, develop a global
perspective and master the technology
designed to enhance their visibility and credibility
as leaders.
It addresses leadership from the students' perspective, facilitating
(via various pedagogical features) in them the ability to nurture their
leadership and team-building talents. In the process, students
will express themselves, engage in visioning, build on glocal,
global and technological experiences, and work collaboratively
and creatively with others. They will hone fresh perspectives on
how best to integrate skills and knowledge, build trust and elevate
worker performance
This book provides an understanding of the leadership concepts
and team-building strategies that business and professional
communicators working and interacting in 21st-century organizations
need to master.

CONTENTS

ORGANIZATION CHANGE
Theory and Practice

PART ONE: UNDERSTANDING LEADERSHIP / PART TWO: DEVELOPING


LEADERSHIP SKILLS / PART THREE: EXERCISING LEADERSHIP / PART
FOUR: MEETING LEADERSHIP CHALLENGES

READERSHIP

Third Edition
w warner Burke Teachers College,
Columbia University, USA
The Third Edition of this bestselling text
continues to make clear how effective
organization change is grounded in sound
knowledge about human behaviour in
the workplace.
FOUNDATIONS FOR ORgANIZATIONAL SCIENCE SERIES
2011 384 pages
Paper (978-1-4129-7886-6) 44.99

MEETING THE ETHICAL


CHALLENGES OF
LEADERSHIP
Casting Light or Shadow
Fourth Edition
Craig E Johnson George Fox University
This Fourth Edition identifies the unique
ethical demands of leadership and then
equips readers to meet these challenges.
2011 536 pages
Paper (978-1-4129-8222-1) 49.99

Students of organizational communication, management communication


and leadership
November 2012 328 pages
Paper (978-1-4129-9426-2) 36.99

THE PRINCIPAL
Leadership for a global Society
Bruce m whitehead University of
Montana, Floyd Boschee The University
of South Dakota and Robert H Decker
University of Northern Iowa, Cedar Falls
The Principal: Leadership for a global
Society is the core textbook for aspiring
and practising K-12 school principals.
Taking a practice-to-theory and researchgrounded approach, preparing school leaders
to successfully face the challenges that they will deal with
on a day-to-day basis and throughout their careers. From curriculum
development to staff development to policy and discipline, it
addresses the most up-to-date practices in developing leadership
skills. The book provides a wide array of pedagogical features to
help practising and aspiring school principals: improve programmes;
create a safer and more enriching environment for students and
staff; meet school, district, community, state and national ideologies
and standards; and much more. After reading The Principal, the
educational leaders of tomorrow will be equipped with innovative,
practical and successful leadership concepts and ideas that will help
them make a powerful impact on not just those who walk through
the school doors, but the community as well.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: FOUNDATIONS OF PRINCIPAL LEADERSHIP / PART TWO:
PROCESS OF LEADERSHIP FOR THE PRINCIPAL / PART THREE: FORCES
OF LEADERSHIP / PART FOUR: THE PRINCIPAL AND CURRENT TRENDS
December 2012 520 pages
Cloth (978-1-4129-8710-3) 63.00

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

49

Leadership & Management

COACHING UNDERSTOOD

COACHING AND
MENTORING

A Pragmatic Inquiry into the


Coaching Process

A Critical Text

Elaine Cox Oxford Brookes University

Simon western AnalyticNetwork Coaching Ltd

This is the only coaching text available


that explains exactly what happens in a
coaching session and why it works.
By building an understanding of how all
the basic elements present in coaching
interaction work, the book exposes the
mystery underlying coaching's success as a
personal and professional development intervention. It examines
each element of the coaching encounter, each visible building
block of interaction, in detail, in order to verify and justify its
effectiveness as part of the coaching process. Evidence-based
and well-referenced, it draws primarily on research and theory
from the fields of philosophy, cognitive and humanistic psychology,
neuroscience, education and management in order to explain the
fundamental elements of coaching.

Bringing a fresh and critical perspective


to coaching and mentoring, this text
challenges assumptions and narratives,
proposing an ethical and emancipatory
approach that goes beyond instrumentalism
and individualism. The book:
accounts for how coaching has emerged and what discourses
and normative practices underpin and influence contemporary
coaching practice
develops a meta-theory of coaching that acts as a baseline for
future developments
offers frames of thinking to support and guide coaching and
mentoring practitioners and educators.

CONTENTS

CONTENTS

Touching Experience / Articulating Experience / Listening / Clarifying


/ Reflecting / Becoming Critical / Questioning / Being Present /
Integrating Experience

PART ONE: SCOPING THE FIELD WITH A CRITICAL LENS / A Critical


Theory Approach To Coaching / Scoping The Field: Definitions and
Divergence of Practice / PART TWO: FROM FRIENDSHIP TO COACHING:
A BRIEF GENEALOGY OF COACHING / Introduction / Pre-Modernity:
Helping Relationships / Modernity: Experts, Tools and Technology / PostModernity: Coaching Hybridity / Conclusion / PART THREE: THE DOMINANT
DISCOURSES OF COACHING / Introduction / The Soul Guide Discourse: A
Mirror to the Soul / The Psy Expert Discourse: Coaching the Outward Self
/ The Managerial Discourse: Coaching the Role Self / The Network Coach
Discourse: Influencing the Network / Discourse Mapping: Coaching across
and between Discourses / PART FOUR: THE FUTURE OF COACHING /
Developing Coaching Theory / Creating a New Coaching Meta-Theory: The
Micro-Practices and the Macro-Social of Coaching / Coaching Formation:
Coach Education and Pedagogies

READERSHIP
Coaches, mentors and coaching educators, also students and
academics studying management, organizational behaviour and human
resource management
November 2012 192 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-825-9) 75.00
Paper (978-0-85702-826-6) 24.99

READERSHIP
Coaches, mentors and coaching educators, also students and academics
studying management, organizational behaviour and human resource
management at both upper-level undergraduate and postgraduate levels

THE SCHOOL
SUPERINTENDENT

July 2012 336 pages


Cloth (978-1-84860-163-5) 85.00
Paper (978-1-84860-164-2) 27.99

Theory, Practice, and Cases


Third Edition
Theodore J Kowalski
University of Dayton, USA
The School Superintendent: Theory,
Practice, and Cases, Third Edition
provides a comprehensive analysis of the
evolution of the school district superintendent
position and a blend of theory and practical knowledge pertaining
to contemporary practice in this pivotal position. Readers are
encouraged to engage in reflection by linking content with personal
experiences. This objective is pursued by providing reflective
summaries, pertinent questions and case studies at the end of
each chapter.
The Third Edition continues to focus contextual variables influencing
practice in an information-based and reform-minded society.
Current reform strategies are identified and their effects on current
and future role expectations for superintendents are discussed.
Special attention is given to the emerging role of superintendent
as communicator. The book also contains two other noteworthy
features: balanced perspectives of the potential rewards and
challenges commonly experienced by school superintendents; and
career development information.

Request one of our


new catalogues online at
w w w.sagepub.co.uk
or phone us on
+44 (0)20 7324 8500

CONTENTS
PART ONE: THE POSITION: ROLES AND CONTEXT / Defining Practice
/ Society and Schools / PART TWO: SCHOOL DISTRICTS: STRUCTURE
AND AUTHORITY / School Districts as Organizations / School Boards /
Superintendent and School Board Relationships / School District Policy
/ PART THREE: SUPERINTENDENT LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT
RESPONSIBILITIES / Providing Leadership at the District Level / Community
Leadership / Material Resources Management / Human Resources
Management / PART FOUR: PERSONAL PERSPECTIVES / Contemporary
Challenges / Personal Dispositions and Practice / Seeking the Position
January 2013 448 pages
Paper (978-1-4522-4108-1) 74.00

50

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Study Skills

HOW TO DO YOUR
RESEARCH PROJECT
Second Edition

CRITICAL THINKING
SKILLS FOR EDUCATION
STUDENTS

gary Thomas University of Birmingham

Second Edition

This expanded and updated Second


Edition includes new chapters on ethics
and practical concerns, has a fully
integrated companion Website including
worksheets, annotated examples and links
to SAGE journals, and has a completely new
page layout with glossary.

Lesley-Jane Eales Reynolds


Pro Vice Chancellor (Education)
Kingston University, Brenda
Judge, Elaine mcCreery and
Patrick Jones all at Manchester
Metropolitan University (Manchester)

May 2013 224 pages


Cloth (978-1-4462-5886-6) 60.00
Paper (978-1-4462-5887-3) 20.99

HOW TO DO YOUR
CASESTUDY

This book will help education students develop their understanding


of critical analysis. It outlines the skills needed to examine and
challenge data and encourages an appreciation of how this way
of thinking can enrich the personal and professional development
of students. It gives clear definitions of key terms and examples of
how to analyze data. The book outlines how action learning sets
can contribute to analytical skills and helps students develop the
self-evaluation skills to recognize personal values and perceptions.
This Second Edition has been updated and extended to
include chapters covering reflection and the critical selection of
information sources.

READERSHIP

A guide for Students


and Researchers
gary Thomas University of Birmingham
In this lucid, accessible and often witty
text, Gary Thomas introduces students
and researchers to the basics of case
study research.

All students on education courses: education studies, education with or


without QTS, early years education, PGCE students, students on foundation
degrees in education
STUDY SKILLS IN EDUCATION SERIES
May 2013 128 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-6840-7) 50.00
Paper (978-1-4462-6841-4) 12.99

2010 248 pages


Cloth (978-0-85702-562-3) 74.00
Paper (978-0-85702-563-0) 24.99

SUCCESS WITH YOUR


EDUCATION RESEARCH
PROJECT
Second Edition
John Sharp Bishop Grosseteste
University College
Research projects are carried out in
schools and non-school settings by virtually
all undergraduates in the areas of teacher
training, education studies and other educational
disciplines. This text, written for this specific target audience, makes
clear references to these courses and contexts throughout. Hot
topics such as using the Net and plagiarism are covered with up-todate information, while key content on literature searches, critical
thinking and the development of argument provide clear guidance
and ensure academic rigour. This new edition has been updated
throughout to provide greater depth on many topics, FAQs and a
glossary of key terms.

CONTENTS
Let's get Acquainted / Finding a Focus and Formulating a Plan / Looking at
Literature / Approaching It in Style / Discovering Things: Questionnaires /
Conversations with a Purpose: Research Interviews / Seeing Is Believing:
Observation / From the Past to the Here and Now: Documents and
Documentary Research / Making Sense of Data: Analyzing Numbers and
Words / Writing up / FAQs

READERSHIP
All those taking degrees or foundation degrees in education-related
subject disciplines
STUDY SKILLS IN EDUCATION SERIES

THE GOOD WRITING


GUIDE FOR EDUCATION
STUDENTS
Third Edition
Dominic wyse Institute of
Education, University of London
T hi s a c c e s s ib l e g ui d e to w r i tin g
academically is based on the author's
many years of experience helping students
to improve their writing and get better marks in
assignments. The advice works because it uses real examples of
students' work to explain what tutors look for, and shows you how
to get there. New to this Third Edition:
increased coverage of plagiarism (and how to avoid it)
how to show critical reflection and judgement
turning useful notes from lectures and readings into powerful
written argument
updated material on citations and references
new examples of students' work
developing an academic 'voice'.

CONTENTS
Reading Widely / Searching for Reading Materials / Planning for Writing /
Small-Scale Research Projects / Referencing / Structuring Your Writing /
Grammar and Punctuation / Spelling / Presentation and Proof-Reading /
Assessment and Learning from Feedback

READERSHIP
Education students studying at all levels
SAgE STUDY SKILLS SERIES
June 2012 168 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-0709-3) 60.00
Paper (978-1-4462-0710-9) 16.99

May 2012 152 pages


Cloth (978-1-4462-5675-6) 60.00
Paper (978-0-85725-947-9) 16.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

51

Study Skills

THE STUDY SKILLS


TOOLKIT FOR STUDENTS
WITH DYSLEXIA

PRACTICE TESTS,
QUESTIONS AND
ANSWERS FOR THEUKCAT

monica gribben Edinburgh


Napier University

Second Edition

Packed with helpful advice, checklists and


templates, this book will help you improve
your study skills throughout your time at
university. Written in a straightforward,
no-nonsense style, the guidance can be
broken down into manageable chunks.
Issues covered include:
procrastination
planning your assignment
understanding your essay question
researching, writing and referencing your written work
managing your own well-being.
The companion Website www.sagepub.co.uk/gribben has podcasts,
worksheets and electronic resources to support each chapter.

CONTENTS
How to Use This Toolkit / Companion Website / Stepping out in to University
with Dyslexia / Procrastination / Note-Taking / Understanding Your Assignment
/ Gathering Information / Thinking Critically / Writing Your Assignment / Writing
Your Dissertation / Referencing / Exams / Oral Presentations / Making the
Most of Your Feedback

READERSHIP
Any student with dyslexia studying in higher education
October 2012 208 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-931-7) 65.00
Paper (978-0-85702-932-4) 22.99

Rosalie Hutton and glenn Hutton


The revised edition of this text is updated
with a range of new questions across all
the sub-tests. It provides reader the with
essential practice as they prepare for the
UKCAT, with over 500 questions in the equivalent of
two full practice tests plus a unique section on tackling non-cognitive
analysis / personality tests.
The practice tests replicate the format of the UKCAT, and they can
be tackled under timed conditions or worked through at the reader's
own pace. Clear explanations and answers ensure understanding of
the reasoning and analysis processes required and are fully prepared
for the final examination.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: PRACTICE TEST / Verbal Reasoning Practice Subtest /
Quantitative Reasoning Practice Subtest / Abstract Reasoning Practice
Subtest / Decision Analysis Practice Subtest / PART TWO: PRACTICE TEST /
Verbal Reasoning Practice Subtest / Quantitative Reasoning Practice Subtest
/ Abstract Reasoning Practice Subtest / Decision Analysis Practice Subtest
/ PART THREE: NON-COGNITIVE ANANLYSIS PRACTICE TEST / NonCognitive Analysis Practice Test / PART FOUR: ANSWERS and RATIONALE /
Verbal Reasoning Practice Subtest / Quantitative Reasoning Practice Subtest
/ Abstract Reasoning Practice Subtest / Decision Analysis Practice Subtest /
Verbal Reasoning Practice Subtest / Quantitative Reasoning Practice Subtest
/ Abstract Reasoning Practice Subtest / Decision Analysis Practice Subtest
/ Non-Cognitive Analysis Practice Subtest

READERSHIP
All those intending to apply for United Kingdom medical and dental courses
at university
STUDENT gUIDES TO UNIVERSITY ENTRANCE SERIES
April 2012 208 pages
Cloth (978-0-85725-869-4) 50.00
Paper (978-0-85725-785-7) 15.99

STUDY SKILLS FOR


STUDENTS WITH
DYSLEXIA

PASSING THE UKCAT


ANDBMAT

Second Edition
Edited by Sandra Hargreaves
Education Consultant
Full of advice on topics such as notetaking, reading strategies and exam
techniques, this fully revised and updated new
edition will motivate, inspire and guide you through
your studies. The advice and tools provided will help you plan your
work, improve your skills and boost your confidence.
The Second Edition has:
a new chapter on writing your dissertation
more on using statistics
more on planning and timetabling techniques
more on using technology to help you
expanded advice on preparing and giving presentations
a new chapter on collaborative learning.

CONTENTS
Managing Your Workload / Understanding Your Preferred Learning Style
/ Note-Taking and Note-Making / Reading Strategies and Speed-Reading
/ Answering Essay Questions / Structuring Different Writing Genres /
The Dissertation / Improving Your Grammar, Spelling and Punctuation /
Improving Mathematics Skills and Using Statistics / Examination Techniques
/ Collaborative Learning

READERSHIP
All dyslexic students in further and higher education and secondary schools,
as well as learning support staff working with these students

Advice, guidance and Over


600 Questions for Revision
and Practice
Eighth Edition
Rosalie Hutton, glenn Hutton and
Felicity Taylor King's College London
The most comprehensive guide available for
the UKCAT and BMAT. This book is all you need to face
the tests with confidence, succeed and get in to medical school.
Offering support for both the UKCAT and BMAT in one volume
with hints and tips on how to pass the tests, worked examples
and guidance on technique, this is your guide to success. This title
includes over 600 practice questions for the UKCAT and BMAT for
extensive revision and question practice.

READERSHIP
All those intending to apply for UK medical and dental courses at university
STUDENT gUIDES TO UNIVERSITY ENTRANCE SERIES
April 2013 448 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-7121-6) 50.00
Paper (978-1-4462-7122-3) 15.99

SAgE STUDY SKILLS SERIES


April 2012 192 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-0286-9) 60.00
Paper (978-1-4462-0287-6) 19.99

52

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Study Skills

Second Edition

PASSING THE NATIONAL


ADMISSIONS TEST FOR
LAW (LNAT)

Rosalie Hutton and glenn Hutton

Third Edition

If you are applying to Oxford or Cambridge


Universities, you may be required to take
one of the Oxbridge-specific admission
tests. This text provides all the essential
information you need to understand the
format and structure of the tests along with
vital practice in the sort of questions you will face.
The book covers, in detail, the Thinking Skills Assessment (TSA) for
both institutions, focusing on critical thinking and problem solving
skills. It includes a practice test with answers and explanations
and also guidance on the writing task undertaken by applicants
to Oxford.
This revised and updated edition includes new material across all
parts of the book. It provides enhanced information on interviews
and personal statements, coverage of the Sixth Term Examination
Paper (STEP), and expanded sections on the other tests for English,
history, physics, mathematics and computer sciences.

Rosalie Hutton, glenn Hutton


and Fraser Sampson

PASSING OXBRIDGE
ADMISSIONS TESTS

A comprehensive must-have guide for


all those preparing for and sitting the
LNAT exam.
STUDENT gUIDES TO UNIVERSITY ENTRANCE SERIES
2011 144 pages
Paper (978-0-85725-485-6) 16.99

CONTENTS
Oxbridge Admissions Tests / How Will This Book Help Me? / Application
Process for Oxford and Cambridge / Thinking Skills Assessment / MultipleChoice Questions / Format and Design of Multiple-Choice Questions / Format
of the Thinking Skills Assessment: Problem Solving / Format of the Thinking
Skills Assessment: Critical Thinking / How to Approach Multiple-Choice
Questions / Thinking Skills Assessment / Problem Solving / Problem-Solving
Curriculum / Problem-Solving: Example Questions / Critical Thinking / Critical
Thinking: Example Questions / Thinking Skills Assessment Practice Test
/ Introduction / Thinking Skills Assessment: Practice Test / Thinking Skills
Assessment: Answers and Rationale / TSA Writing Task / Introduction / TSA
Writing Task / Structured Approach / Writing the Essay / Critical Thinking /
Other Oxbridge Admissions Tests / Oxford Tests / Cambridge Tests

READERSHIP
All those considering applying to Oxford or Cambridge Universities
STUDENT gUIDES TO UNIVERSITY ENTRANCE SERIES
July 2012 160 pages
Cloth (978-0-8572-5872-4) 60.00
Paper (978-0-8572-5797-0) 16.99

OVER 4,000 EBOOKS AND COUNTING...


eBooks are now available from SAGE in a wide variety of formats covering
every aspect of our publishing programme.
To find out more about our retail and library aggregator partners please visit
www.sagepub.co.uk/ebooks

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

53

DOING YOUR MASTERS


DISSERTATION
From Start to Finish
Inger Furseth and Euris Larry Everett
This book is an indispensible guide to
writing a successful Masters dissertation.
The book begins by addressing issues
students face in the early stages of writing
a dissertation, such as deciding on what to
research, planning your project and searching
for literature online. It offers guidance that other
books often miss, from dealing with emotional blocks, to ways of
identifying the students strengths and weaknesses, and improving
writing. It addresses the social aspects of the writing process, such
as choosing and working with an advisor, using social media and
forming student work groups for added help and inspiration.
SAgE STUDY SKILLS SERIES
March 2013 208 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-6398-3) 65.00
Paper (978-1-4462-6399-0) 20.99

THE LITERATURE REVIEW

Alex Osmond Brunel University

A Step-by-Step guide for


Students
Second Edition
Diana Ridley Sheffield University
This second edition of Diana Ridley's
bestselling book provides a step-by-step
guide to conducting a literature search and
literature review, using cases and examples
throughout to demonstrate best practice.
Burns
& Sin
eld (978-1-4462-0325-5)
Ridley
outlines
practical strategies for conducting a
Craswell
& Poore
(978-0-85702-928-7)
systematic
search
of the available literature, reading and note taking
Hargreaves
(978-1-4462-0287-6)
and writing
up your literature review as part of an undergraduate
research
project,
Masters dissertation or PhD thesis.
Chong
Ho Shon
(978-1-4462-0932-5)
New to this edition are:
Examples drawn from a wide
range of disciplines
A new chapter on
conducting systematic
reviews

ACADEMIC WRITING
AND GRAMMAR FOR
STUDENTS

evaluating the quality of


online sources and online
literature
Enhanced guidance in
dealing with copyright and
permissions issues.

Increased guidance on
This book also comes with a companion website containing a wide
range of examples of successful literature reviews from various
academic disciplines.
SAgE STUDY SKILLS SERIES
July 2012 232 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-0142-8) 60.00
Paper (978-1-4462-0143-5) 19.99

This handy guide shows students how to


craft their essays using academic English
grammar and punctuation. It focuses on
grammar rather than academic writing
as a process, by identifying common
grammatical mistakes and showing the
reader how to avoid them. This valuable book enables
readers to apply what they learn in a practical way, so that they can
immediately improve their work at university.
Inside, you will find advice on:
Common mistakes

Proofreading

Punctuation

Referencing

Conciseness
The book is based on the author's extensive experience advising
on student writing from a variety of disciplines. It will be useful to
a wide range of students, whatever their age, level of study, and
subject area.
SAgE STUDY SKILLS SERIES
April 2013 224 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-1090-1) 65.00
Paper (978-1-4462-1091-8) 20.99

ESSENTIAL STUDY SKILLS


The Complete guide to Success
at University
Third Edition
Tom Burns London Metropolitan
University and Sandra Sinfield
Coordinator for Learning Development
Are you looking to give your students a
helping hand with their work? Then this
book is for you.
Packed with study tips and handy activities, this proven guide
shows step-by-step how students can make the best of their time
and study effectively whatever level they're at. Whether they are
going to university straight from school, a mature student, or an
overseas student studying in the UK for the first time, they'll find
tips and advice on how to:
Sail through those tricky first weeks
Get the most out of lectures by understanding how they learn
Learn techniques for academic writing and research
Pass exams with flying colours
Stay cool and cope with stress.
Practical and interactive, this edition features six brand new
chapters to arm students with even more essential skills including
how to produce a dissertation, plan a career and focus on building
relationships with lecturers and other students to help get ahead.
Also launching with this new edition is an improved and expanded
companion website www.sagepub.co.uk//burnsandsinfield3e.
Don't miss the extensive range of guidance and resources for both
students and tutors, including downloadable templates, practice
exercises and other tools for students to use in both their preparation
and their actual work.

HOW TO READ JOURNAL


ARTICLES IN THE
SOCIAL SCIENCES
A Very Practical guide for
Students
Phillip Chong Ho Shon University of
Ontario Institute of Technology
Many titles provide tips for successfully
writing theses, dissertations, and journal
articles; all argue that writing is like any other skill
it has to be developed, taught, and practiced daily. The same is
certainly true of academic reading, yet many advanced students
have trouble with the essential skill of 'reading critically'. This book
teaches students and early career researchers how to read so that
they are able to maximize their output in the writing process.
Using the author's unique reading code, this book teaches students
how to approach social and behavioural science journal articles
as texts that can be deciphered structurally, mechanically and
grammatically. The strategies included allow readers to systematize
the reading, note-taking and organizing of voluminous amounts of
information in an easily identifiable and retrievable format, which
will be a huge confidence boost to those who struggle with this first
phase in the writing process.
This book is indispensable for social and behavioural science
students and researchers worldwide wanting to sharpen their critical
evaluative skills for better academic writing.
SAgE STUDY SKILLS SERIES
March 2012 120 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-0931-8) 60.00
Paper (978-1-4462-0932-5) 16.99

SAgE STUDY SKILLS SERIES


March 2012 472 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-0324-8) 56.00
Paper (978-1-4462-0325-5) 14.99

CRITICAL READING
AND WRITING FOR
POSTGRADUATES
Second Edition
mike wallace University of Cardiff and
Alison wray Cardiff University
In this new edition the authors show
students how to read critically and how to
write using critical techniques. This book is
a 'must-have' resource for postgraduate students
and early-career academics. It has been expanded and updated
to include:
A range of examples encompassing disciplinary areas including
linguistics, education, business and management
Commentaries on using e-resources and features of e-research
New and additional material available online including access to
journal articles
This book is for postgraduate students, methods course tutors and
researchers.
SAgE STUDY SKILLS SERIES
2011 264 pages
Cloth (978-1-84920-561-0) 65.00
Paper (978-1-84920-562-7) 22.99

Research Methods

RESEARCH METHODS
AND METHODOLOGIES
IN EDUCATION

RESEARCH METHODS
INEDUCATION
Joseph Check and Russell
K Schutt both at University of
Massachusetts Boston

Edited by James Arthur Birmingham


University, michael waring University
of Loughborough, Robert Coe
University of Durham and Larry V
Hedges Northwestern University

An innovative new text for teaching


introductory research methods that
addresses emerging instructional needs.

Using a variety of methodological


approaches and research techniques in
education, this book provides students with the theoretical
understandings, practical knowledge and skills they need to carry
out independent research.
The editors bring together an array of international contributors,
all of whom identify key research methodologies, data collection
tools and analysis methods, and focus on the direct comparisons
between them.
Written in an accessible and jargon-free style, each chapter sets
out the strengths and weaknesses of a key research method by:
identifying specific research designs
presenting a series of relevant data collection tools
highlighting the various analytical methods which can be used.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: INTRODUCTION TO RESE ARCH ME THODS AND
METHODOLOGIES IN EDUCATION / How This Book Can Help You / The
Nature of Educational Research: Exploring the Different Understandings
of Educational Research / Finding Your Theoretical Position / PART TWO:
BASIC PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE IN CONDUCTING RESEARCH / Design
of Empirical Research / Planning Your Research / Conducting Your Research
/ Research Impact and Dissemination / PART THREE: KEY METHODS /
Dimension 1: Research Designs / Action Research / Naturalistic Research
/ Ethnographic and Representational Styles / Grounded Theory / Visual
Methodologies / Case Study Research / Issues of Truth and Justice / Surveys
and Longitudinal Research / Statistical and Correlational Techniques /
Secondary Data / Impact Evaluation / Interventions: Experiments / A
Systematic Review / Mixed Methods / Philosophical Research / Dimension
2: Data Collection Tools / Observation-Based Research / In-Depth Interviews
/ Techniques to Assist with Interviewing / Focus Groups and Group Interviews
/ Internet-Based Methods / Doing Blog Research / Documentary Methods /
Systematic Reviews / Questionnaires / Measurement and Validity / Dimension
3: Analysis Methods / Software and Qualitative Data Analysis / Statistical
Analysis Tools / Discourse Analysis / Media-Analysis / Visual Methodologies
and Social Change / Grounded Theory / Ethnography as Epistemology /
Biographical Research Methods / Statistical Hypothesis Tests / Analysis of
Variance (ANOVA) / Multiple Linear Regression / Multilevel Analysis / Effect
Size / Meta-Analysis

READERSHIP
Postgraduate students on education and educational research
methods courses
2011 456 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-038-3) 75.00
Paper (978-0-85702-039-0) 26.99

INTRODUCTION TO
RESEARCH METHODS
INEDUCATION

A Critical Thinking Approach


Second Edition
w Newton Suter University
of Arkansas at Little Rock
An engaging and informative core text
that enables students to think clearly
and critically about the scientific process
of research.
December 2011 528 pages
Paper (978-1-4129-9573-3) 68.99

DOING RESEARCH WITH CHILDREN


AND YOUNG PEOPLE
Second Edition
Alison Clark, Rosie Flewitt, martyn Hammersley
and martin Robb all at the Open University
Researching with children and young people comes with its own
unique challenges. This book explores both the practical and ethical
considerations for researchers and provides strategies for designing
and conducting effective and ethically sound research.
The book covers:
issues specific to working with children, such as why to do
research and ethics.
appropriate methodological approaches, including interviewing
and observation.
examples of successful research with commentaries explaining
the issues.
implementation and the impact of research on children.
PART ONE: ISSUES / Images of Childhood / What is Research? / Why
Research? / Doing Research with Children and Young People / Ethics / PART
TWO: METHODS / Research Design / Observation / Interviewing / Texts
Documents: Texts, images and artefacts / Methodological Ideas / PART
THREE: REALITY OF RESEARCH / Commentary on the Mosaic Approach
/ Inventing Adulthood / Young Lives / Practitioner Research / PART FOUR:
ENGAGEMENT, DISSEMINATION AND IMPACT / Academic Impact / Policy
Impact / Impact on Practice / Impact on Children and Young People

This book offers a highly accessible, clear


and engaging introduction to research in
education, which has been carefully and
extensively developed to fully meet the
needs of those studying in education and
related fields.

READERSHIP
Those studying and undertaking research on courses including childhood
studies, education, social work, youth work, health and social care
December 2013 328 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-7492-7) 70.00
Paper (978-1-4462-7493-4) 25.99

2009 398 pages


Cloth (978-1-84787-017-9) 77.00
Paper (978-1-84787-018-6) 25.99

ORDER TODAY

INTRODUCTION TO
EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

CONTENTS

Keith F Punch University


of Western Australia

56

December 2011 440 pages


Paper (978-1-4129-4009-2) 60.99

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Research Methods

DOING RESEARCH
WITHCHILDREN

RESEARCH METHODS
IN EARLY CHILDHOOD

A Practical guide

An Introductory guide

Third Edition

Penny mukherji and Deborah Albon


London Metropolitan University

Anne D greig University of Strathclyde,


Jayne Taylor West Hertfordshire
Primary Care Trust and Tommy
macKay Psychology Consultancy
Services and University of Strathclyde
The Third Edition is a practical introduction to the
process of designing, doing and writing up research with children
and young people. At the centre is a commitment to engaging with
children and young people as active research participants rather
than as passive subjects. In the new edition, readers will find up-todate information on the fast-changing political and ethical debates
around research with children and young people as well as guidance
on how to carry out research.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: THE SPECIAL NATURE OF CHILDREN IN RESEARCH: THEORIES
AND APPROACHES / Introduction to Research and Children: A Special
Relationship / Theory for Research and Practice with Children and Young
People / Theoretical Frameworks / PART TWO: DOING RESEARCH WITH
CHILDREN: REVIEWING, DESIGNING AND CONDUCTING RESEARCH
WITH CHILDREN / Evaluating Research with Children / Designing and Doing
Research with Children and Young People: The Importance of Questions
/ Quantitative Research with Children and Young People: Key Concepts /
Quantitative Research with Children and Young People: Data Collection /
Designing and Doing Qualitative Research with Children and Young People /
Ethics of Doing Research with Children / Communicating Research / Themes
and Perspectives

This highly engaging and easy-to-read


introductory text is tailored to meet the
needs of early childhood students. It
includes practical examples of research
with and about young children and babies, and
encourages the reader to take an interactive approach.
Each chapter contains learning objectives, case studies, research
in focus sections, reflection points, a summary and suggestions for
further reading. The language used throughout is accessible, and a
full glossary of terms is included.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: PARADIGMS AND PRINCIPLES / Positivist Research /
Interpretivism and Post-Structuralism / Ethics / Listening to Young Children
/ PART TWO: APPROACHES TO RESEARCH / Surveys / Ethnography /
Case Studies / Action Research / PART THREE: METHODS / Observation
/ Interviews / Questionnaires / Using Documents and Other Visual 'Texts' /
Journaling as a Research Tool / Creative Methods for Listening to Children in
Research / PART FOUR: CARRYING OUT A RESEARCH PROJECT / Research
Design / Reviewing the Literature / Analyzing and Presenting Data / Writing up

READERSHIP
All students undertaking research in early childhood studies
2009 288 pages
Cloth (978-1-84787-523-5) 74.00
Paper (978-1-84787-524-2) 23.99

READERSHIP
Students and practitioners engaged in research with children and
young people
November 2012 312 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-885-3) 75.00
Paper (978-0-85702-886-0) 24.99

RESEARCH WITH
VULNERABLE CHILDREN
Theory and Practice
michelle O'Reilly, Nisha Dogra
University of Leicester and
Pablo Daniel Ronzoni
Thought-provoking, per tinent and
engaging, this new book provides an
overview of the process of doing research
with children. It is unique in its particular
focus on vulnerable groups of children such as those
with mental-health problems, physical health problems and learning
disabilities, along with young offenders and looked-after children.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: PRELIMINARY ISSUES / Cultural and Diversity Issues / Ethics
in Child Research / Children's Capacity to Make Decisions / PART TWO:
STARTING A RESEARCH PROJECT WITH CHILDREN / Planning to Do
Research with Children / Getting Started in Research with Children /
Children with Specific Characteristics / Recruiting Children and Families:
Communicating with Gatekeepers, Parents and Children / PART THREE:
PRACTICAL ISSUES / Choosing a Method for Your Research / Quantitative
Methods of Data Collection and Analysis / Qualitative Methods of Data
Collection and Analysis / Writing-up and Dissemination

READERSHIP
Students of educational research, as well as academics and professionals
working with, or doing research with, children
February 2013 312 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-0848-9) 70.00
Paper (978-1-4462-0849-6) 23.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

RESEARCH IN
EARLYCHILDHOOD
Andrea Nolan University of Melbourne,
Kym macfarlane and Jennifer
Cartmel both at Griffith University
In this innovative guide to research in
early childhood, the research process is
presented as a journey and this book is
a roadmap for your students. The authors
take students, step-by-step, through the
practical considerations and complexities of
undertaking research with young children featuring the realworld research journeys of two student researchers.
Their authentic stories describe the emotions, challenges and
moments of exhilaration involved in completing a research project,
making the research process more manageable for your students
as they share their experience.
The book gives students guidance on all aspects of the research
process, to ensure nothing gets missed on the way, including
selecting a topic, ethical considerations, collecting and analysing
their data and disseminating their findings.

CONTENTS
Why Become Involved in Research in Early Childhood? / Orientation: 'It's
Like Another Language' / Exploring and Theorizing Perspectives / Beginning
the Research Journey: Determining Your Point of Departure / Knowing What
Has Gone before: Reviewing the Literature / Guiding the Research Journey:
Ethical Considerations / Moving along QUALITATIVE methodological pathways
/ Taking the QUANTITATIVE methodological trail / Drawing the journey to a
close: Dissemination of the findings / The Journey

READERSHIP
Students of Early Childhood and Early Years completing a research project
or writing a thesis or dissertation
October 2012 240 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-253-0) 65.00
Paper (978-0-85702-254-7) 21.99

57

Research Methods

SCHOOL-BASED
RESEARCH

A BEGINNER'S GUIDE TO
DOING YOUR EDUCATION
RESEARCH PROJECT

A guide for Education Students


Second Edition

mike Lambert University


of Wolverhampton

Edited by Elaine wilson


University of Cambridge
Focused on the needs of the new
classroom researcher, and those studying
at masters-level on education degree
courses, School-based Research is a thorough
and thoughtful guide to the research process. This Second Edition
has been updated to provide further coverage on the best ways to
approach, construct and carry out educational research within the
classroom. It contextualizes methodological issues alongside key
ideas that teachers are likely to be concerned with, such as ability
grouping, pupil voice, pupil behaviour, teaching approaches and
pupil motivation. New to this edition:
a new chapter exploring how small-scale research can be
undertaken with younger pupils in order to inform, understand
and develop better classroom practices
coverage of action research is now split across two chapters,
exploring a range of approaches, including guidance on
how to apply mixed methods approaches to schools-based
action research.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: USING EXISTING RESEARCH TO UNDERSTAND AND PLAN
SCHOOL BASED RESEARCH / Becoming a Reflexive Teacher / Refining the
Focus for Research and Formulating a Research Question / Reviewing the
Literature and Writing a Literature Review / Research with Younger Children:
Issues and Approaches / PART TWO: CARRYING OUT AND REPORTING ON
CLASSROOM-BASED RESEARCH / Research Design / Ethics in Educational
Research / Data Collection / Handling Data / Reliability and Validity in
Qualitative Research by Teacher Researchers / Analysing Qualitative Data /
Taking a Quantitative Approach / Analysing Quantitative Data / Writing about
Your Research / PART THREE: METHODOLOGIES / What is Educational
Action Research? / How to do Action Research / The Case Study / Building
Theory from Data: Grounded Theory / PART FOUR: PARADIGMS / Beyond
Positivism: 'Scientific' Research into Education / Interpretivism: Meeting Our
Selves in Research

- Alexander Miesen, student, Amsterdam University of


Applied Sciences
In this basic guide, step-by-step advice is presented in a clear
way and chapters take the reader through the entire process,
from planning and doing research, to writing it up. Each stage is
covered, with detailed help on choosing a topic, drawing up research
questions, doing the literature review, choosing and designing
research methods, the ethics of doing research, analyzing data, and
collating and presenting findings.
Features in the text include:
explanations of key research terms
activities (with answers)
progress sheets
case studies.

CONTENTS
Research: Important or Just Interesting? / Research and You / Education: A
Research-Based Profession? / Why This Book? / Structures and Contents
/ Features / Time to Start / PART ONE: LEARNING ABOUT RESEARCH /
Research, 'Paradigms' and Ethics / The Process of Doing Research / Learning
from Other Research / PART TWO: DOING RESEARCH / Choosing Your
Topic / Research Questions / Literature Review / Choosing Your Methods /
Designing Research Instruments / Validity, Reliability and Ethical Approval /
Carrying Out Your Investigation / PART THREE: ANALYZING AND WRITING
UP / Analyzing Data and Producing Your Findings / Writing Up Your Project

READERSHIP

READERSHIP
Students on education degree programmes featuring a research methods
component, including PGCE, MEd and professional development courses

December 2012 376 pages


Cloth (978-1-4462-4748-8) 65.00
Paper (978-1-4462-4749-5) 20.99

Undergraduate students undertaking their first ever research project,


postgraduates pursuing masters awards and teachers and others in education
carrying out action research

September 2012 248 pages


Cloth (978-0-85702-980-5) 60.00
Paper (978-0-85702-981-2) 18.99

DOING YOUR EARLY YEARS


RESEARCH PROJECT
A Step by Step guide

increased material on using, presenting and


analysing data, including using software
more reflective and detailed study aids
including case studies, surveys, questions
and activities.

Second Edition

CONTENTS

guy Roberts-Holmes University of London


This new edition of a much-loved book guides you through your early
years research project from start to finish and draws on the work of
early years practitioners to illustrate concepts and methods, bringing
the entire process to life.
Packed with research summaries, key points, checklists and discussion
topics, the author shows you how to organise and structure your
project, write a literature review, interpret findings and present/write
up your project.
This edition has been fully updated and revised to include up-to-date
references, a focus on 'reflective practice', and coverage of the Early
Years Foundation Stage, as well as:
coverage of action research, including examples

58

Mike Lambert's book is a useful source


of information, helping to create and
shape your research methods project.
The book contains detailed chapters
with easy to follow guidelines, tips and
suggestions ensuring help at every step of the way from
start to finish

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

You Can Do Research! /Your Research Story,


Methodology and Research Questions / Ethical
Issues in Early Childhood Research / Designing
Your Research / Organising and Writing Up your
Research Project / Observation: Looking and
Listening / Creative Listening to Young Children /
Interviewing Children and Adults / Writing and Using
Questionnaires / Analysing Your Data

READERSHIP
Students on early childhood studies courses, those working towards Early Years
Professional Status (EYPS), teacher education, nursing and social science; also
early years practitioners required to carry out small-scale research
2011 232 pages
Cloth (978-1-84920-519-1) 67.00
Paper (978-1-84920-520-7) 23.99

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Research Methods

DOING YOUR EDUCATION


RESEARCHPROJECT
Second Edition
Neil Burton Association for the Study of Primary
Education (ASPE), mark Brundrett and marion Jones
both at Liverpool John Moores University, UK
If you are a trainee teacher or experienced practitioner new to
research, or are simply wondering how to get started on your
education research project, this practical book will be your guide. The
authors offer simple steps to ensure that you ask the key questions
in the most effective way possible. The book guides you through the
entire research process: from clarifying the context and conceptual
background, to presenting and analysing the evidence gathered.
Supported by examples, checklists and diagrams, this fully revised
and updated edition includes a wealth of information on:
research design
evidence gathering techniques
practitioner research
ethics
data analysis techniques.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: THINK BEFORE YOU DO / The Place of Research Within
the Classroom and School / Analysing the Context in Order to Ask the
Right Questions / Reviewing Existing Theories and Findings / PART TWO:
GATHERING EVIDENCE: WHAT EVIDENCE, WHO FROM, AND HOW TO
COLLECT IT / Models of Research / Identifying Sources / Documentation:
Examining Existing Evidence / Observing: Individuals, Groups and
Environments / Direct Questioning: Surveys and Questionnaires / A Cyclical
Model of Research: Action Research / PART THREE: MAKING SENSE OF THE
OUTCOMES / Collating and Reporting Qualitative Evidence / Collating and
Presenting Quantitative Evidence / Qualitative Data Analysis / Quantitative
Data Analysis / Drawing Conclusions and Making Recommendations /
Developing Academic Skills

READERSHIP
Anyone embarking on a research or a professional or school development
project, whatever stage they are at within the teaching community, from
training for QTS, higher degree, or in need of evidence-backed decisions for
the strategic development of their school

CLASSROOM-BASED
RESEARCH AND
EVIDENCE-BASED
PRACTICE
An Introduction
Second Edition
Keith Taber University of Cambridge
This refreshing Second Edition offers a helpful
overview of educational research for those training to be teachers,
or setting out on classroom-based research projects. Drawing
on a variety of relevant examples, the book demonstrates each
stage of the research process - including formulating research
questions, selecting data collection techniques and deciding on
approaches to data analysis - and usefully integrates each stage.
The new edition includes:
expanded treatment of data analysis to help students select
which research method to use and how to understand the data
they collect
a new chapter on ethics, ensuring students understand
the implications of classroom-based research and carry out
research ethically
discussion of research carried out by trainee teachers using reallife study examples.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: LEARNING ABOUT EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH / The
Professional Teacher and Educational Research / What Is This Thing Called
Educational Research? / How Do Educational Researchers Think about
Their Research? / What Strategies Do Educational Researchers Use? / How
Can Teachers Research Their Own Classrooms? / PART TWO: LEARNING
FROM EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH / Teachers Evaluating Research Quality
/ Teachers Evaluating Research Relevance / PART THREE: LEARNING
THROUGH EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH / Teachers Planning Research /
Teachers Prioritizing the Ethical Imperative in Classroom Research /
Teachers Collecting Evidence through Research / Teachers Interrogating
the Evidence from Classroom Studies / Teachers Making the Case through
Reporting Research

November 2013 256 pages

READERSHIP

Cloth (978-1-4462-6676-2) 70.00


Paper (978-1-4462-6677-9) 23.99

Students, researchers, teachers and trainee teachers interested in doing


research in the classroom
May 2013 208 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-0921-9) 75.00
Paper (978-1-4462-0922-6) 25.99

CASE STUDY RESEARCH


International Student Edition
Design and methods
Fifth Edition
Robert K Yin COSMOS Corporation
Providing a complete portal to the world of case study research, the Fifth Edition of Robert K. Yin's bestselling text Case Study Research offers
comprehensive coverage of the design and use of the case study method as a valid research tool. The book's coverage of case study research and
how it is applied in practice gives readers access to exemplary case studies drawn from a wide variety of academic and applied fields.

CONTENTS
Getting Started: How to Know Whether and When to Use the Case Study as a Research Method / Designing Case Studies: Identifying Your Case(s) and Establishing
the Logic of Your Case Study / Preparing to Collect Case Study Evidence: What You Need to Do before Starting to Collect Case Study Data / Collecting Case Study
Evidence: The Principles You Should Follow in Working with Six Sources of Evidence /. Analyzing Case Study Evidence: How to Start Your Analysis, Your Analytic
Choices, and How They Work / Reporting Case Studies: How and What to Compose / Appendix A: A Note on the Uses of Case Study Research in Psychology / Appendix
B: A Note on the Uses of Case Study Research in Evaluations / Appendix C: Index of Individual Case Studies (cited in BOXES or from Expanded Case Study Materials)
May 2013 240 pages
Paper (978-1-4522-7724-0) 34.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

59

BERA / SAGE Research Methods in Education

QUALITATIVE RESEARCH
IN EDUCATION

USING CASE STUDY IN


EDUCATION RESEARCH

Liz Atkins University of


Huddersfield and Susan wallace
Nottingham Trent University

Lorna Hamilton University of Edinburgh


and Connie Corbett-whittier
Friends University, Topeka, Kansas

This accessible and practical book is


a perfect quick guide for postgraduate
researchers in education. Looking at
the interdependence of teaching and
research, the authors show that a critical
and analytical exploration of policies and
practices is a necessary part of what we mean
by being a 'professional' in education.
Drawing on the authors' substantial experience of teaching research
skills at postgraduate level, as well as on their own experiences as
active researchers, the book will guide you through:
discourse analysis
visual methods
textual research
data collection and analysis.

This book provides an accessible


introduction to using case studies. It
makes sense of literature in this area
showing, how to generate collaborations
and communicate findings.
The authors bring together the practical and the
theoretical, enabling readers to build expertise on the principles and
practice of case study research, as well as engaging with possible
theoretical frameworks. They also highlight the place of case study
as a key component of educational research.
With the help of this book, Master's-Level students, teacher
educators and practitioner researchers will gain the confidence
and skills needed to design and conduct a high-quality case study.

CONTENTS
Research in Education / Ethical Research in Education / Insider Research /
Writing a Literature Review / Interviewing in Education Research / Case Study
/ Action Research / Ethnographic Research / Discourse Analysis and Policy
Analysis / Text and Image in Qualitative Research / Analysing and Reporting
Qualitative Data / Disseminating Your Research

READERSHIP

PART ONE: THE CASE STUDY APPROACH TO EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH /


Defining Case Study in Education Research / Ideas as the Foundation for Case
Study / PART TWO: CHOOSING THE CASE STUDY ROUTE / Key Purposes
/ Key Decisions / Ethics and Issues / PART THREE: DOING A CASE STUDY
/ Carrying out Your Study / A Practitioner Perspective / Approaches to Data
Analysis / Using Technology to Manage and Analyze Your Data / PART FOUR:
DISSEMINATING AND DEFENDING CASE STUDY APPROACH / Finding
Your Voice / Quality and Communication / PART FIVE: COMMUNITY AND
NETWORKING / Collaboration / Community-Building

READERSHIP

Postgraduate researchers in education


BERA/SAgE RESEARCH mETHODS IN EDUCATION
July 2012 272 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-0806-9) 65.00
Paper (978-1-4462-0807-6) 21.99

ETHNOGRAPHY
INEDUCATION

M a s te r 's - L eve l s t u d e n t s , te a c h e r e d u c a to r s a n d e m e r g i n g
practitioner researchers
BERA/SAgE RESEARCH mETHODS IN EDUCATION
November 2012 240 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-0816-8) 60.00
Paper (978-1-4462-0817-5) 19.99

ACTION RESEARCH
INEDUCATION

David mills University of Oxford and


missy morton University of Canterbury
Ethnography in Education is an
accessible guidebook to the different
approaches taken by ethnographers
studying education. Drawing on their own
experience of teaching and using these
methods, the authors help you cultivate
an 'ethnographic imagination' in your own
research and writing.
With extended examples of ethnographic analysis, the
book introduces:
ethnographic 'classics'
the best existing textbooks
debates about new approaches and innovations.

CONTENTS
Introduction: Schooling the Imagination / Reading Ethnography, Writing
Ethnography / Ethnography by Design, Ethnography by Accident / Into the
Field? Relationships, Reciprocities and Responsibilities / Being, Seeing or
Writing? The Role of Fieldnotes / New Times, New Ethnographies / What Do
I Do Now? Making Ethnographic Meaning / The Last Goodbye? Leaving the
Field / Writing Again: Communicating Ethnographic Insights / Ethnography
for Everyday / Conclusion: Unlearning and Re-Learning

mary mcAteer Edge Hill University


This hands-on and user-friendly book uses
illustrative case studies to demonstrate
and explore the potential for change in
real social situations. At a time when the
term 'action research' is widely misused,
and often reduced to a form of low-level
evaluation of imposed educational initiatives,
this book seeks to assert the academic integrity
of action research, and to de-mystify the process.
Each chapter includes:
a 'how to' section based on concrete examples and dilemmas
commentary that relates examples to the broader field
a discussion of the underlying theoretical approach
quality issues
discussion of both ethical and pragmatic decision-making.

CONTENTS

Postgraduate students in education and related disciplines

Getting to Know Action Research / What Is This Thing Called Action Research?
/ Getting to Grips with Perspectives and Models / Doing Action Research /
Getting Started on an Action Research Project / Collecting, Collating and
Conversing with Data / Dealing with the Literature / Using Data: Making Sense
and Making Claims / Writing up an Action Research Project / Sharing Action
Research / Conclusion: Sharing and Promoting Action Research

BERA/SAgE RESEARCH mETHODS IN EDUCATION

READERSHIP

READERSHIP

March 2013 192 pages


Cloth (978-1-4462-0326-2) 60.00
Paper (978-1-4462-0327-9) 19.99

60

CONTENTS

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

Master's-Level students in education


BERA/SAgE RESEARCH mETHODS IN EDUCATION
March 2013 184 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-4105-9) 60.00
Paper (978-1-4462-4106-6) 19.99

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Research Methods

ACTION RESEARCH
INEDUCATION
Learning Through
Practitioner Enquiry
Second Edition
Vivienne Baumfield Glasgow University,
Elaine Hall and Kate wall both at
University of Newcastle upon Tyne
Action Research in Education is an
essential guide for any lecturer, teacher or studentteacher interested in doing research.
This exciting new edition of a popular text is an important resource
for any education professional interested in investigating learning
and teaching. Building on the success of Action Research in the
Classroom, the authors have revised, updated and extended this
book to include examples from further and higher education.
It maps out easy-to-follow steps for usefully applying an action
research approach and is full of practical tips and examples of reallife practitioner research projects from a range of schools, colleges
and universities.
This book will help teachers to:
understand and apply practitioner inquiry
enhance their problem-solving skills
locate their own activity in a wider context
maximize opportunities to develop practice
evaluate the needs of their learners.
Clear, pragmatic and timely, this is a must-have text for all teachers
and students of education.

CONTENTS
Introducing Practitioner Enquiry / Ways of Being a Practitioner Enquirer:
Beliefs, Ethics and Practice / How to Do a Practitioner Enquiry: Finding
and Refining a Question / How to Do a Practitioner Enquiry: Deciding on
an Approach and Complementary Methods / Taking Account of Learner
Perspectives in Your Enquiry / Exploring Your Own and Your Colleagues'
Professional Knowledge / Engaging with the Views of Families and the Wider
Community / Making Sense of It, Making Connections and Bringing It Together
/ Sharing Your Findings, Finding New Questions

READERSHIP
Education students and practising teachers
December 2012 184 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-0719-2) 70.00
Paper (978-1-4462-0720-8) 23.99

DOING ACTION
RESEARCH IN YOUR
OWN ORGANIZATION
Third Edition
David Coghlan Trinity College,
Dublin, Ireland and Teresa Brannick
University College Dublin
Revised and updated, this Third Edition
contains an expanded discussion on the
politics and ethics of insider action research; an
expanded chapter on writing an action research dissertation; and
more case examples and reflective exercises taken from a wide
variety of organizational settings.
2009 184 pages
Cloth (978-1-8486-0215-1) 77.00
Paper (978-1-8486-0216-8) 24.99

A STUDENT'S GUIDE
TOMETHODOLOGY
Third Edition
Peter Clough Liverpool Hope
University and Cathy Nutbrown
University of Sheffield
The Third Edition of this hugely
popular text provides students with
straightforward principles and frameworks
for understanding methodology. Peter Clough
and Cathy Nutbrown are adept at making methodology
meaningful for beginners and more advanced readers alike. Their
book clearly demonstrates how methodology impacts upon every
stage of the research process giving, readers all the tools needed
to understand it.
New to this latest edition are the following:
new boxes and guidance on research ethics in every chapter
more international examples and perspectives
up-to-date coverage of online research methods
more examples from real students
a new companion Website, featuring PowerPoint slides
for lecturers.

CONTENTS

Fourth Edition

PART ONE: RESEARCH IS METHODOLOGY / What Is Research? / What Is


Methodology? / PART TWO: THE PERVASIVE NATURE OF METHODOLOGY
/ Looking: Seeing beyond the Known / Listening: Issues of Voice / Reading:
Purpose and Positionality / Questioning: The Focus of Research / PART
THREE: MAKING RESEARCH PUBLIC / Research Design: Shaping the Study
/ Reporting Research: Telling the Story / Research Action: Next Steps

Craig A mertler Lynn University

READERSHIP

ACTION RESEARCH
Improving Schools and Empowering Educators

Action Research introduces practicing educators to the process of


conducting classroom-based action research. The books practicality
stems from its focus on research methods and procedures that
educators can use with their everyday instructional practices,
classroom activities, and school procedures.

Students doing a dissertation or taking a research methods module in


education, the social sciences, business and health
February 2012 288 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-0861-8) 75.00
Paper (978-1-4462-0862-5) 24.99

December 2013 288 pages


Paper (978-1-4522-4442-6) 29.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

61

Research Methods

HUMANIZING RESEARCH

THE CODING MANUAL


FOR QUALITATIVE
RESEARCHERS

Decolonizing Qualitative Inquiry


with Youth and Communities
Edited by Django Paris Michigan
State University and maisha T winn
The University of Wisconsin-Madison

Second Edition

Diversity is inevitable in researching


minority, indigenous and marginalized
populations. In this collection, the editors
have selected essays written by top scholars
in education on humanizing approaches
to qualitative and ethnographic inquiry with youth and
their communities. Vignettes, portraits, narratives, personal and
collaborative explorations, photographs and additional data excerpts
bring the findings to life for a better understanding of how to use
research for positive social change.

CONTENTS
Trust, Feeling, and Change: What We Learn, What We Share, What We Do
/ Too Close to the Work/There is Nothing Right Now / The Space Between:
Listening and Story-ing as Foundations for Projects in Humanization
(PiH) / Conducting Humanizing Research with LGBTQQ Youth through
Dialogic Communication, Consciousness Raising, and Action / Navigating
Institutions and Communities as Participatory Activist Researchers: Tensions,
Possibilities, and Transformations / Humanizing Research in Dehumanizing
Spaces: The Challenges of Conducting Participatory Action Research with
Youth in Schools / Activist Ethnography with Indigenous Youth--Lessons
from Humanizing Research on Language and Education / Critical Media
Ethnography: Youth Media Research / The Complex Nature of Power,
Relationships, and Responsibilities / La Carta de Responsabilidad: The
Problem of Exiting the Field / Critical A Double-Dutch Methodology: A Kinetic
Approach to Qualitative Educational Research / Revisiting the Keres Study:
Learning from the Past to Engage Indigenous Youth, Elders and Teachers
in Intergenerational Collaborative Research and Praxis / Revisiting Old
Conversations toward New Approaches in Humanizing Research / Chapter 10:
The Ethnographic Method in Educational Research: Why I Study Culture, and
Why It Matters / Critical for Whom?: Theoretical and Methodological Dilemmas
in Critical Approaches to Language Research / R-words: Refusing Research
April 2013 288 pages
Paper (978-1-4522-2539-5) 38.99

Johnny Saldaa Arizona


State University
The Second Edition of Johnny Saldaa's
international bestseller provides an in-depth
guide to the multiple approaches available for
coding qualitative data.
Fully up to date, it includes new chapters, more coding techniques
and an additional glossary. Clear, practical and authoritative,
the book:
describes how coding initiates qualitative data analysis
demonstrates the writing of analytic memos
discusses available analytic software
suggests how best to use The Coding Manual for Qualitative
Researchers for particular studies.

CONTENTS
An Introduction to Codes and Coding / Purposes of the Manual / What Is a
Code? / Codifying and Categorizing / What Gets Coded? / The Mechanics
of Coding / The Numbers of Codes / Manual and CAQDAS Coding / Solo
and Team Coding / Necessary Personal Attributes for Coding / On Method /
Writing Analytic Memos / The Purposes of Analytic Memo Writing / What Is
an Analytic Memo? / Examples of Analytic Memos / Coding and Categorizing
Analytic Memos / Grounded Theory and its Coding Canon / Analytic Memos
on Visual Data / First Cycle Coding Methods / The Coding Cycles / Selecting
the Appropriate Coding Method(s) / Overview of First Cycle Coding Methods
/ The Coding Methods Profiles / Grammatical Methods / Elemental Methods
/ Affective Methods / Literary and Language Methods / Exploratory Methods
/ Forms for Additional First Cycle Coding Methods / Themeing the Data /
Procedural Methods / After First-Cycle Coding / Post-coding Transitions
/ Eclectic Coding / Code Mapping and Landscaping / Operational Model
Diagramming / Additional Transition Methods / Transitioning to Second Cycle
Coding Methods / Second Cycle Coding Methods / The Goals of Second
Cycle Methods / Overview of Second Cycle Coding Methods / Second Cycle
Coding Methods / Forms for Additional Second Cycle Coding Methods / After
Second Cycle Coding / Post-Coding and Pre-Writing Transitions / Focusing
Strategies / From Coding to Theorizing / Formatting Matters / Writing About
Coding / Ordering and Reordering / Assistance from Others / Closure

READERSHIP

DESIGNING QUALITATIVE
RESEARCH

Students, teachers and practitioners in education, sociology, communication,


anthropology, psychology, business, political science, social work and
health care
October 2012 328 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-4736-5) 75.00
Paper (978-1-4462-4737-2) 25.99

Fifth Edition
Catherine marshall University of
North Carolina, Chapel Hill and
gretchen B Rossman University
of Massachusetts Amherst
This popular text provides useful and
pragmatic guidance for developing
and successfully defending proposals for
qualitative inquiry. The Fifth Edition addresses the
advances and challenges presented by developments and new
applications while providing clear and direct guidance.

CONSTRUCTING GROUNDED THEORY


Second Edition
Kathy Charmaz Sonoma State University
This Second Edition of Kathy Charmaz's groundbreaking and
bestselling text retains the accessible and engaging style of the first
edition to present for readers a benchmark introduction to doing
grounded theory from a constructivist perspective.
This book is a must-have for any student or researcher serious about
understanding and doing grounded theory research.

2010 344 pages


Paper (978-1-4129-7044-0) 39.99

INTRODUCINg QUALITATIVE mETHODS SERIES


November 2013 224 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-913-3) 75.00
Paper (978-0-85702-914-0) 24.99

62

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Research Methods

An Introduction

QUALITATIVE RESEARCH
IN EDUCATION

Second Edition

A User's guide

R michael Furr Wake Forest


University and Verne R Bacharach
Appalachian State University

Third Edition

This Second Edition has been thoroughly


revised to improve the clarity and
accessibility of key concepts and to
increase the depth of discussions. Many
new tables and figures have been added and the
references have been significantly updated and expanded. An
entirely new chapter on confirmatory factor analysis has also been
added to this edition. This new chapter focuses on the use of CFA
to evaluate measurement models, including in-depth discussion of
the logic and interpretation of the process.
Key features of this volume:
presents information in a clear, easy-to-read, conversational
style: the authors introduce concepts in a way that is accessible
to non-professionals without sacrificing the academic integrity
of the material
highlights practical applications: intended to enhance readers'
appreciation of the importance of psychometrics, the book
provides examples that will resonate with students
offers an up-to-date treatment of topics in psychometrics:
the book offers readers the most contemporary views
of topics in psychometrics available in the non-technical
psychometric literature.

Qualitative Research in Education is


a core textbook for graduate courses in
educational research. As with previous
editions, the Third Edition provides readers
with a blend of practical and theoretical information.
The use of real-world examples and illustrations helps users grasp
abstract ideas and apply them to their research.
New to the Third Edition:
a new chapter on the use of social media for data collection,
analysis, retrieval and collaboration expands students'
thinking about the relationship between social media and
qualitative research
the chapter on data analysis has been expanded to include an
emphasis on thematic analysis and narrative approaches
did you know? sections have been updated to reflect
current research
updated references in each chapter target the most recent key
writing and examples.

PSYCHOMETRICS

April 2013 496 pages


Cloth (978-1-4522-5680-1) 76.00

QUALITATIVE
RESEARCHING

marilyn Lichtman Virginia Tech

CONTENTS
Traditions and Influences / Introduction and Overview of the Field / Learning
How to Be a Qualitative Researcher / Ethical Issues in Qualitative Research
/ Designing Your Research: Five Popular Research Approaches / Designing
Your Research: Additional Research Approaches / Gathering, Organizing,
and Analyzing / Social Media, the Internet, and Technology / Embarking on
Qualitative Research / Reflexivity and Subjectivity / . The Role and Function of
a Literature Review / Learning About Others Through Interviewing / Learning
About Others Through Observations and Other Techniques / Putting It All
Together / Making Meaning From Your Data / Communicating Your Ideas /
Judging and Evaluating / Thinking About the Future
March 2012 368 pages
Paper (978-1-4129-9532-0) 31.99

Second Edition
Jennifer mason University
of Manchester
Bridging the gap between 'cookbook'
approaches to qualitative research and
theory, this edition includes expanded
coverage of observation, documents,
visual data, CAQDAS and writing up
qualitative research.
2002 224 pages
Cloth (978-0-7619-7427-7) 83.00
Paper (978-0-7619-7428-4) 26.99

QUANTITATIVE RESEARCH
FOR THE QUALITATIVE
RESEARCHER
Laura O'Dwyer Boston College,
USA and James A Bernauer
Robert Morris University

QUALITATIVE
RESEARCH PRACTICE

Q u a n t i t a t i ve R e s e a r c h f o r t h e
Q ualit at ive Researcher provides
students with a conceptual and practical
understanding of quantitative methodology
for behavioral research so that they will be better prepared
both cognitively and attitudinally. The text explains the fundamental
structure and purposes of design, measurement, and statistics
within the framework of a research report (including a dissertation).
The book is designed for students who struggle with or are not
predisposed to mathematical or scientific thinking.

A guide for Social Science


Students and Researchers

November 2013 136 pages


Paper (978-1-4129-9779-9) 18.99

Edited by Jane Ritchie and Jane


Lewis both at National Centre
for Social Research, London
In this excellent introduction to the
theoretical, methodological and practical
issues of qualitative research, the authors deal
with issues at all stages in a very direct, clear, systematic
and practical manner and thus make the processes involved in
qualitative research more transparent.
2003 336 pages
Cloth (978-0-7619-7109-2) 75.00
Paper (978-0-7619-7110-8) 27.99

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

63

Research Methods

QUALITATIVE INQUIRY
AND RESEARCH DESIGN

DISCOVERING STATISTICS
USING IBM SPSS
STATISTICS

Choosing Among
Five Approaches

Fourth Edition

Third Edition

Andy Field University of Sussex

John w Creswell University


of Nebraska, Lincoln
In this Third Edition of his bestselling text,
John W Creswell explores the philosophical
underpinnings, history and key elements of each of
five qualitative inquiry traditions: narrative research; phenomenology;
grounded theory; ethnography; and case study. In his signature
accessible writing style, the author relates research designs to each
of the traditions of inquiry. He compares theoretical frameworks,
ways to employ standards of quality and strategies for writing
introductions to studies, collecting data, analyzing data, writing a
narrative and verifying results.

CONTENTS
Philosophical Assumptions and Interpretive Frameworks / Designing a
Qualitative Study / Five Qualitative Approaches to Inquiry / Five Different
Qualitative Studies / Introducing and Focusing the Study / Data Collection /
Data Analysis and Representation / Writing a Qualitative Study / Standards
of Validation and Reliability in Qualitative Research / "Turning the Story"
and Conclusion / Appendix A. An Annotated Glossary of Terms / Appendix
B. A Narrative Research Study / Appendix C. A Phenomenological Study
/ Appendix D. A Grounded Theory Study / Appendix E. An Ethnography /
Appendix F. A Case Study

READERSHIP
Advanced undergraduate and graduate students taking courses in
introductory qualitative research methods across the social, behavioural
and health sciences
May 2012 472 pages
Cloth (978-1-4129-9531-3) 62.00
Paper (978-1-4129-9530-6) 39.99

Andy Field's bestselling Discovering


Statistics Using SPSS Fourth Edition,
already an immensely comprehensive
textbook - taking students from first principles
to advanced statistical concepts, and all the while
grounding knowledge through the use of SPSS - now focuses on
providing essential updates, better accessibility to its key features,
more instructor resources and broader reach to new student
groups - with powerful new digital developments on the textbook's
companion Website.

March 2013 912 pages


Cloth (978-1-4462-4917-8) 110.00
Paper (978-1-4462-4918-5) 41.99
Print and Electronic Bundle (978-1-4462-6391-4) 46.99

STATISTICS FOR PEOPLE


WHO (THINK THEY)
HATESTATISTICS
Fourth Edition
Neil J Salkind University of Kansas
The bestseller continues to help
instructors teach an often intimidating and
difficult subject in a way that is informative,
personable and clear.

RESEARCH DESIGN

2010 472 pages


Paper (978-1-4129-7959-7) 45.99

Creating Robust Approaches for


the Social Sciences
Stephen gorard University of York
This new book: discusses the nature of
design; gives an introduction to design
notation; offers a flexible approach to
new designs; looks at a range of standard
design models; and presents craft tips
for real-life problems and compromises.
Most importantly, it provides the rationale
for preferring one design over another within any given
context. Each section is illustrated with case studies of real work
and concludes with suggested readings and topics for discussion
in seminars and workshops, making it an ideal textbook for
postgraduate research methods courses.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: INTRODUCTION: 'DESIGN' AS DISTINCT FROM METHODS /
What Is Research Design? / Introducing Designs in the Cycle of Research
/ PART TWO: THE PRELIMINARIES OF RESEARCH DESIGN / Identifying
Researchable Questions / Warranting Research Claims / The Nature of Causal
Claims / PART THREE: PUTTING IT ALL TOGETHER / Identifying the Sample
or Cases / Allocating Cases to Sub-Groups / Matters of Timing and Sequence
/ Experimental Designs / PART FOUR: MORE ADVANCED CONSIDERATIONS
/ A Range of Further Designs / Issues of Validity / How Big Is a Difference? /
Second Principle of Ethics / PART FIVE: CONCLUSION / Developing a First
Proposal / Conclusion: Summary of Need for Design

DEVELOPING EFFECTIVE
RESEARCH PROPOSALS
Second Edition
Keith F Punch University
of Western Australia
This indispensable guide includes:
expanded sections covering research
strategy, research planning and academic
writing; examples of successful research
proposals from across the social science
disciplines; and a more comprehensive discussion
of ethics.
2006 176 pages
Cloth (978-1-4129-2125-1) 74.00
Paper (978-1-4129-2126-8) 24.99

READERSHIP
Postgraduate researchers and academics
February 2013 240 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-4901-7) 75.00
Paper (978-1-4462-4902-4) 24.99

64

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Reference

SAGE HANDBOOK OF
MIXED METHODS IN
SOCIAL & BEHAVIORAL
RESEARCH
Second Edition
Abbas Tashakkori University of
North Texas, USA, Charles Teddlie
Louisiana State University, USA
Surveying the differing viewpoints and disciplinary
approaches to using mixed methods, this volume helps the reader
explore the answers to a wide range of key questions in the field.
2010 912 pages
Cloth (978-1-4129-7266-6) 95.00

THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF


ACTION RESEARCH
Participative Inquiry and Practice
Second Edition
Edited by Peter Reason University
of Bath and Hilary Bradbury Oregon
Health & Science University
Building on the strength of the seminal first
edition, The SAgE Handbook of Action
Research has been completely updated to bring
chapters in line with the latest research approaches in this field of
social inquiry.
Cloth 2007 / Paper March 2013 752 pages
Cloth (978-1-4129-2029-2) 95.00
Paper (978-1-4462-7114-8) 39.99

THE SAGE HANDBOOK


OF EDUCATION ACTION
RESEARCH
Edited by Susan E Noffke University
of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA
and Bridget Somekh Manchester
Metropolitan University
Action research continues to play a
major role in democratizing educational
inquiry. This volume demonstrates why this
is the case. It provides a set of articulate and sensitive
analyses that deserve a wide readership
Michael W Apple, University of Wisconsi and
Institute of Education, University of London
This handbook presents and critiques predominant and emergent
traditions of educational action research internationally. Now a
prominent methodology, educational action research is well suited
to exploring, developing and sustaining change processes both in
classrooms and whole organizations such as schools, departments
of education and many segments of universities.
Cloth 2009 / Paper March 2013 568 pages
Cloth (978-1-4129-4708-4) 110.00
Paper (978-1-4462-7054-7) 29.99

SAGE HANDBOOK OF
DIGITAL DISSERTATIONS
AND THESES
Edited by Richard Andrews Institute
of Education University of London, Erik
Borg Coventry University, Stephen
Boyd Davis Royal College of Art,
myrrh Domingo New York University
and Jude England British Library
This handbook sets out the processes and
products of 'digital' research. It is a theoretical and practical
guide on how to undertake and navigate advanced research in the
arts, humanities and social sciences.
Topics covered include:
how to make research more accessible
the use of search engines and other sources to determine the
scope of work
research training for students
what will theses, dissertations and research reports look like in
10 years time?
the storing and archiving of such research
ethics and methodologies in the field
intercultural issues.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: INSTITUTIONAL PERSPECTIVES / PART TWO: STUDENT
PERSPECTIVES / PART THREE: ETHICAL AND INTERCULTURAL ISSUES
/ PART FOUR: MULTIMODALITY,INCLUDING THE REPRESENTATION
AND PRESENTATION OF THESES AND DISSERTATIONS / PART FIVE:
ARCHIVING, STORAGE AND ACCESSIBILITY IN THE DIGITAL AGE / PART
SIX: RESEARCH METHODS

READERSHIP
Researchers, supervisors and administrators; and library collections
June 2012 548 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-739-9) 95.00
E-ISBN (978-1-4462-0103-9)

THE SAGE HANDBOOK


OF EARLY CHILDHOOD
LITERACY
Second Edition
Edited by Joanne Larson University
of Rochester, New York and Jackie
marsh University of Sheffield
This new edition of the much-loved The
SAgE Handbook of Early Childhood
Literacy has been revised and updated to retain
its cutting-edge focus on emergent and important areas of
research. This comprehensive and groundbreaking work guides
the reader through current social, cultural and historical analysis
on a global scale.
The new edition contains a greater range of methodologies, and
includes chapters on:
space and literacy
disabilities and early childhood literacy
digital literacies
indigenous literacy
play and literacy
policy.

READERSHIP
BA QTS students; MEd in Literacy students; PhD students; undergraduate,
postgraduate and CPD students; researchers and literacy-centre personnel;
anyone involved in early years education and teaching reading and writing
November 2012 704 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-924-9) 95.00
E-ISBN (978-1-4462-4751-8)

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

65

Reference

DEBATING ISSUES IN AMERICAN EDUCATION


A SAGE Reference Set
Edited by Charles J Russo University of Dayton
This issues-based reference set on education in the United States, from the editor of Encyclopedia of Law and Higher Education and
Encyclopedia of Education Law, tackles broad, contentious topics that have prompted debate and discussion within the education
community. The volumes focus on pre-school through secondary education and explores prominent and perennially important debates.
This set is an essential reference resource for undergraduate students within schools of education and related fields including educational
administration, educational psychology, school psychology, human development and more.
November 2012 3096 pages
Cloth (978-1-4129-8978-7) 550.00
Special Introductory Offer: 450.00

TECHNOLOGY IN SCHOOLS

CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION

Edited by Kevin P Brady North Carolina State University

Edited by A Jonathan Eakle The Johns Hopkins University

October 2012 352 pages


Cloth (978-1-4129-8759-2) 55.00
E-ISBN (978-1-4522-1837-3)

DEBATINg ISSUES IN AmERICAN EDUCATION: A SAgE REFERENCE SET


October 2012 376 pages
Cloth (978-1-4129-8808-7) 55.00
E-ISBN (978-1-4522-1846-5)

SCHOOL DISCIPLINE AND SAFETY


Edited by Suzanne E Eckes Indiana University, Bloomington
and Charles J Russo University of Dayton
October 2012 392 pages
Cloth (978-1-4129-8756-1) 55.00
E-ISBN (978-1-4522-1865-6)

Edited by Richard C Hunter Bahrain Teachers College,


University of Bahrain, Kingdom of Bahrain, Frank Brown
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and Saran
Donahoo Southern Illinois University Carbondale
October 2012 392 pages
Cloth (978-1-4129-8765-3) 55.00
E-ISBN (978-1-4522-1834-2)

SCHOOL LAW
Edited by Charles J Russo University of Dayton
October 2012 384 pages
Cloth (978-1-4129-8758-5) 55.00
E-ISBN (978-1-4522-1835-9)

SCHOOL FINANCE

STANDARDS AND ACCOUNTABILITY


IN SCHOOLS
Edited by Thomas J Lasley, II University of Dayton, USA
October 2012 408 pages
Cloth (978-1-4129-8766-0) 55.00

Edited by william E Thro University of Kentucky


October 2012 432 pages
Cloth (978-1-4129-8757-8) 55.00
E-ISBN (978-1-4522-1866-3)

ALTERNATIVE SCHOOLING
AND SCHOOL CHOICE

DIVERSITY IN SCHOOLS
Edited by Frank Brown University of North Carolina at
Chapel Hill, Richard C Hunter Bahrain Teachers College,
University of Bahrain, Kingdom of Bahrain and Saran
Donahoo Southern Illinois University Carbondale
October 2012 400 pages
Cloth (978-1-4129-8764-6) 55.00
E-ISBN (978-1-4522-1849-6)

ORDER TODAY

Edited by Charles J Russo University of Dayton


October 2012 432 pages
Cloth (978-1-4129-8775-2) 55.00
E-ISBN (978-1-4522-1863-2)

SCHOOL GOVERNANCE

66

RELIGION IN SCHOOLS

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

Edited by Allan g Osborne, Jr Principal (Retired), Snug Harbor


Community School, Quincy, Massachusetts, Charles J Russo
University of Dayton and gerald m Cattaro Fordham University
October 2012 400 pages
Cloth (978-1-4129-8795-0) 55.00
E-ISBN (978-1-4522-1832-8)

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Reference

ENCYCLOPEDIA OF SCHOOL HEALTH


Edited by David C wiley Texas State University, San
Marcos and Amy C Cory Valparaiso University
Children spend more time at school than anywhere else except
home; thus, schools can have a major effect on children's health by
providing a healthy physical environment, serving meals and snacks
built around sound nutritional guidelines, and teaching about health,
as well as modelling and promoting healthy behaviours. School
health-services programmes involve not only school nurses and
focus not only on nursing practice, standards and performance
issues, they also include services and classes to teach students
the information and skills they need to become health-literate, to
maintain and improve their health, to prevent disease and to reduce
risky behaviours impacting health.
The Encyclopedia of School Health offers quick access to health
and wellness information most relevant to children in America's K-12
school setting. Valuable guidance is provided on: developmental
stages; acute and chronic illnesses; special education; nutrition;
crisis response; prevention; and more.
November 2013 952 pages
Cloth (978-1-4129-9600-6) 80.00
E-ISBN (978-1-4522-7625-0)

HANDBOOK OF
COLLEGE AND
UNIVERSITY TEACHING
A global Perspective
Edited by James E groccia Auburn
University, USA, mohammed A T
Alsudairi King Saud University and
william Buskist Auburn University, USA
Using a unique global view, this
comprehensive volume presents international
perspectives on critical issues impacting teaching and learning in
diverse higher-education environments. The need to understand
learning and teaching from multiple-cultural perspectives has
become critically important in educating the next generation of
college students. Education experts from around the world share
their perspectives on college and university teaching, illuminating
international differences and similarities. The chapters are organized
around a model developed by James E Groccia, which focuses on
seven interrelated variables that must be explored to develop a full
perspective of college and university teaching and learning.
March 2012 560 pages

Cloth (978-1-4129-8815-5) 95.00

SAGE HANDBOOK
OF RESEARCH ON
CLASSROOM
ASSESSMENT
Edited by James H mcmillan Virginia
Commonwealth University, USA
The SAgE Handbook of Research
on Classroom Assessment provides a
comprehensive source of research on all
aspects of K-12 classroom assessment. The emphasis
is on theory, conceptual frameworks and all types of research
(quantitative, qualitative, mixed method) to provide in-depth
understanding of the knowledge base in each area of classroom
assessment and how to conduct inquiry in each area.
The Handbook includes a par ticular emphasis on how
classroom assessment practices affect student achievement and
teacher behaviour.
December 2012 576 pages
Cloth (978-1-4129-9587-0) 95.00
E-ISBN (978-1-4522-1864-9)

THE SAGE HANDBOOK


OF INTERNATIONAL
HIGHER EDUCATION
Edited by Darla K Deardorff
Duke University, Durham, NC,
USA, Hans de wit Universiteit van
Amsterdam, The Netherlands, Hans
de wit Hogeschool van Amsterdam,
University of Applied Sciences, John
D Heyl CEA Global Education, Tempe,
Arizona, USA and Tony Adams
The SAgE Handbook of International Higher Education examines
the internationalization of higher education from a marginal to a core
dimension of higher education worldwide. This mainstreaming of
internationalization is a fascinating phenomenon: new concepts,
programme, providers and methods of delivery are emerging;
impressive national and regional scholarship programmes have
been established; radical reforms have been undertaken to make
higher education globally competitive; and mobility of students and
scholars has increased around the world.
October 2012 552 pages
Cloth (978-1-4129-9921-2) 95.00
E-ISBN (978-1-4522-18397)

THE SAGE HANDBOOK


OFLEADERSHIP
Edited by Alan Bryman University of
Leicester, David Collinson University
of Lancaster, Keith grint University of
Warwick, UK, Brad Jackson University
of Auckland and mary Uhl-Bien
University of Nebraska, Lincoln
A one-stop reference on the state of
leadership, encompassing macro, political,
philosophical, psychological and cultural
perspectives, with contributions from a 'who's who' of
scholars in leadership studies.
2011 592 pages
Cloth (978-1-84860-146-8) 95.00

THE SAGE HANDBOOK


OF VISUAL RESEARCH
METHODS
Edited by Eric margolis Arizona State
University, USA and Luc Pauwels
University of Antwerp, The Netherlands
Visual methods is one of the fastest
growing and most dynamic and contested
of fields. This handbook is not only "about"
research, it is also an example of the way that
the visual can be incorporated in data collection and the
presentation of research findings.
2011 776 pages
Cloth (978-1-84787-556-3) 95.00

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

67

Reference

HANDBOOK OF
YOUTHMENTORING

SAGE HANDBOOK
OF EMOTIONAL
& BEHAVIORAL
DIFFICULTIES

Second Edition
Edited by David L DuBois University of
Illinois, Chicago and michael J Karcher
University of Texas at San Antonio

Second Edition

The definitive Handbook of Youth


mentoring is a state-of-the art compilation
of the research, practice and application of
best practices in the field of youth mentoring.
The first edition won the award by the SRA for the best
edited book, and the new Second Edition increases its focus on
practical application and implementation of best practices. This
edition includes several new chapters on emerging areas of research
and practice, such as:
developmental issues in mentoring
social class
electronic mentoring and media
mental-health problems and special needs
mentoring immigrant youth.

CONTENTS
Frameworks and Foundations / Mentoring Relationships / Cultural
Perspectives / Programs and Contexts / Special Populations / Practice and
Programmatic Considerations
THE SAgE PROgRAm ON APPLIED DEVELOPmENTAL SCIENCE
April 2013 520 pages
Cloth (978-1-4129-8013-5) 85.00
Paper (978-1-4129-8014-2) 58.00
E-ISBN (978-1-4129-9660-7)

October 2013 544 pages


Cloth (978-1-4462-4722-8) 95.00

THE SAGE HANDBOOK


OF INTERCULTURAL
COMPETENCE
Edited by Darla K Deardorff Duke
University, Durham, NC, USA
This title brings together, in one volume, the
leading experts and scholars from a variety
of fields, and from around the world who do
work in intercultural competence.
2009 560 pages
Cloth (978-1-4129-6045-8) 95.00

SAGE HANDBOOK OF
MENTORING AND
COACHING IN EDUCATION

HANDBOOK OF
PHYSICALEDUCATION
Edited by David Kirk University of
Bedfordshire, Doune macDonald
niversity of Queensland and mary
O'Sullivan University of Limerick

Edited by Sarah Fletcher


Independent Consultant and
Carol A mullen University of
North Carolina at Greensboro
This Handbook is a leading source of
ideas and information. It covers national
and international research on schools, higher
education and disciplines within and beyond education.
The editors draw together contributions and present evidence
bases and alternative world views in which concepts are both
untangled and substantiated. Unique in its coverage, the Handbook
maps current knowledge and understanding, values and skills
underpinning educational mentoring and coaching for learning. The
contributors, who are leading scholars and practitioners, address
issues of theory and practice in school, higher education and
other educational contexts, and set out practical applications of
coaching and mentoring for practitioners and researchers. They also
addresses social justice issues, such as those involving traditional
and technical forms of mentoring and coaching, democratic and
accountability agendas, and institutional and historical patterns
of learning.

CONTENTS
PART ONE: THEORIES OF MENTORING AND COACHING / PART TWO:
SKILLS, VALUES AND UNDERSTANDINGS / PART THREE: CULTURALLY
BASED CONCEPTS / PART FOUR: SCHOOL CONTEXTS / PART FIVE: ADULT
AND HIGHER EDUCATION CONTEXTS / PART SIX: INCLUSION / PART
SEVEN: RESEARCH ISSUES

READERSHIP

This is simply the physical education


book of its time. The editors must be
congratulated on bringing together
so many quality authors from so many
different parts of the world. As a handbook, it
represents how far the study of physical education has moved
forward in recent times. What we have is a clear portrayal of
physical education at the start of the 21stcentury
Mike Jess, University of Edinburgh
Cloth 2006 / Paper March 2013 864 pages
Cloth (978-1-7619-4412-6) 110.00
Paper (978-1-4462-7050-9) 29.99

THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF


SPECIALEDUCATION
Second Edition
Edited by Lani Florian University of Aberdeen

Practitioners, researchers, educators and policy makers; also


library collections
March 2012 568 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-753-5) 95.00
E-ISBN (978-1-4462-4754-9)

68

Edited by Philip garner University


of Northampton James Kauffman
University of Virginia and Julian
Elliot University of Durham

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

November 2013 620 pages


Cloth (978-1-4462-1053-6) 95.00

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Reference

THE SAGE HANDBOOK OF THE


PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION
Edited by Richard Bailey Independent Scholar, Robin
Barrow Simon Fraser University, David Carr University of
Edinburgh and Christina mcCarthy University of Iowa
A user-friendly guide to the philosophy of education, its extent, its
key thinkers and movements, and its potential contribution to a range
of educational concerns.
Cloth 2006 / Paper March 2013 864 pages
Cloth (978-1-84787--467-2) 110.00
Paper (978-1-4462-7041-7) 29.99

SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION
An A-to-Z guide
Edited by James Ainsworth Georgia State University
Sociology of Education introduces students to the social
constructions of our educational systems and their many players,
including students and their peers, teachers, parents, the broader
community, politicians and policy makers.
August 2013 1056 pages
Cloth (978-1-4522-0505-2) 265.00
E-ISBN (978-1-4522-7615-1)
Special Introductory Offer: 225.00

ENCYCLOPEDIA OF DIVERSITY IN EDUCATION


Edited by James A Banks University of Washington, USA
With 695 signed entries with cross-references and recommended readings, the Encyclopedia of Diversity in Education
in both print and electronic formats, presents research and statistics, case studies and best practices, policies and
programmes at pre- and post-secondary levels. Diversity is a worldwide phenomenon, and while most of the entries in
the Encyclopedia focus on the United States, diversity issues and developments in nations around the world, including
the United States, are intricately connected. Consequently, to illuminate the many aspects of diversity, the volumes
contain entries from different nations in the world. From A-to-Z, the Encyclopedia covers the full spectrum of diversity
issues, including race, class, gender, religion, language, exceptionality and the global dimensions of diversity as they
relate to education. There is also an appendix consisting of a chronology of significant events related to diversity. This
four-volume reference work is the definitive reference for diversity issues in education around the world.
July 2012 2600 pages
Cloth (978-1-4129-8152-1) 385.00
E-ISBN (978-1-4522-1853-3)

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

69

New & Recent Major Works

EDUCATIONAL
LEADERSHIP AND
ADMINISTRATION

THEORIES OF LEARNING
Four-Volume Set
Edited by David Scott
University of London

Four-Volume Set

Bringing together a wide -ranging


selection of articles, written by elite of
internationally-renowned scholars, this
four-volume collection aims to provide an
overview of the many theories of learning,
from Aristotle to the present day.

Edited by Fenwick w English


The University of North
Carolina at Chapel Hill
SAgE LIBRARY OF EDUCATIONAL
THOUgHT & PRACTICE

SAgE LIBRARY OF EDUCATIONAL


THOUgHT & PRACTICE

2009 1768 pages


Cloth (978-1-84787-564-8) 600.00

October 2012 1640 pages


Cloth (978-1-4462-0907-3) 600.00
Special Introductory Offer: 550.00

ONLINE LEARNING
Four-Volume Set

SOCIAL THEORY AND


EDUCATION RESEARCH

Edited by michael Thomas


University of Central Lancashire
Online Learning examines the influence
of new technologies on online pedagogy
and provides an authoritative synthesis
of existing research in the field. It also
investigates the direction of e-learning in
the digital age.

Four-Volume Set
mark murphy Glasgow University
This exciting new major work turns the
spotlight on social theory and education
research, taking a look at key thinkers and
setting out the relevance of their ideas
to education.

SAgE LIBRARY OF EDUCATIONAL


THOUgHT & PRACTICE
2011 1680 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-765-8) 600.00

SAgE LIBRARY OF EDUCATIONAL


THOUgHT & PRACTICE
January 2013 1496 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-5312-0) 600.00

LITERACY TEACHING
ANDEDUCATION

Special Introductory Offer: 550.00

Four-Volume Set

TEACHING AND LEARNING


IN HIGHER EDUCATION

Edited by Dominic wyse Institute of


Education, University of London
Dominic Wyse, a leading scholar in literacy,
curriculum and pedagogy, has distilled the
significant body of knowledge in this vital
area of research, policy and practice into a
four-volume collection.

Four-Volume Set
Edited by James E groccia
and william F Buskist both at
Auburn University, USA

SAgE LIBRARY OF EDUCATIONAL


THOUgHT & PRACTICE

SAgE LIBRARY OF EDUCATIONAL


THOUgHT & PRACTICE

2011 1536 pages


Cloth (978-0-85702-507-4) 600.00

December 2013 1664 pages


Cloth (978-1-4462-5715-9) 600.00
Special Introductory Offer: 550.00

EARLY CHILDHOOD
EDUCATION

EARLY CHILDHOOD
LITERACY

Four-Volume Set
Edited by Iram Siraj-Blatchford and
Aziza mayo both at University of London

Four-Volume Set
Edited by Kate Pahl University of
Sheffield and Jennifer Rowsell
Brock University, Canada

SAgE LIBRARY OF EDUCATIONAL


THOUgHT & PRACTICE
November 2011 1632 pages
Cloth (978-1-84920-737-9) 600.00

SAgE LIBRARY OF EDUCATIONAL


THOUgHT & PRACTICE
November 2011 1688 pages
Cloth (978-0-85702-977-5) 600.00

70

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

New & Recent Major Works

LITERACY STUDIES
Five-Volume Set
Edited by michael J Baynham
University of Leeds and mastin
Prinsloo University of Cape Town
This four-volume collection lays out the
foundations and nuances of literacy
studies. With a full introduction to the set
and to each volume, researchers will find
in this set a comprehensive guide to this
crucial area of study.
SAgE BENCHmARKS IN LANgUAgE ANDLINgUISTICS
July 2013 2080 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-5315-1) 750.00
Special Introductory Offer 675.00

STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
OF CONTINUOUS DATA
Four-Volume Set
Edited by Roger Penn and Damon
Berridge University of Lancaster
This new four-volume colle ction,
assembled and introduced by the
esteemed editorial team of 2010's
acclaimed Social Statistics (Volumes I - IV),
tracks the development of statistical methods
for continuous, or interval-scale data.
SAgE BENCHmARKS IN SOCIAL RESEARCH mETHODS
June 2013 1664 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-4869-0) 675.00
Special Introductory Offer: 625.00

ORGANIZING PUBLIC
EDUCATION
Four-Volume Set

EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN
IN THE BEHAVIORAL AND
SOCIAL SCIENCES

Edited by Leslie Bell and Howard


Stevenson both at University of Lincoln

Four-Volume Set

ORgANIZINg & mANAgINg


PUBLIC SERVICES

Edited by Sandra Schneider


University of South Florida

August 2013 1664 pages


Cloth (978-1-4462-5348-9) 600.00
Special Introductory Offer: 550.00

This comprehensive and illustrative


collection brings together literature to
inform researchers about the many issues
that have influenced and continue to refine the use of
experimental designs in the behavioral and social sciences.
SAgE BENCHmARKS IN SOCIAL RESEARCH mETHODS

OBSERVATION METHODS
Four-Volume Set

Janu ary 2013 1624 pages


Cloth (978-0-85702-827-3) 600.00
Special Introductory Offer: 550.00

Edited by Barry Smart, Kay


Peggs and Joseph Burridge all
at University of Portsmouth
This collection, drawing together key
contributions on observation methods in
social research, provides comprehensive
coverage of the historical development of
observational methods and techniques and
offers analytic reflection on the various issues
involved in the scientific practice of observation.
SAgE BENCHmARKS IN SOCIAL RESEARCH mETHODS
February 2013 1680 pages
Cloth (978-1-4462-0811-3) 600.00
Special Introductory Offer: 550.00

ETHNOGRAPHIC METHODS
IN EDUCATION
Four-Volume Set
Edited by Sara Delamont
Cardiff University
Demonstrating the long and fascinating
history of the use of ethnographic research
methods, this collection brings together
disparate research from key figures in
the field.
SAgE BENCHmARKS IN SOCIAL RESEARCH mETHODS
2011 1504 pages
Cloth (978-1-84920-732-4) 600.00

See the full listing of all our


Education titles online at
www.sagepub.co.uk/education

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

71

New & Recent Major Works

Four-Volume Set

QUANTITATIVE RESEARCH
IN EDUCATION

Edited by gary Thomas University of Birmingham

Three-Volume Set

This four-volume major work collates and contextualises key


papers on the use of case study in education. The collection brings
together methodological publications and publications which provide
exemplars of case study.

Edited by Stephen gorard


University of Birmingham

FUNDAmENTALS OF APPLIED RESEARCH

2008 1208 pages


Cloth (978-1-84787-327-9) 450.00

CASE STUDY METHODS INEDUCATION

May 2013 1664 pages


Cloth (978-1-4462-5925-2) 600.00

FUNDAmENTALS OF APPLIED RESEARCH

Special Introductory Offer: 550.00

RESEARCHING
YOUNG PEOPLE

QUALITATIVE RESEARCH
METHODS IN EDUCATION

Three-Volume Set
Edited by Amanda Coffey and
Tom Hall University of Cardiff

Four-Volume Set

FUNDAmENTALS OF APPLIED RESEARCH

Edited by Harry Torrance Manchester


Metropolitan University

2011 1224 pages


Cloth (978-1-84860-774-3) 450.00

FUNDAmENTALS OF APPLIED RESEARCH


2010 1680 pages
Cloth (978-1-84860-207-6) 600.00

FUNDAMENTALS OF
HUMAN RESOURCE
DEVELOPMENT

ACTION RESEARCH
INEDUCATION

Four-Volume Set

Three-Volume Set

72

Edited by Anne Campbell


Leeds Metropolitan University
and Susan groundwaterSmith University of Sydney

Edited by David mcguire Queen


Margaret University (Scotland)
Thomas garavan University of
Limerick, Ireland and Larry m
Dooley Texas A&M University

FUNDAmENTALS OF APPLIED RESEARCH

SAgE LIBRARY IN BUSINESS AND mANAgEmENT

2010 1240 pages


Cloth (978-1-84860-683-8) 450.00

November 2011 1688 pages


Cloth (978-1-4462-0156-5) 600.00

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Education

Journals 2013

Action Research

Autism

http://arj.sagepub.com

http://aut.sagepub.com

Active Learning in
Higher Education

British Journal of
Visual Impairment

http://alh.sagepub.com

http://jvi.sagepub.com

Adoption & Fostering

Canadian Journal of
School Psychology

http://adoptionfostering.
sagepub.com

Adult Education Quarterly


http://aeq.sagepub.com

Adult Learning
http://alx.sagepub.com

American Educational
Research Journal
http://aer.sagepub.com

American Journal of Evaluation


http://aje.sagepub.com

http://cjs.sagepub.com

Career Development
and Transition for
Exceptional Individuals*
http://cde.sagepub.com

Child Language Teaching


and Therapy
http://clt.sagepub.com

Communication
Disorders Quarterly
http://cdq.sagepub.com

The Annals of the American


Academy of Political
and Social Science

Community College Review

http://theannals.sagepub.com

Contemporary
Education Dialogue

Arts and Humanities


in Higher Education
http://ahh.sagepub.com

Assessment for Effective


Intervention
http://aei.sagepub.com

Australian Journal of Career


Development
http://acd.sagepub.com

Australian Journal of Education


http://aed.sagepub.com

http://crw.sagepub.com

http://ced.sagepub.com

Diogenes
http://dio.sagepub.com

Educational and
Psychological Measurement
http://epm.sagepub.com

Educational Evaluation
and Policy Analysis

Gifted Education International


http://gei.sagepub.com

Global Social Policy


http://gsp.sagepub.com

http://epa.sagepub.com

Health

Educational Management
Administration & Leadership

Health Educational Journal

http://hea.sagepub.com

http://emal.sagepub.com

http://hej.sagepub.com

Educational Policy

Improving Schools

http://epx.sagepub.com

http://imp.sagepub.com

Educational Researcher

International Journal
of Bilingualism

http://edr.sagepub.com

Ethnicities
http://etn.sagepub.com

European Physical
Education Review
http://epe.sagepub.com

First Language
http://fla.sagepub.com

Focus on Autism and Other


Developmental Disabilities
http://foa.sagepub.com

Games and Culture


http://games.sagepub.com

http://ijb.sagepub.com

International Journal
of Music Education
http://ijme.sagepub.com

Intervention in
School and Clinic
http://isc.sagepub.com

Journal of Career Assessment


http://jca.sagepub.com

Journal for the Education


of the Gifted
http://jeg.sagepub.com

http://eus.sagepub.com

General Music Today

Journal of Career
Development

Education, Citizenship
and Social Justice

http://gmt.sagepub.com

http://jcd.sagepub.com

Gifted Child Quarterly

Journal of Advanced
Academics

Education and Urban Society

http://esj.sagepub.com

http://gcq.sagepub.com

Educational Administration
Quarterly

Gifted Child Today

http://eaq.sagepub.com
Available as inspection copy for lecturers

http://gct.sagepub.com

http://joa.sagepub.com

Journals

Journal of Cases in
Educational Leadership

Journal of Planning
Education and Research

Music Educators Journal

Sociology

http://mej.sagepub.com

http://jcel.sagepub.com

http://jper.sagepub.com

http://soc.sagepub.com

Journal of Disability
Policy Studies

Journal of Positive
Behavior Interventions

Musicae Scientiae

Sociology of Education

http://msx.sagepub.com

http://soe.sagepub.com

http://dps.sagepub.com

http://pbi.sagepub.com

NASSP Bulletin

Journal of Early
Childhood Literacy

Journal of Psychoeducational
Assessment

Teacher Education and


Special Education

Psychology of Music

http://ecl.sagepub.com

http://jpa.sagepub.com

http://pom.sagepub.com

Journal of Early
Childhood Research

Journal of Research in
International Education

Perspectives in Public Health

http://ecr.sagepub.com

http://jri.sagepub.com

Journal of Early Intervention

Journal of Research
in Music Education

http://jei.sagepub.com

Journal of Education for


Sustainable Development
http://jsd.sagepub.com

Journal of Educational and


Behavioral Statistics

http://jrm.sagepub.com

Journal of Research on
Leadership Education

http://bulletin.sagepub.com

http://rsh.sagepub.com

Public Understanding
of Science

Journal of Special Education

http://rcb.sagepub.com

Journal of Emotional and


Behavioral Disorders

Journal of Studies in
International Education

http://ebx.sagepub.com

http://jsie.sagepub.com

Remedial and Special


Education

Journal of Hispanic
Higher Education

Journal of Teacher Education

http://rse.sagepub.com

http://jid.sagepub.com

Journal of Learning
Disabilities
http://ldx.sagepub.com

Journal of Literacy Research


http://jlr.sagepub.com

Journal of Management
Education

http://jted.sagepub.com

Journalism & Mass


Communication Educator
http://jmc.sagepub.com

http://rel.sagepub.com

Research Studies in
Music Education
http://rsm.sagepub.com

Review of Educational
Research
http://rer.sagepub.com

Language Teaching Research


http://ltr.sagepub.com

http://rre.sagepub.com

Language Testing

School Psychology
International

http://jme.sagepub.com

Learning Disability Quarterly

Journal of Mixed
Methods Research

Management in Education

http://ldq.sagepub.com

http://mmr.sagepub.com

http://mie.sagepub.com

Journal of Music
Teacher Education

Management Learning

http://jmt.sagepub.com

RELC Journal

Review of Research
in Education

http://ltj.sagepub.com

http://mlq.sagepub.com

http://top.sagepub.com

Teaching Sociology
Theory and Research
in Education

http://qrj.sagepub.com

Rehabilitation
Counseling Bulletin

Journal of Transformative
Education

Teaching of Psychology

Qualitative Research

http://sed.sagepub.com

Journal of Intellectual
Disabilities

http://tpa.sagepub.com

http://tso.sagepub.com

http://jeb.sagepub.com

http://jhhe.sagepub.com

Teaching Public Admistration

http://pus.sagepub.com

http://jrl.sagepub.com

http://jte.sagepub.com

http://tese.sagepub.com

http://spi.sagepub.com

Science Communication
http://scx.sagepub.com

Second Language Research


http:// slr.sagepub.com

Simulation & Gaming


http://sag.sagepub.com

http://tre.sagepub.com

Topics in Early Childhood


Special Education
http://tec.sagepub.com

Update: Applications of
Research in Music Education
http://upd.sagepub.com

Urban Education
http://urbaned.sagepub.com

Visual Communication
http://vcj.sagepub.com

Word of Mouth
http://wom.sagepub.com

Written Communication
http://wcx.sagepub.com

Young Exceptional Children


http://yec.sagepub.com

Journals

NEW FOR 2013!


AUSTRALIAN JOURNAL OF EDUCATION
The Australian Journal of Education (AED) is an international peer-reviewed journal publishing
research conducted in Australia and internationally to inform educational researchers, as well as
educators, administrators and policy-makers, about issues of contemporary concern in education.
The AJE publishes research studies about education and also articles that address education in
relation to other fields.

Find out more at: http://aed.sagepub.com

THE AUSTRALIAN JOURNAL OF CAREER DEVELOPMENT


Published in Association with Australian Council for Educational Research, the Australian Journal
of Career Development (ACD) is a refereed, professional journal focusing on current theory,
practice and policy relating to the career development and work education field. The audience
for the journal includes professionals in educational and academic settings, community and
government agencies, business and industrial settings.

Find out more at: http://acd.sagepub.com

ADOPTION & FOSTERING


Adoption & Fostering (AAF) is a quarterly peer reviewed journal which has been at the cutting
edge of debate on childcare issues for over 50 years. It is the only UK journal dedicated to adoption
and fostering issues, providing an international forum for a wide range of professionals: academics
and practitioners in social work, psychology, law, medicine, education, training and caring for
children and young people.

Find out more at: http://adoptionfostering.sagepub.com

Social media at SAgE

SAgE Open is a peer reviewed, Gold open access


journal from SAGE that publishes original research and
review articles in an interactive, open access format.
Articles may span the tall spectrum of the social and
behavioral sciences and the humanities.
To find out more please visit:

http://sgo.sagepub.com

Follow @SAgEeducation and


@SAgE_EdResearch on Twitter to keep
up-to-date with SAGE journals and books
product information, news updates and wider
discipline developments.

You can also follow SAGE Education on


Facebook at:
www.facebook.com/SAgEeducation
To find out more about what SAgE is doing
within the social media arena please visit:

www.sagepub.com/socialmedia

Journals

Online access to the most comprehensive,

interdisciplinary and important journal content

Includes over 670 leading international


peer-reviewed journals

Includes high-impact research titles

published on behalf of over 290 scholarly and


professionalsocieties

The majority of SAGE Journals content is ranked in


the ISI Journal Citation Reports (Thomson Reuters)

http://online.sagepub.com

Sales Information

Overseas Offices and Distributors


USA, Canada, Central and South America and
The Caribbean
SAGE Publications Inc
2455 Teller Road, Thousand Oaks, CA 91320, USA
T: +1 (0) 805 499 0721 F: +1 (0) 805 499 0871
E: info@sagepub.com

Australia and New Zealand


Footprint Books Pty Ltd,
Unit 1 / 6A Prosperity Parade, Warriewood,
NSW 2102, Australia
T: +61 (02) 9997-3973 F: +61 (02) 9997-3185
E: info@footprint.com.au

India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka


SAGE Publications India Private Ltd
B 1 / I 1 Mohan Cooperative Industrial Area
Mathura Road, New Delhi 110 044, India
T: (91) 11 4053 9222 F: + (91) 11 4053 9234
E: info@sagepub.in

Asia-Pacific
SAGE Asia-Pacific Pte Ltd.
3, Church Street, #10-04, Samsung Hub
Singapore 049483
T: +65 6220 1800 F: +65 6438 1008
E: sagebooks@sagepub.co.uk

Overseas Sales Office and Representatives


United Kingdom & Ireland FIELD SALES
London, South East England, & East Anglia
Nick Cockayne
nick.cockayne@sagepub.co.uk

Scotland & Ireland


Lisa McCluskey
lisa.mccluskey@sagepub.co.uk

Wales, South West England & South Midlands


Katharine Horton
kate.horton@sagepub.co.uk

Northern England & East Midlands


Louise Brown
louise.brown@sagepub.co.uk

Benelux, SCANDINAVIA & central Europe


Benelux & Central Europe
Vikrum Mehta
vikrum.mehta@sagepub.co.uk

Scandinavia
Calum Petrie
calum.petrie@sagepub.co.uk

Africa & ASIA


Central Africa
Martin Vicars, SAGE,
1 Olivers Yard, 55 City Road,London EC1Y 1SP
T: +44 (0) 20 7324 8500 F: +44 (0) 20 7324 8600
E: martin.vicars@sagepub.co.uk

JAPAN
Koro Komori, SAGE 216-204,
Takamiya-cho, Nakagyo-ku,
Kyoto, Japan 604-0835
T: +81 (0)75 253 6247 F: +81 (0)75 253 6248
E: koro.komori@sagepub.co.uk

SouthERN Africa
Academic Marketing Services
PO Box 411738, Craighall 2024, South Africa
T: +27 (0) 11 447 7441 F: +27 (0) 11 447 2314
E: info@academicmarketing.co.za

CHINA
Helen Li, SAGE, 22/F, OneLujiazui,
68 Yin Cheng Road (C),
Pudong, Shanghai, 200120 China
T: +86 21 6194 6788 F: +86 21 6194 6787
E: bookschina@sagepub.co.uk

Middle East & NORTH AFRICA


Amin Al-Abini,
Area Manager Middle East (ex Iran) and North Africa
27 Melsa Project, Golf Area, Nasr City, Cairo 11341, Egypt
T: +202 24170760/22906014 F: +202 22905812
M: +2 012 2211 4168 E: amin.al-abini@sagepub.co.uk

MALAYSIA
SAGE, Suite C-06-03, Block C, Plaza Mont Kiara
2, Jalan Kiara, Mont Kiara,
50480 Kuala Lumpur
T: +60 3 6211 2512 F: +60 3 6211 6512
E: sagebooks@sagepub.co.uk

Korea
ChongHo Ra, Impact Korea, Suite 715, Shinhan Nextel,
14 Dosun-Dong, Sungdong-Gu, Seoul 133-714, Korea
T: +82 (02) 22960140 F: +82 (02) 22960143
E: impactkr@kornet.net

Philippines
Tony Sagun, CRW Marketing Services for Publishers, Inc.,
15 Pearl Avenue, Ortigas Greenheights, Taytay, Rizal,
Philippines 1920
T: +63 (0)2 660 5480 F: +63 (0)2 660 0342
E: crwmarketing@pldtdsl.net

EUROPE
Eastern Europe
Marek Lewinson, Publishers Representative
Bohaterewicza 3/45, 03-982 Warszawa, Poland
T/F: 00 48 22 6714819
GSM: 00 48 602 707037
E: mlewinso@it.com.pl

greece, malta, cyprus


Zitsa Seraphimidi,
Areos 33, Paleo Faliron 17562, Greece
T: +30 21 0 524 5798 T/F: +30 21 0 981 6816
M: +30 (6) 9 4444 1184
E: zitsaser@otenet.gr

Germany, Austria, Switzerland


Spain and Portugal
Frauke Feldmann,
Cristina de Lara,
Mare Nostrum, Heinrich-Roller-Strasse 21, 10405, Berlin Mare Nostrum, Condesa de Chinchn, 25. Chalet 33, 28660
T: +49 30 311 703 74 M: +49 (0)172 662 33 22
Boadilla del Monte
E: fraukefeldmann@mare-nostrum.co.uk
T: +34 91 633 66 65
W: www.mare-nostrum.co.uke
E: cristinadelara@mare-nostrum.co.uk
W: www.mare-nostrum.co.uk
FraNCE AND Italy
David Pickering, Mare Nostrum,
Windsor House, Cornwall Road,Harrogate, HG1 2PW
T: +44 (0)1423 562232 M: +44 (0) 798 6559391
E: davidpickering@mare-nostrum.co.uk
W: www.mare-nostrum.co.uk

SAGE Publications Ltd,


1 Olivers Yard, 55 City Road,
London EC1Y 1SP UK
Tel +44 (0) 20 7324 8500
Fax +44 (0) 20 7324 8600
Email orders@sagepub.co.uk
(Trade Orders)
Tony Histed
International Director of Sales
tony.histed@sagepub.co.uk
Nicola Everitt
Books Sales Director, Asia Pacific
nicola.everitt@sagepub.co.uk
Adam Birchall
Key Account & Special Sales Manager
adam.birchall@sagepub.co.uk
Alison Browne
Head of Books Customer Services
alison.browne@sagepub.co.uk
Katherine Ryan
Rights & Licensing Manager
foreign-rights@sagepub.co.uk
Peter Hampson
UK Field Sales Manager
peter.hampson@sagepub.co.uk
Martin Vicars
Export Sales Manager
martin.vicars@sagepub.co.uk
Huw Alexander
Digital Sales Manager
huw.alexander@sagepub.co.uk
Charlotte Steadman
Customer Solutions Manager
charlotte.steadman@sagepub.co.uk
For other territories outside
North America please contact
Tony Histed at SAGE, London.
A complete price list of our books
in print is available in the form of
an Excel 4.0 spreadsheet. It can be
downloaded from our Website at:
www.sagepub.co.uk/bookSellers.nav
where you should click on
Complete Price List. The price
list can be sorted by subject,
publication date, and author.
To request copies of our
catalogues email:
sales@sagepub.co.uk.

77

Index

2012 Teachers' Standards in the Classroom, The Blatchford...............................................13

Bruce Early Childhood, Second Edition....................................................................................2


Brundrett & Rhodes Researching Educational Leadership and Management....................48
Bryman, Collinson, Grint, Jackson & Uhl-Bien SAGE Handbook of Leadership, The.....67

Buckler & Castle Psychology for Teachers............................................................................ 17

Abbott, Rathbone & Whitehead Education Policy...............................................................18

Burke Organization Change, Third Edition..............................................................................49

Achieving Early Years Professional Status, Second Edition Reardon................................... 12

Burton, Brundrett & Jones Doing Your Education Research Project, Second Edition......59

Achieving Your PTLLS Award, Second Edition Francis & Gould.......................................... 41

Bush Theories of Educational Leadership and Management, Fourth Edition.......................46

Achieving your TAQA Assessor and Internal Quality Assurer Award, Gravells..................... 41

Bush & Middlewood Leading and Managing People in Education, Third Edition................46

Action Research in Education, Campbell...............................................................................72


Action Research in Education, McAteer.................................................................................60
Action Research in Education, Second Edition Baumfield, Hall & Wall...............................61

Action Research, Fourth Edition Mertler................................................................................61

Campbell Action Research in Education................................................................................72

Ainsworth Sociology of Education..........................................................................................69

Canestrari & Marlowe Educational Foundations, Third Edition...........................................19

Allen, Potter, Sharp & Turvey Primary ICT: Knowledge, Understanding and Practice,
Fifth Edition................................................................................................................................28

Cardno Managing Effective Relationships in Education........................................................46

Alternative Schooling and School Choice, Osborne Jr, Russo & Cattaro..........................66
Andrews Exploring Play for Early Childhood Studies..............................................................8
Andrews, Borg, Davis, Domingo & England SAGE Handbook of Digital
Dissertations and Theses.........................................................................................................65
Arthur et al Research Methods and Methodologies in Education........................................56
Assessment and Learning, Second Edition Gardner.............................................................18
Assessment for Education, Klenowski & Wyatt-Smith........................................................18
Assessment in Early Childhood Settings, Carr.......................................................................10
Atherton & Nutbrown Understanding Schemas and Young Children....................................2
Atkins & Wallace Qualitative Research in Education............................................................60
Aubrey Leading and Managing in the Early Years, Second Edition.........................................4

Carr Assessment in Early Childhood Settings........................................................................10


Carr & Lee Learning Stories......................................................................................................3
Case Study Methods in Education, Four-Volume Set Thomas..............................................72
Case Study Research, Fifth Edition Yin...................................................................................59
Cases in Leadership, Third Edition Rowe................................................................................49
CBT with Children, Young People and Families, Fuggle, Dunsmuir & Curry......................40
Censors on Campus, Glanville................................................................................................34
Challen Primary English: Audit and Test, Third Edition..........................................................20
Chambers & Timlin Teaching Mathematics in the Secondary School, Second Edition......30
Charmaz Constructing Grounded Theory..............................................................................62
Check & Schutt Research Methods in Education, Check & Schutt....................................56
Child Development, Crowley...................................................................................................36
Child Language, Saxton...........................................................................................................36

Child Observation for the Early Years, Second Edition Palaiologou.......................................6

Bailey et el SAGE Handbook of the Philosophy of Research, The ......................................69

Childhood in Society for the Early Years, Second Edition Clark..............................................6

Baldock, Fitzgerald & Kay Understanding Early Years Policy, Third Edition........................5

Children's Errors in Mathematics, Second Edition Hansen...................................................26

Banks Encyclopedia of Diversity in Education, Four-Volume Set..........................................69

Children's Literature in Primary Schools, Waugh & Neaum..................................................31

Barnes Cross-Curricular Learning 3-14, Second Edition....................................................... 14

Cieslik & Simpson Key Concepts in Youth Studies...............................................................33

Bartlett & Burton Introduction to Education Studies, Third Edition.....................................32

Clark Childhood in Society for the Early Years, Second Edition..............................................6

Baumfield, Hall & Wall Action Research in Education, Second Edition...............................61

Clark et al Doing Research with Children ..............................................................................56

Baynham & Prinsloo Literacy Studies, Five-Volume Set......................................................71

Classroom-based Research and Evidence-based Practice, Second Edition Taber............59

Becker & Denicolo Teaching in Higher Education.................................................................44

Clough & Corbett Theories of Inclusive Education................................................................37

Becoming a Multicultural Educator Howe & Lisi....................................................................38

Clough & Nutbrown Student's Guide to Methodology, A Third Edition...............................61

Becoming a Practitioner in the Early Years, Envy & Walters................................................. 12

Coaching and Mentoring, Western..........................................................................................50

Beginner's Guide to Doing Your Education Research Project, A Lambert...........................58

Coaching Understood, Cox......................................................................................................50

Bell & Stevenson Organizing Public Education, Four-Volume Set........................................71

Cockburn & Handscomb Teaching Children 3-11, Third Edition..........................................19

Biddle et al Early Childhood Education....................................................................................7

Coding Manual for Qualitative Researchers, The Second Edition Saldana..........................62

Blatchford The 2012 Teachers' Standards in the Classroom................................................13

Coffey & Hall Researching Young People, Three-Volume Set...............................................72

Bolton Reflective Practice, Third Edition.................................................................................16

Coghlan & Brannick Doing Action Research in Your Own Organization, Third Edition......61

Bond, Johnson, Patmore & Weiss Passing the Professional Skills Tests for Trainee
Teachers and Getting into ITT.................................................................................................. 14

Coleman Empowering Family-Teacher Partnerships.............................................................34

Brady Technology in Schools..................................................................................................66


Brien Teaching Primary English...............................................................................................21
Briggs & Hansen Play-based Learning in the Primary School..............................................28
Briggs, Coleman & Morrison Research Methods in Educational Leadership and
Management, Third Edition.......................................................................................................47
Brown, Hunter & Donahoo Diversity in Schools...................................................................66
Browne Developing Language and Literacy 3-8, Third Edition.............................................31

Constructing Grounded Theory, Charmaz.............................................................................62


Conteh Teaching Bilingual and EAL Learners in Primary Schools........................................29
Contemporary Issues in the Early Years, Sixth Edition Pugh & Duffy.....................................5
Cooper Professional Studies in Primary Education...............................................................19
Corsaro The Sociology of Childhood, Third Edition...............................................................32
Counseling Children and Adolescents in Schools, Hess & Magnuson................................40
Counselling Adolescents, Third Edition Geldard & Geldard.................................................40
Counselling Children, Third Edition Geldard & Geldard........................................................40

78

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Index

Cox Coaching Understood.......................................................................................................50


Crawford Developing as an Educational Leader and Manager.............................................46
Creating Effective Teams, Fourth Edition Wheelan................................................................48
Creativity in the Primary Classroom, Desailly........................................................................29
Creswell Qualitative Inquiry and Research Design, Third Edition.........................................64
Critical Thinking Skills for Education Students, Second Edition Eales-Reynolds et al....... 51
Cross-Cultural Perspectives on Early Childhood, Papatheodorou & Moyles.......................3
Cross-Curricular Learning 3-14, Second Edition Barnes.......................................................15
Crowley Child Development....................................................................................................36
Curran Working with Young People........................................................................................34
Curriculum and Instruction, Eakle...........................................................................................66
Curriculum Leadership, Third Edition Glatthorn, Boschee, Whitehead.............................47
Curriculum Studies in the Lifelong Learning Sector, Second Edition Tummons..................44
Curriculum Theory, Second Edition Schiro.............................................................................33
Curriculum, The Sixth Edition Kelly.........................................................................................33

e
Eakle Curriculum and Instruction............................................................................................66
Eales-Reynolds et al Critical Thinking Skills for Education Students, Second Edition....... 51
Early Childhood Education Biddle et al....................................................................................7
Early Childhood Education and Care, Nutkins, McDonald & Stephen.................................2
Early Childhood Education, Four-Volume Set Siraj-Blatchford & Mayo..............................70
Early Childhood Education, Second Edition Nutbrown & Clough..........................................7
Early Childhood Literacy, Four-Volume Set Pahl & Rowsell..................................................70
Early Childhood, Second Edition Bruce....................................................................................2
Early Years Foundation Stage, The Second Edition Palaiologou.......................................... 11
Eckes & Russo School Discipline and Safety........................................................................66
Edmond & Price Integrated Working with Children and Young People..................................8
Education Policy, Abbott, Rathbone & Whitehead..............................................................18
Educational Foundations, Third Edition Canestrari & Marlowe...........................................19
Educational Leadership and Administration, Four-Volume Set English................................70
Effective Instructional Strategies, Third Edition Moore..........................................................13

Effective and Caring Leadership in the Early Years, Siraj-Blatchford & Hallet.....................4

Davis & Smith Working in Multi-professional Contexts...........................................................7


Deardorff SAGE Handbook of Intercultural Competence, The.............................................68

Effective Teaching, Third Edition Muijs & Reynolds.............................................................. 12


Ellis Learning and Teaching in Secondary Schools, Fifth Edition..........................................29
Empowering Family-Teacher Partnerships Coleman.............................................................34

Deardorff, de Wit, Heyl & Adams..SAGE Handbook of International Higher Education, The
...................................................................................................................................................67

Encyclopedia of Diversity in Education, Four-Volume Set Banks..........................................69

Debating Issues in American Education Russo......................................................................66

Encyclopedia of School Health Wiley......................................................................................67

Delamont Ethnographic Methods in Education, Four-Volume Set........................................71

English Educational Leadership and Administration, Four-Volume Set................................70

Denby Training to Teach, Second Edition...............................................................................13

English Teaching Arithmetic in Primary Schools....................................................................26

Desailly Creativity in the Primary Classroom.........................................................................29

Envy & Walters Becoming a Practitioner in the Early Years.................................................. 12

Designing Qualitative Research, Fifth Edition Marshall & Rossman....................................62

Equality and Diversity in the Lifelong Learning Sector, Second Edition


Gravells & Simpson.................................................................................................................44

Devarakonda Diversity and Inclusion in Early Childhood......................................................38


Developing Active Learning in the Primary Classroom, Vickery............................................20
Developing as an Educational Leader and Manager, Crawford............................................46
Developing Effective Research Proposals, Second Edition Punch.......................................64
Developing Language and Literacy 3-8, Third Edition Browne.............................................31
Development of Working Memory in Children, The Henry.....................................................35
Developmental Psychology and Early Childhood Education, Whitebread...........................37

Ethical Practice in Early Childhood, Palaiologou.....................................................................4


Ethnographic Methods in Education, Four-Volume Set Delamont........................................71
Ethnography in Education, Mills & Morton.............................................................................60
Experimental Design in the Behavioral and Social Sciences,
Four-Volume Set Schneider.....................................................................................................71
Exploring Children's Literature, Third Edition Gamble...........................................................31
Exploring Play for Early Childhood Studies, Andrews.............................................................8

Developmental Psychology, Slater & Quinn...........................................................................36


Discovering Statistics Using IBM SPSS Statistics, Fourth Edition Field...............................64
Diversity and Inclusion in Early Childhood, Devarakonda.....................................................38
Diversity in Schools, Brown, Hunter & Donahoo..................................................................66
Doing Action Research in Your Own Organization, Third Edition Coghlan & Brannick......61
Doing Research in Further Education and Training Wallace..................................................43
Doing Research with Children, Third Edition Greig, Taylor & MacKay................................57
Doing Research with Children and Young People Clark et al ...............................................56
Doing Your Early Years Research Project, Second Edition Roberts-Holmes......................58
Doing Your Education Research Project, Second Edition Burton, Brundrett & Jones......59
Doing Your PGCE at M-level, Second Edition Sewell, Lakin, Woodgate-Jones,
Cain & Domaille....................................................................................................................... 14
Dowling Young Children's Thinking...........................................................................................9
Dowling Young Children's Personal, Social and Emotional Development, Third Edition.....10

f
Field Discovering Statistics Using IBM SPSS Statistics, Fourth Edition...............................64
Fletcher & Mullen SAGE Handbook of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, .................68
Florian SAGE Handbook of Special Education, The Second Edition....................................68
Forest School for All, Knight......................................................................................................9
Forest School & Outdoor Learning in the Early Years, Knight.................................................9
Francis & Gould Achieving Your PTLLS Award, Second Edition.......................................... 41
Fuggle, Dunsmuir & Curry CBT with Children, Young People and Families.......................40
Fumoto, Robson, Greenfield & Hargreaves Young Children's Creative Thinking.............10
Fundamentals of Human Resource Development, Four-Volume Set
McGuire, Garavan & Dooley..................................................................................................72
Furr Psychometrics...................................................................................................................63

Driscoll, Lambirth & Roden The Primary Curriculum...........................................................19


DuBois Handbook of Youth Mentoring....................................................................................68
Dunne & Peacock Primary Science........................................................................................27
Dymoke, Harris, Lawson, Wood, Wilkins & Smith Reflective Teaching
and Learning in the Secondary School, Second Edition.........................................................30

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

g
Gamble Exploring Children's Literature, Third Edition...........................................................31
Gamble & Gamble Leading with Communication..................................................................49

79

Index

Gamble & Reedy Teaching Through Talk in the Primary Classroom....................................22

Hess & Magnuson Counseling Children and Adolescents in Schools.................................40

Gardner Assessment and Learning, Second Edition.............................................................18

Hodkinson & Vickerman Key Issues in Special Educational Needs and Inclusion.............32

Garner, Kauffman & Elliot.............. SAGE Handbook of Emotional & Behavioral Difficulties,
Second ......................................................................................................................................69

Home, School, and Community Collaboration, Second Edition Grant & Ray......................34

Gathercole & Packiam Alloway Working Memory and Learning........................................35


Geldard & Geldard Counselling Children, Third Edition........................................................40
Geldard & Geldard Counselling Adolescents, Third Edition.................................................40
Gill Theory and Practice of Leadership, Second Edition........................................................48
Glanville Censors on Campus.................................................................................................34
Glatthorn, Boschee, Whitehead Curriculum Leadership, Third Edition.............................47
Goldston & Downey-Skochdopole Your Science Classroom.............................................30
Good Writing Guide for Education Students, The Third Edition Wyse.................................. 51

How to do your Case Study, Thomas......................................................................................51


How to Do Your Research Project, Second Edition Thomas.................................................51
Howe & Lisi Becoming a Multi Cultural Educator...................................................................38
Humanizing Research Paris & Winn........................................................................................62
Humphrey Social and Emotional Learning.............................................................................39
Hunter, Brown & Donahoo School Governance...................................................................66
Hutton & Hutton Passing Oxbridge Admissions Tests..........................................................53
Hutton & Hutton Practice Tests, Questions and Answers for the UKCAT............................52

Gorard Research Design .........................................................................................................64

Hutton, Hutton & Sampson Passing the National Admissions Test for Law (LNAT),
Third Edition..............................................................................................................................53

Gorard Quantitative Research in Education, Three-Volume Set...........................................72

Hutton, Hutton & Taylor Passing the UKCAT and BMAT, Eighth Edition.............................52

Gould Learning Theory and Classroom Practice in the Lifelong Learning Sector, Second
Edition........................................................................................................................................44
Grant & Ray Home, School, and Community Collaboration, Second Edition......................34
Gravells Preparing to Teach in the Lifelong Learning Sector, Fifth Edition........................... 41
Gravells Achieving your TAQA Assessor and Internal Quality Assurer Award...................... 41
Gravells Passing PTLLS Assessments, Second Edition........................................................42
Gravells Principles and Practice of Assessment in the Lifelong Learning Sector, Second
Edition........................................................................................................................................42
Gravells What is Teaching in the Lifelong Learning Sector?..................................................43
Gravells & Simpson Planning and Enabling Learning in the Lifelong Learning Sector,
Second Edition..........................................................................................................................42
Gravells & Simpson Equality and Diversity in the Lifelong Learning Sector,
Second Edition..........................................................................................................................44
Gray & MacBlain Learning Theories in Childhood...................................................................3
Greig, Taylor & MacKay Doing Research with Children, Third Edition ...............................57
Gribben The Study Skills Toolkit for Students with Dyslexia.................................................52
Groccia & Buskist Teaching and Learning in Higher Education, 4 Volume Set...................70
Groccia et al SAGE Handbook of College & University Teaching.........................................67

i
Improving Working Memory, Packiam Alloway.....................................................................35
Inclusion in the Early Years, Second Edition Nutbrown & Clough.......................................37
Integrated Working with Children and Young People, Edmond & Price.................................8
International Perspectives in the Early Years, Miller & Cameron...........................................6
International Perspectives on Forest School, Knight...............................................................9
Introduction to Child Development, An Second Edition Keenan & Evans............................36
Introduction to Education Studies, Third Edition Bartlett & Burton.....................................32
Introduction to Educational Research, Second Edition Newton Suter.................................56
Introduction to Language Development, Kennison................................................................36
Introduction to Leadership, Second Edition Northouse........................................................48
Introduction to Research Methods in Education, Punch........................................................56
Introduction to Teaching Hall et al...........................................................................................13
Involving Parents in their Children's Learning, Second Edition Whalley.................................7
Isaacs, Zara, Herbert, Coombs & Smith Key Concepts in Educational Assessment.......18

Groth Teaching Mathematics in Grades 6-12.........................................................................26

h
Hall et al Introduction to Teaching...........................................................................................13

Jackson & Parry A Very Short Fairly Interesting and Reasonably Cheap Book About
Studying Leadership, Second Edition......................................................................................47

Hallet The Reflective Early Years Practitioner...........................................................................4

James & James Key Concepts in Childhood Studies, Second Edition................................33

Hamilton & Corbett-Whittier Using Case Study in Education Research, ..........................60

Jena Learning Disability...........................................................................................................39

Handbook of College and University Teaching, Groccia, Al-Sudairy & Buskist................67

Johnson & Bond Passing the Literacy Skills Test, Third Edition........................................... 14

Handbook of Physical Education Kirk et al............................................................................68

Jolliffe, Waugh & Carss Teaching Systematic Synthetic Phonics in Primary Schools.......23

Handbook of Youth Mentoring, Second Edition DuBois & Karcher.....................................68

Jung, Wong & Belawati Quality Assurance in Distance Education and E-learning............45

Haney Understanding Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders.........................................38


Hansen Primary Professional Studies, Second Edition.........................................................19
Hansen Children's Errors in Mathematics, Second Edition...................................................26
Hansen & Vaukins Primary Mathematics Across the Curriculum, Second Edition.............26

Keenan & Evans An Introduction to Child Development, Second Edition............................36

Hansen, Copping, Clough, Pezet, Dudley, Murtagh, Gowing, Davenport & McVittie
Reflective Learning and Teaching in Primary Schools............................................................20

Kelly The Curriculum, Sixth Edition.........................................................................................33

Hargreaves Study Skills for Students with Dyslexia, Second Edition Hargreaves.............52
Haylock Mathematics Explained for Primary Teachers, Fourth Edition................................24
Haylock & Cockburn Understanding Mathematics for Young Children, Fourth..................24
Haylock & Manning Student Workbook for 'Mathematics Explained
for Primary Teachers'................................................................................................................24
HE in FE, Tummons, Orr & Atkins..........................................................................................45
Henry The Development of Working Memory in Children......................................................35

80

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

Kennison Introduction to Language Development.................................................................36


Key Concepts in Childhood Studies, Second Edition James & James................................33
Key Concepts in Educational Assessment, Isaacs, Zara, Herbert, Coombs & Smith......18
Key Concepts in Youth Studies, Cieslik & Simpson..............................................................33
Key Issues in Education and Social Justice, Smith................................................................32
Key Issues in Special Educational Needs and Inclusion, Hodkinson & Vickerman............32
Kidd & Czerniawski Teaching Teenagers..............................................................................29

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Index

Kidd & Czerniawski Successful Teaching 14-19...................................................................29

Mertler Action Research, Fourth Edition................................................................................61

Kirk et al Handbook of Physical Education............................................................................68

Miller & Cameron International Perspectives in the Early Years.............................................6

Klenowski & Wyatt-Smith Assessment for Education.........................................................18

Miller & Hevey Policy Issues in the Early Years........................................................................5

Kowalski The School Superintendent.....................................................................................50

Miller & Moran Self-esteem....................................................................................................36

Knight Forest Schools & Outdoor Learning in the Early Years................................................9

Miller & Pound Theories and Approaches to Learning in the Early Years..............................3

Knight Forest School for All.......................................................................................................9

Mills & Morton Ethnography in Education..............................................................................60

Knight International Perspectives on Forest School................................................................9

Mooney, Briggs, Gomm, Hansen & McCullouch Primary Mathematics:


Teaching Theory and Practice, Sixth edition...........................................................................25

Knight Risk & Adventure in Early Years Outdoor Play..............................................................9


Knowles, Lander, Hawkins, Hughes, Stone, Cooper & Thompson
Thinking Through Ethics and Values in Primary Education.....................................................20

Mooney, Hansen, Ferrie, Fox & Wrathmell Primary Mathematics:


Knowledge and Understanding, Sixth edition.........................................................................25
Moore Effective Instructional Strategies, Third Edition..........................................................13
Muijs & Reynolds Effective Teaching, Third Edition.............................................................. 12

Mukherji & Albon Research Methods in Early Childhood, ...................................................57

Lambert Beginner's Guide to Doing Your Education Research Project, A...........................58

Murphy Social Theory and Education Research, Four-Volume Set.......................................70

Language & Literacy in the Early Years 0-7, Fourth Edition Whitehead................................31
Language and Literacy for the Early Years, Neaum..................................................................8
Larson & Marsh SAGE Handbook of Early Childhood Literacy, The Second Edition..........65
Lasley Standards and Accountability in Schools, Lasley......................................................66
Lawrence Teaching Primary Physical Education...................................................................28
Leadership, Sixth Edition Northouse.................................................................. 48
Leading and Managing in the Early Years, Second Edition Aubrey.........................................4
Leading and Managing People in Education, Third Edition Bush & Middlewood................46
Leading Professional Practice in Education, Wise, Cartwright & Bradshaw......................47
Leading with Communication, Gamble & Gamble.................................................................49
Learning and Teaching in Secondary Schools, Fifth Edition Ellis..........................................29
Learning and Teaching Mathematics 0-8, Taylor & Harris....................................................25
Learning Disability, Jena..........................................................................................................39

n
Neaum Language and Literacy for the Early Years...................................................................8
Newton Suter Introduction to Educational Research, Second Edition.................................56
Noffke & Somekh SAGE Handbook of Education Action Research.....................................65
Nolan, Macfarlane & Cartmel Research in Early Childhood................................................57
Northouse Leadership, Sixth Edition......................................................................................48
Northouse Introduction to Leadership, Second Edition........................................................48
Nutbrown Threads of Thinking, Fourth Edition........................................................................2
Nutbrown & Clough Early Childhood Education, Second Edition..........................................7
Nutbrown & Clough Inclusion in the Early Years, Second Edition.......................................37
Nutkins, McDonald & Stephen Early Childhood Education and Care...................................2

Learning Stories, Carr & Lee.....................................................................................................3


Learning Theories in Childhood, Gray & MacBlain..................................................................3

Learning Theory and Classroom Practice in the Lifelong Learning Sector,


Second Edition Gould..............................................................................................................44

Observation Methods, Four-Volume Set Smart, Peggs & Burridge....................................71

Lichtman Qualitative Research in Education, Third Edition..................................................63

Observing Primary Literacy, Perkins.......................................................................................21

Literacy and Education, Second Edition Pahl & Rowsell......................................................31

Online Learning, Four-Volume Set Thomas............................................................................70

Literacy Studies, Five-Volume Set Baynham & Prinsloo......................................................71

Online Teaching in the Digital Age, Swenson & Taylor..........................................................15

Literacy Teaching and Education, Four-Volume Set Wyse.....................................................70

O'Dwyer Quantitative Research for the Qualitative Researcher............................................63


O'Reilly, Dogra & RonzoniResearch with Vulnerable Children, ..........................................57

m
Making Learning Happen, Second Edition Race....................................................................45

Organization Change, Third Edition Burke..............................................................................49


Organizing Public Education, Four-Volume Set Bell & Stevenson........................................71
Osborne Jr, Russo & Cattaro Alternative Schooling and School Choice...........................66

Managing Effective Relationships in Education, Cardno.......................................................46


Margolis & Pauwels SAGE Handbook of Visual Research Methods, The...........................67
Marshall & Rossman Designing Qualitative Research, Fifth Edition....................................62

Mason Qualitative Researching, Second Edition...................................................................63

Packiam Alloway Improving Working Memory......................................................................35

Mathematics Explained for Primary Teachers, Fourth Edition Haylock................................24

Page, Nutbrown & Clare Working with Babies and Children, Second Edition.................... 12

McAteer Action Research in Education..................................................................................60

Pahl & Rowsell Early Childhood Literacy, Four-Volume Set..................................................70

Fundamentals of Human Resource Development, Four-Volume Set


McGuire, Garavan & Dooley..................................................................................................72

Pahl & Rowsell Literacy and Education, Second Edition......................................................31

McMillan SAGE Handbook of Research on Classroom Assessment...................................67


Medwell, Wray, Minns, Griffiths & Coates Primary English: Teaching
Theory and Practice, Sixth Edition...........................................................................................21

Palaiologou Ethical Practice in Early Childhood......................................................................4


Palaiologou Child Observation for the Early Years, Second Edition.......................................6
Palaiologou The Early Years Foundation Stage, Second Edition.......................................... 11
Papatheodorou & Moyles Cross-Cultural Perspectives on Early Childhood........................3

Medwell, Wray, Moore & Griffiths Primary English: Knowledge


and Understanding, Sixth Edition............................................................................................21

Paris & Winn Humanizing Research........................................................................................62

Meeting the Ethical Challenges of Leadership, Fourth Edition Johnson..............................49

Passing Oxbridge Admissions Tests, Second Edition Hutton & Hutton..............................53

Mercier, Philpott & Scott Professional Issues in Secondary Teaching...............................30

Passing PTLLS Assessments, Second Edition Gravells........................................................42

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

81

Index

Passing the Literacy Skills Test, Third Edition Johnson & Bond........................................... 14

Pugh & Duffy Contemporary Issues in the Early Years, Sixth Edition.....................................5

Passing the National Admissions Test for Law (LNAT), Third Edition
Hutton, Hutton & Sampson....................................................................................................52

Punch Developing Effective Research Proposals, Second Edition.......................................64


Punch Introduction to Research Methods in Education.........................................................56

Passing the Numeracy Skills Test, Fifth Edition Patmore...................................................... 14


Passing the Professional Skills Tests for Trainee Teachers and Getting into ITT,
Bond, Johnson, Patmore & Weiss........................................................................................ 14
Passing the UKCAT and BMAT, Eighth Edition Hutton, Hutton & Taylor.............................52
Patmore Passing the Numeracy Skills Test, Fifth Edition...................................................... 14
Peacock, Sharp, Johnsey & Wright Primary Science: Knowledge
and Understanding, Sixth edition.............................................................................................27

q
Qualitative Inquiry and Research Design, Third Edition Creswell.........................................64
Qualitative Research in Education, Atkins & Wallace...........................................................60
Qualitative Research in Education, Third Edition Lichtman..................................................63

Peer & Reid Special Educational Needs.................................................................................37

Qualitative Research Methods in Education, Four-Volume Set Torrance.............................72

Penn & Berridge Statistical Analysis of Continuous Data, Four-Volume Set.......................71

Qualitative Research Practice, Ritchie & Lewis.....................................................................63

Perkins Observing Primary Literacy........................................................................................21

Qualitative Researching, Second Edition Mason...................................................................63

Pickford, Garner & Jackson Primary Humanities.................................................................22

Quality Assurance in Distance Education and E-learning, Jung, Wong & Belawati...........45

Planning and Enabling Learning in the Lifelong Learning Sector, Second Edition
Gravells & Simpson.................................................................................................................42

Quantitative Research for the Qualitative Researcher O'Dwyer............................................63


Quantitative Research in Education, Three-Volume Set Gorard...........................................72

Play, Learning and the Early Childhood Curriculum, Third Edition Wood................................8
Play-based Learning in the Primary School, Briggs & Hansen.............................................28
Policy Issues in the Early Years, Miller & Hevey.......................................................................5

Poore Using Social Media in the Classroom...........................................................................15

Race Making Learning Happen, Second Edition....................................................................45

Practice Tests, Questions and Answers for the UKCAT, Second Edition
Hutton & Hutton.......................................................................................................................52

Reardon Achieving Early Years Professional Status, Second Edition...................................12

Preparing Educators to Engage Families, Third Edition Weiss et al......................................39


Preparing to Teach in the Lifelong Learning Sector, Fifth Edition Gravells........................... 41

Reason & Bradbury SAGE Handbook of Action Research, The Second Edition................65
Reflective Early Years Practitioner, The Hallet..........................................................................4

Primary Curriculum, The Driscoll, Lambirth & Roden..........................................................19

Reflective Learning and Teaching in Primary Schools, Hansen, Copping,


Clough, Pezet, Dudley, Murtagh, Gowing, Davenport & McVittie...................................20

Primary English Across the Curriculum, Tulloch, Cullen,


Jones, Saunders & Turner.....................................................................................................22

Reflective Practice and Professional Development, Tarrant.................................................16

Primary English: Audit and Test, Third Edition Challen..........................................................20


Primary English: Knowledge and Understanding, Sixth edition
Medwell, Wray, Moore & Griffiths.........................................................................................21
Primary English: Teaching Theory and Practice, Sixth edition
Medwell, Wray, Minns, Griffiths & Coates...........................................................................21
Primary Humanities, Pickford, Garner & Jackson................................................................22
Primary ICT Across the Curriculum, Second Edition Simpson & Toyn.................................28

Reflective Practice for Teachers, Sellars................................................................................16


Reflective Practice in Education and Training, Second Edition
Roffey- Barentsen & Malthouse...........................................................................................43
Reflective Practice, Third Edition Bolton.................................................................................16
Reflective Teaching and Learning in the Secondary School, Second Edition
Dymoke, Harris, Lawson, Wood, Wilkins & Smith..............................................................30
Religion in Schools, Russo......................................................................................................66
Research Design, Gorard........................................................................................................64

Primary ICT: Knowledge, Understanding and Practice, Fifth Edition


Allen, Potter, Sharp & Turvey................................................................................................28

Research in Early Childhood, Nolan, Macfarlane & Cartmel...............................................57

Primary Mathematics Across the Curriculum, Second Edition Hansen & Vaukins.............26

Research Methods and Methodologies in Education, Arthur, Waring,


Coe & Hedges..........................................................................................................................56

Primary Mathematics: Knowledge and Understanding, Sixth edition


Mooney, Hansen, Ferrie, Fox & Wrathmell..........................................................................25

Research Methods in Early Childhood, Mukherji & Albon....................................................57

Primary Mathematics: Teaching Theory and Practice, Sixth edition


Mooney, Briggs, Gomm, Hansen & McCullouch................................................................25
Primary Professional Studies, Second Edition Hansen.........................................................19
Primary Science Dunne & Peacock........................................................................................27
Primary Science: Audit and Test, Third Edition Sharp & Byrne.............................................27
Primary Science: Knowledge and Understanding, Sixth edition
Peacock, Sharp, Johnsey & Wright......................................................................................27
Primary Science: Teaching Theory and Practice, Sixth edition
Sharp, Peacock, Johnsey, Simon, Smith, Cross & Harris................................................27
Principal, The Boschee, Whitehead & Decker.....................................................................49
Principles and Practice of Assessment in the Lifelong Learning Sector,
Second Edition Gravells...........................................................................................................42
Professional Issues in Secondary Teaching, Mercier, Philpott & Scott..............................30
Professional Studies in Primary Education Cooper...............................................................19
Psychology for Teachers, Buckler & Castle........................................................................... 17
Psychometrics, Second Edition Furr.......................................................................................63

Research Methods in Education, Check & Schutt.................................................................56


Research Methods in Educational Leadership and Management, Third Edition
Briggs, Coleman & Morrison.................................................................................................47
Research with Vulnerable Children, O'Reilly, Dogra & Ronzoni..........................................57
Researching Education in the Lifelong Learning Sector, Wallace.........................................48
Researching Educational Leadership and Management, Brundrett & Rhodes...................48
Researching Young People, Three-Volume Set Coffey & Hall...............................................72
Risk & Adventure in Early Years Outdoor Play, Knight.............................................................9
Ritchie & Lewis Qualitative Research Practice, ....................................................................63
Roberts-Holmes Doing Your Early Years Research Project, Second Edition......................58
Roffey- Barentsen & Malthouse Reflective Practice in the Lifelong Learning Sector,
Second Edition..........................................................................................................................43
Rothstein & Johnson Special Education Law, Fifth Edition.................................................37
Rowe Cases in Leadership.......................................................................................................49
Russo Debating Issues in American Education......................................................................66
Russo Religion in Schools.......................................................................................................66
Russo School Law....................................................................................................................66

82

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

Index

Statistical Analysis of Continuous Data, Four-Volume Set Penn & Berridge.......................71


Statistics for People Who (Think They) Hate Statistics, Fourth Edition Salkind...................64

SAGE Handbook of Action Research, The Second Edition Reason & Bradbury................65
SAGE Handbook of College & University Teaching Groccia et al.........................................67
SAGE Handbook of Digital Dissertations and Theses, Andrews, Borg,
Davis, Domingo & England....................................................................................................65
SAGE Handbook of Early Childhood Literacy, The Second Edition Larson & Marsh..........65
SAGE Handbook of Education Action Research Noffke & Somekh.....................................65

Student Workbook for 'Mathematics Explained for Primary Teachers',


Haylock & Manning.................................................................................................................24
Student's Guide to Methodology, A Third Edition Clough & Nutbrown...............................61
Study Skills for PTLLS, Second Edition Williams & Gravells................................................42
Study Skills for Students with Dyslexia, Second Edition Hargreaves...................................52
Study Skills Toolkit for Students with Dyslexia, The Gribben................................................52

SAGE Handbook of Emotional & Behavioral Difficulties, Second Garner,


Kauffman & Elliot....................................................................................................................69

Success with your Education Research Project, Second Edition Sharp............................... 51

SAGE Handbook of Intercultural Competence, The Deardorff.............................................68

Successful Teaching 14-19, Kidd & Czerniawski..................................................................29

SAGE Handbook of International Higher Education, The Deardorff, de Wit, Heyl & Adams.
...................................................................................................................................................67

Supporting Every Child, Second Edition Walton & Goddard................................................39


Swenson & Taylor Online Teaching in the Digital Age........................................................... 15

SAGE Handbook of Leadership, The Bryman, Collinson, Grint, Jackson & Uhl-Bien.....67
SAGE Handbook of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, Fletcher & Mullen..................68
SAGE Handbook of Mixed Methods in Social & Behavioral Research, The Second Edition
Tashakkori & Teddlie..............................................................................................................65
SAGE Handbook of Research on Classroom Assessment McMillan...................................67
SAGE Handbook of Special Education, The Second Edition Florian....................................68
SAGE Handbook of the Philosophy of Research, The Bailey et el.......................................69
SAGE Handbook of Visual Research Methods, The Margolis & Pauwels...........................67
Saldana The Coding Manual for Qualitative Researchers, Second Edition..........................62
Salkind Statistics for People Who (Think They) Hate Statistics, Fourth Edition...................64
Saxton Child Language............................................................................................................36
Schneider Experimental Design in the Behavioral and Social Sciences,
Four-Volume Set .......................................................................................................................71
Schiro Curriculum Theory, Second Edition.............................................................................33
School Discipline and Safety, Eckes & Russo.......................................................................66
School Finance, Thro...............................................................................................................66
School Governance, Hunter, Brown & Donahoo..................................................................66
School Law, Russo...................................................................................................................66
School Superintendent, The Third Edition Kowalski..............................................................50
School-based Research, Second Edition Wilson...................................................................58

t
Taber Classroom-based Research and Evidence-based Practice, Second Edition............59
Tarrant Reflective Practice and Professional Development...................................................16
Tashakkori & Teddlie SAGE Handbook of Mixed Methods in Social
& Behavioral Research, The Second Edition...........................................................................65
Taylor & Harris Learning and Teaching Mathematics 0-8.....................................................25
Teaching and Learning in Higher Education, 4 Volume Set Groccia & Buskist...................70
Teaching Arithmetic in Primary Schools, English...................................................................26
Teaching Bilingual and EAL Learners in Primary Schools, Conteh.......................................29
Teaching Children 3-11, Third Edition Cockburn & Handscomb..........................................19
Teaching in Higher Education, Becker & Denicolo................................................................44
Teaching Mathematics in Grades 6 - 12 Groth.......................................................................26
Teaching Mathematics in the Secondary School, Second Edition
Chambers & Timlin..................................................................................................................30
Teaching Primary English, Brien..............................................................................................21
Teaching Primary Mathematics, Turner..................................................................................25
Teaching Primary Physical Education, Lawrence..................................................................28

ScottTheories of Learning, Four-Volume Set..........................................................................70

Teaching Systematic Synthetic Phonics in Primary Schools,


Jolliffe, Waugh & Carss..........................................................................................................23

Self-esteem, Miller & Moran...................................................................................................36

Teaching Teenagers, Kidd & Czerniawski.............................................................................29

Sellars Reflective Practice for Teachers.................................................................................16

Teaching Through Talk in the Primary Classroom, Gamble & Reedy...................................22

Sewell, Lakin, Woodgate-Jones, Cain & Domaille Doing Your PGCE at M-level,
Second Edition.......................................................................................................................... 14

Technology in Schools, Brady.................................................................................................66

Sharp & Byrne Primary Science: Audit and Test, Third Edition.............................................27
Sharp, Peacock, Johnsey, Simon, Smith, Cross & Harris Primary Science:
Teaching Theory and Practice, Sixth edition...........................................................................27
Sharp Success with Your Education Research Project.......................................................... 51
Simpson & Toyn Primary ICT Across the Curriculum, Second Edition.................................28
Simpson, Todd & Metcalfe Thinking Through New Literacies for Primary and
Early Years.................................................................................................................................22
Siraj-Blatchford & Hallet Effective Leadership in the Early Years.........................................4
Siraj-Blatchford & MayoEarly Childhood Education, Four-Volume Set..............................70
Slater & Quinn Developmental Psychology............................................................................36
Smart, Peggs & Burridge Observation Methods, Four-Volume Set....................................71
Smith Key Issues in Education and Social Justice.................................................................32
Social and Emotional Learning, Humphrey............................................................................39
Social Theory and Education Research, Four-Volume Set Murphy.......................................70
Sociology of Childhood, The Third Edition Corsaro...............................................................32
Sociology of Education Ainsworth..........................................................................................69
Special Education Law, Fifth Edition Rothstein & Johnson.................................................37
Special Educational Needs, Peer & Reid................................................................................37
Standards and Accountability in Schools, Lasley..................................................................66

Available as inspection copy for lecturers

Themes and Debates in Early Childhood, Wild.........................................................................5


Theories and Approaches to Learning in the Early Years, Miller & Pound.............................3
Theories of Educational Leadership and Management, Fourth Edition Bush.......................46
Theories of Inclusive Education, Clough & Corbett..............................................................37
Theories of Learning, Four-Volume Set Scott.........................................................................70
Theory and Practice of Leadership, Second Edition Gill........................................................48
Thinking Through Ethics and Values in Primary Education,
Knowles, Lander, Hawkins, Hughes, Stone, Cooper & Thompson.................................20
Thinking Through New Literacies for Primary and Early Years,
Simpson, Todd & Metcalfe.....................................................................................................22
Thomas Case Study Methods in Education, Four-Volume Set..............................................72
Thomas How to Do Your Case Study...................................................................................... 51
Thomas How to Do Your Research Project............................................................................. 51
Thomas Online Learning, Four-Volume Set............................................................................70
Threads of Thinking, Fourth Edition Nutbrown........................................................................2
Thro School Finance,...............................................................................................................66
Torrance Qualitative Research Methods in Education, Four-Volume Set.............................72
Training to Teach, Second Edition Denby...............................................................................13
Tulloch, Cullen, Jones, Saunders & Turner Primary English Across the Curriculum........22
Tummons Curriculum Studies in the Lifelong Learning Sector, Second Edition................. 44

83

Index

Tummons, Orr & Atkins HE in FE ................................................................................. 45


Turner Teaching Primary Mathematics ......................................................................... 25

U
Understanding Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders, Haney.............................. 38
Understanding Early Years Policy, Third Edition Baldock, Fitzgerald & Kay .............. 5
Understanding Mathematics for Young Children, Fourth Haylock & Cockburn ........ 24
Understanding Primary Science, Third Edition wenham & Ovens ............................. 26
Understanding Schemas and Young Children, Atherton & Nutbrown......................... 2

How to Order...
SAGE books are available from all good bookshops.
You can also order direct from SAGE. If the books
you have ordered are in stock, we will send them
to you immediately. If a book is not in stock, we
will record your order and supply it as soon as it
becomes available.

Using Case Study in Education Research, Hamilton & Corbett-whittier ................. 60


Using Social Media in the Classroom, Poore ................................................................ 15

V
Very Short Fairly Interesting and Reasonably Cheap Book About Studying Leadership,
A Second Edition Jackson & Parry ............................................................................... 47
Vickery Developing Active Learning in the Primary Classroom ................................... 20

Call to order direct, quoting your credit/debit


card number and the reference number on
the reverse of the catalogue
Customer Services (books):
+44 (0)20 7324 8703
Customer Services (journals):
+44 (0)20 7324 8701
For general enquiries call:
+44(0)20 7324 8500

wallace Doing Research in Further Education and Training ....................................... 43


walton & goddard Supporting Every Child, Second Edition ...................................... 39
ward Working with Partents in Early Years Settings, Second Edition ........................... 6
waugh & Neaum Children's Literature in Primary Schools ......................................... 31
weiss et al Preparing Educators to Engage Families ................................................... 39
wenham & Ovens Understanding Primary Science, Third Edition ............................. 26
western Coaching and Mentoring................................................................................. 50
whalley Involving Parents in their Children's Learning, Second Edition ....................... 7
What is Teaching in the Lifelong Learning Sector?, gravells ....................................... 43

Or fax your order to:


Customer Services (books):
+44 (0)20 7324 8700
Customer Services (journals):
+44 (0)20 7324 8733

Or Order POST-FREE online at


www.sagepub.co.uk

wheelan Creating Effective Teams, Fourth Edition ...................................................... 48


whitebread Developmental Psychology and Early Childhood Education .................. 37
whitehead Language & Lireracy in the Early Years 0-7 ............................................... 31
whitehead, Boschee & Decker The Principal ............................................................. 49
wild Themes and Debates in Early Childhood ................................................................ 5
wiley Encyclopedia of School Health ............................................................................ 67
williams & gravells Study Skills for PTLLS, Second Edition ...................................... 42
wilson School-based Research, Second Edition ......................................................... 58
wise, Cartwright & Bradshaw Leading Professional Practice in Education............. 47
wood Play, Learning and the Early Childhood Curriculum, Third Edition ...................... 8
Working in Multi-professional Contexts, Davis & Smith ................................................ 7

DISCOUNTS
Discounts are available for bulk purchases.
To arrange, please contact Adam Birchall,
Key Account Manager
adam.birchall@sagepub.co.uk.

FROm A LOCAL AUTHORITY


OR SCHOOL?
Fax or post your order on headed paper to the
address provided above, along with your purchase
order number

Working Memory and Learning, gathercole & Packiam Alloway ............................. 35


Working with Babies and Children, Second Edition Page, Clare & Nutbrown ......... 12
Working with Parents in Early Years Settings, Second Edition ward ............................ 6

PAYmENT mETHODS

Working with Young People Curran............................................................................... 34

Your order must be prepaid, and we accept payment by


cheque (in sterling) payable to SAGE Publications Ltd. Credit/
Debit Card (Mastercard, Eurocard, American Express, VISA,
Switch/Maestro, Delta) or payment by International Giro, to
account no 548 0353. Introductory offers valid until end of
month of publication.

wyse Good Writing Guide for Education Students, The Third Edition......................... 51
wyse Literacy Teaching and Education, Four-Volume Set ........................................... 70

Y
Yin Case Study Research, Fifth Edition ........................................................................ 59
Young Children's Creative Thinking, Fumoto, Robson, greenfi eld & Hargreaves .. 10
Young Children's Personal, Social and Emotional Development,
Third Edition Dowling ..................................................................................................... 10
Young Children's Thinking, Dowling................................................................................ 9
Your Science Classroom, goldston & Downey-Skochdopole .................................. 30

84

ORDER TODAY

+44 (0)20 7324 8703

+44 (0)20 7324 8700

www.sagepub.co.uk

The Ultimate Social Sciences Online Library

SAGEs first ebook platform brings together


more than 2,500 books and reference titles
from across the social sciences, with many
titles being made available electronically for
the first time!
Designed in collaboration with students,
academics and researchers, titles on
the platform will be packed with userfriendly features.

Key features and functionality:


Search within the chapter or entry
and search within the title
Full HTML text display
Citation, PDF chapter download, print
chapter, email link and share options
More from this author feature
Suggested related titles and chapters

Be the first to trial SAGEKnowledge! Sign up at www.sagepub.com/trialsk

Request one of our


new catalogues online at
www.sagepub.co.uk
or phone us on
+44 (0)20 7324 8500

SAGE Education 2013


mailing code: DM 2J22

Cover Image: Tamara Staples/The Image Bank/Getty Images